Engineered Assemblies Products and Services Binder

Uniting the House of Design with the Field of Construction

7

Exterior Wall Panel And Systems

info@engineeredassemblies.com 1.866.591.7021 EngineeredAssemblies.com

Services

• Design Assist • Design/Build • Drafting • Engineering • Full System Packages

Products • TcLip Thermally Broken System • Equitone Fibre Cement Façade • Parklex Wood Veneer Façade • Tonality Ceramic Façade • Vivix Solid Phenolic Façade • Fiandre Porcelain Façade • IMETCO Metal Roofing, Cladding & Zinc • Gentas Phenolic Façade • SRP Breathable Membranes

brilliant buildings

info@engineeredassemblies.com 1.866.591.7021

Uniting the House of Design with the Field of Construction: • •

•

EA Systems offer universal application and detailed design options for all EA Façade lines.

EA collaborates on design; providing training, webinars, value-engineering, lunch and learns, mockups, samples, BIM software, panel optimization, etc.

EA provides extensively-detailed, stamped shop drawings and thermally-broken façade solutions.

Engineered Assemblies understands and promotes the philosophy of partnership. We maintain a cooperative presence and focus on achieving the desired goal; completing a project on time and on budget to the highest of industry standards.

We take a common-sense approach to systems development; offering functional assemblies that are cost effective without compromising the designer's intent. Our systems offer universal applications across all EA façade lines; enabling design freedom and ease of installation.

EA benefits from twenty years of industry experience. From detailing to field installation practicality; EA provides a keen eye on design and a strong handle on the limiting factors of the field.

EA SYSTEMS: • • • •

TcLip Thermally Broken Subsystem Hidden Fastener System (HF) Rear Ventilated Rain Screen Systems (RVRS) EA systems work with all EA Façade lines.

EA HIGH-PERFORMING FAÇADE LINES: • • • • • • • •

Equitone Fibre Cement Façade Parklex Wood Veneer Façade Tonality Ceramic Façade Vivix Solid Phenolic Façade Fiandre Porcelain Façade IMETCO Metal Roofing and Wall Systems Gentas Phenolic Façade SRP Breathable Membranes

OUR PARTNERS

Institutional

Commercial

York University Ottawa Police Services 1200 Alexandra Condo Montreal Chesabi Police Services Hugo Boss Custom Facade YMCA Markham, Quinte West Ottawa Archives & Library 150 Slater Ottawa Hirise YMCA Waterloo, Chatham St. Joseph’s Hospital Conquer Good Residence Sisters of St. Joseph Belleville Hospital Monastère Des Augustines

Data Centre, Toronto Loblaws Grocery Stores (2+) Canadian Blood Services CIBC Bank rebranding Toronto Caisse Populaire, QC CLC CN Tower Plaza Cactus Club, BC & AB Fiat Dealerships (12+) Limeridge Mall Renovation Rona BW High St. Mall, BC Bernard Malo Office Q-Bridge RV Canopy Meuble Tanguay Place Ste-Foy Hôtel La Ferme

Residential

Schools

Augusta House Abacus Lofts Houses for Heather Dubbeldam (2)

York University Centennial College Student Centre Grand House UW Residence U Victoria Residence

Cube Lofts B Street Condos 250 Manning Ave Condos Toronto Home, DSAI Architect May House, Collingwood Lorimer Cottage 88 Sheppard, Minto Condos

ABCP Architects Tillman Ruth Robinson Baird Samson Neuert Architects BBBL Cannon Design Diamond Schmitt Architects Dubbeldam Architecture + Design Giannone Petricone Associates Inc. Invisij Architect Larkin Architect Ltd. LeMay & Michaud HOK Moriyama & Teshima Architects Quadrangle Architects RAW Design Teeple Architects Urbacon & WZMH Architects Zeidler Partnership Architects

Fanshawe College TcLip Retrofit Georgian College Nipissing University Humber College Ecole L’Oree des Bois Durham College

ADI ARCAN Roofing & Cladding Ltd. Bird Construction Bondfield Buttcon Construction CCS Contracting Ltd. Corporation DTAH Designed Roofing Ellis Don Flynn Canada GKC Kallo Developments Minto Ontario Panelization Revetements de la Capitale Ritz Architectural Systems Toronto Community Housing Pomerleau

Le Monastère des Augustines ABCP Thomas-Baillairgé Award from the Ordre des Architectes du Québec Architectural Merit of the City of Québec, Audience Award Architectural merit of the City of Québec, Universal accessibility Architectural merit of the City of Québec, Heritage in a heritage site

St. Victor Elementary School LEA Institutional / Commercial under $10M Wood Design Award

Through House Dubbeldam Architecture + Design Canadian Green Building Award

CUBE Lofts RAW Design & Quadrangle Architects Toronto Urban Design Award of Excellence

La Ferme Hôtel in Baie St. Paul Coarchitecture Award Finalist from the Ordre des Architectes du Québec

Durham College Student Services Centre Teeple Architects Award of Excellence in Urban Design

(Under Construction) University of Ottawa Mountain Equipment Co-op

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1……….…………………………………… TcLip™: Thermally Broken Façade Subsystem 2…………………………………………………………..

EQUITONE:

Fibre

Cement

Façade

3……………………………………………………………………. Fiandre : Porcelain Façade 4…………………………………………………….….……..

Gentas:

5………………………………………………………..……….

Imetco:

Phenolic

Façade

Metal

Products

6…………………………………………………………………….…. Parklex: Wood Veneer Façade 7…………………………………………………………………

SRP:

8……………………………………………………………………...

Breathable

Tonality:

Membranes

Ceramic

Façade

9…………………………………………………………………… Vivix: Solid Phenolic Façade (Please enquire about Fiandre at Engineered Assemblies for more information)

SYSTEM2 Design Guide for Thermally Broken Outboard Insulated RVRS Facade Assemblies ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES 1-866-591-7021 info@engineeredassemblies.com

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

OUR PARTNERS

INTRODUCTION We are pleased to provide you thermal and structural testing and analysis for TClip; Thermally Broken Subsystem for use with a variety of facades including: cement, solid phenolic, SYSTEM2 Designfibre Guide is based on the guidingceramic, principleswood of veneer, porcelain, etc. structural framing requirements for RVRS Lightweight Facade systems and the thermal performance requirements applicable for the prescriptive INTRODUCTION This guide provides thermal and structural analysis of Engineered requirements of ASHRAE 90.1-2007/2010.

Assemblies’ TClip; Thermally Broken Subsystem. The TClip system supports a variety of façade panels. The main purpose of this guide is to create a better understanding of the performance capabilities and benefits of TClip.

Refer to the “Quick References” section of this guide for a breakdown DISCLAIMER of performance details and system drawings. System drawings 1, 2 The use of this information shows your acceptance of these terms. and 3 (pgs. 8-10) detail Engineered Assemblies Hidden Fastening The information is intended to provide background information on system. facade products provided by Engineered Assemblies Inc. Although DISCLAIMER Engineered Assemblies Inc. makes reasonable efforts to present The use of this information shows your acceptance of these terms. information whichisisintended up to date accurate, Engineered Assemblies The information to and provide background information on Inc. makes no Assemblies representation or warranty to thespecifically adequacy, accuracy, Engineered building envelope as systems; TClip; Thermally BrokenorSubsystem withofreference to the Hidden Fastener completeness, correctness such information, nor does it warrant System. or represent that the information provided is complete in every respect.

Engineered Assemblies Inc. shall not liability resulting from to the use Although Engineered Assemblies Inc. have makes reasonable efforts present informationprovided, which is the up absence to date and accurate. of the information of any specificEngineered information, the Assemblies Inc. makes representation warranty as toand/or the the possible interruptions or no technical errors oforthis information adequacy, accuracy completeness or correctness of such information, content herein. nor does it warrant or represent that the information provided is complete in every respect.

Engineered Assemblies Inc. shall not have liability resulting from Assemblies Inc. Team Your Engineered the use of the information provided, the absence of any specific information, the possible interruptions or technical errors of this information and/or the content herein.

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

Engineered Assemblies (EA) RVRS TcLip™ SYSTEM2 (S2) Executive Summary In response to the rapidly increasing demand for thermally effective wall assemblies to meet the evolving National Building Code, EA has designed a Thermal Clip. The TcLip™ S2 comes in three clear field clip options; T100, T125 and T150, which accommodate 4”, 5”, and 6” of exterior insulation. The system comprises aluminum clips connected to horizontal and vertical sub-girts (framing members) that support cladding panels. The clips are designed to attach to a steel stud back-up wall/concrete block/concrete (other substrates may be considered).

Thermal Performance The TcLip™ S2 meets the prescriptive requirements for non-residential steel stud walls in ASHRAE 90.1-2007/2010 for all climate zones. Performance of the system is validated through Modeling and the Finite Element Analysis (FEA) package completed by Morrison Hershfield. The thermal solver and modeling procedures utilized for this study were extensively calibrated and validated for ASHRAE Research Project 1365-RP “Thermal Performance of Building Envelope Details for Mid- and High-Rise Construction (1365-RP)1. (See Engineered Assemblies Inc. for full report).

Structural Performance The TcLip™ S2 is engineered to accommodate Facade panels generally 826mm in thickness and up to 35kg/m2 that require vertical back ventilation of minimum 25mm free air space. The system provides vertical framing members that allow thermal expansion of both the vertical framing member and the movement of the panel. The vertical framing members are attached to horizontal framing members and may be positioned as required to accommodate panel fastening and vertical joint location. The horizontal framing member attaches to the TcLip™ S2 and can be adjusted to plumb out the structure. The spacing of the horizontal framing is adjustable to suit the design loads imposed on the system.

For further information please visit: www.engineeredassemblies.com

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

RVRS TcLip™ S2 design summary: The S2 framing system is designed to meet the dynamic performance requirements for thermally broken Lightweight Facade materials. The principles of the S2 design meet the guidelines of application and warranty requirements for lightweight facade materials including Fibre Cement, Phenolic and HPL Veneer, Porcelain and other non-structural facade materials. The S2 system is designed to distribute the imposed loads back to light gauge structural stud framing as well as concrete or block wall structures. The patented TcLip™ supports horizontal framing members that can be adjusted for wall alignment and extend beyond stud location for universal attachment of vertical framing members that support the panel. The TcLip™ comes in three clear field options; T100, T125 & T150, accommodating 4", 5", and 6" semi-rigid insulation. The depth is chosen by the required Effective R-Value of the system. S2 framing members remain identical for all system depths and are engineered to meet the following design principles: • Coefficient movement of individual facade panel • Prescribed panel joint size and fastener location • Unobstructed rear ventilation of panel • Expansion gaps in vertical framing members to allow for deflection and movement of framing members and building structure • Deflection strength of L/300 • Adjustability for structure misalignment • Post-disaster design requirement

Summary: • The SYSTEM2 Design Guide meets the requirements of ASHRAE 90.1- 2007/2010 for all climate zones • The SYSTEM2 Design Guide is a Rear Ventilated Rain Screen (RVRS) facade • The SYSTEM2 Design Guide is adjustable to plumb out structure and has adaptable vertical framing members • The SYSTEM2 Design Guide is lightweight manufactured using low embodied energy, non-combustible and recyclable components • The SYSTEM2 Design Guide is “system integrated”.

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

REAR VENTILATED RAIN SCREEN - SYSTEM2 TCLIPTM #9 243 399 B2

S2 DESIGN GUIDE IS BASED ON HIGH-DENSITY AND PHENOLIC PANELS SUPPLIED BY ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES. HOWEVER, IT IS SUITABLE FOR ANY LIGHTWEIGHT FACADE MATERIAL APPLICATION FOR HIDDEN FIXING APPLICATIONS SEE ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES BEAR CLAW DESIGN GUIDE

NOTE: FOR PORCELAIN & HIDDEN FIXING SYSTEM, SEE: BEAR CLAW HIDDEN FIXING SYSTEM. ( www.engineeredassemblies.com/resources/design-guides/ )

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION TABLE OF CONTENTS EFFECTIVE ASSEMBLY R-VALUE

DESIGN LOADS AND IMPORTANT DESIGN CONCEPTS

DETAILING FOR PANEL FIXED AND FLOATING POINTS

VERTICAL EXPANSION OF SUB-STRUCTURE DETAIL AT ACTIVE CONTROL JOINTS

TYPICAL DETAILS FOR EA R.V.R.S. FACADE SYSTEM

EA SYSTEMS PART SPECIFICATION

APPENDIX C - EFFECTIVE ASSEMBLY R-VALUES The following tables represent thermal performance of SYSTEM2 where nominal insulation value translates into effective value through varied TcLip™ vertical spacing. The vertical spacing in the following tables (24”/36”/48”) is determined by the wind load experienced when a facade material dead load of 7.5lb/psf is considered. Structural load tables are available on request for engineering calculations.

NOTE: The 48” vertical spacing that follows is based on a facade skin dead load of 7.5lb/psf when wind load is 40lb/psf or lower. Higher wind loads may require tighter vertical TcLip™ spacing. Refer to pages 32, 33, 34 of the design guide, for wind load to vertical spacing ratio.

APPENDIX C – EFFECTIVE ASSEMBLY R-VALUES Table 1:Horizontal Girt & Vertical Girt Spacing Provided by Engineered Assemblies Inc. (Steel Stud Wall Only)

For TcLip™ assemblies with uninsulated steel stud walls the “effective R-value” of the clip systems ranges from 76% to 90% effective, depending on insulation level and spacing, compared to the assembly nominal thermal resistance for all the clip systems. The results show that increasing the vertical spacing from 24 to 48 inches results in up to an 11% reduction in the U-value (R-3 gain). The addition of R-12 batt insulation in the stud cavity adds up to R-6 to the effective R-value of the assembly. This results in a range of 63% to 75% effective due to the thermal bridging effects of the steel studs.

C1.

Clear Field Thermal Performance Table C.1: Clear Field Effective Assembly R-Values with Uninsulated Steel Stud Wall Assembly Effective R-Value Clip System

hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W)

Nominal Insulation hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W) 24” Vertical Clip Spacing

36” Vertical Clip Spacing

48” Vertical Clip Spacing

T100

R-16.8 (3.0)

R-16.4 (2.88)

R-17.4 (3.06)

R-17.9 (3.16)

T125

R-21.0 (3.7)

R-19.2 (3.38)

R-20.6 (3.63)

R-21.4 (3.77)

T150

R-25.2 (4.4)

R-21.7 (3.82)

R-23.5 (4.15)

R-24.6 (4.33)

Table C.2: Clear Field Effective Assembly R-Values with Steel Stud Wall with R-12 Batt Assembly Effective R-Value Clip System

hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W)

Nominal Insulation hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W) 24” Vertical Clip Spacing

36” Vertical Clip Spacing

48” Vertical Clip Spacing

T100

R-12 batt + R-16.8 (2.11 batt + 3.0)

R-22.2 (3.92)

R-23.2 (4.09)

R-24.1 (4.24)

T125

R-12 batt + R-21.0 (2.11 batt + 3.7)

R-25.0 (4.40)

R-26.6 (4.68)

R-27.5 (4.84)

T150

R-12 batt + R-25.2 (2.11 batt + 4.4)

R-27.2 (4.80)

R-29.4 (5.19)

R-30.6 (5.39)

Table C.3: Clear Field Effective Assembly R-Values with Concrete Wall Assembly Effective R-Value Clip System

hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W)

Nominal Insulation hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W)

24” Vertical Clip Spacing

36” Vertical Clip Spacing

48” Vertical Clip Spacing

T100

R-16.8 (3.0)

R-16.2 (2.85)

R-17.0 (2.99)

R-17.4 (3.07)

T125

R-21.0 (3.7)

R-19.2 (3.38)

R-20.3 (3.58)

R-21.0 (3.70)

T150

R-25.2 (4.4)

R-21.2 (3.82)

R-22.9 (4.02)

R-23.7 (4.17)

Table C.4: Clear Field Effective Assembly R-Values with Concrete Block Wall Assembly Effective R-Value Clip System

Nominal Insulation

hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W)

hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W) 24” Vertical Clip Spacing

36” Vertical Clip Spacing

48” Vertical Clip Spacing

T100

R-16.8 (3.0)

R-16.4 (2.89)

R-17.3 (3.05)

R-17.8 (3.13)

T125

R-21.0 (3.7)

R-19.5 (3.44)

R-21.4 (3.77)

R-21.4 (3.77)

T150

R-25.2 (4.4)

R-21.6 (3.80)

R-23.3 (4.10)

R-24.0 (4.23)

C2.

Slab Edge Thermal Performance

Table C.5: Effective Assembly R-Values including the effects of an insulated slab edge for 9 foot floor to ceiling height with uninsulated Steel Stud wall

Clip System

Nominal Insulation hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W)

Assembly Effective R-Value with Slab Edge hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W) 24” Vertical Spacing

36” Vertical Spacing

48” Vertical Spacing

T100

R-16.8 (2.96) R-15.3 (2.69) R-16.5 (2.91) R-17.2 (3.03)

T125

R-21.0 (3.70) R-17.7 (3.12) R-19.4(3.42) R-20.4 (3.59)

T150

R-25.2 (4.44) R-19.8 (3.49) R-22.0 (3.87) R-23.3 (4.10)

Ψ Slab Edge Linear Transmittance BTU/hr·ft·oF (W/mK)

0.029 (0.050)

- Full thermal reports are available at: (http://www.engineeredassemblies.com/resources/design-guides/) -Full structural reports are available at: (http://www.engineeredassemblies.com/resources/design-guides/)

( T100 ) S2

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

EA 'T100' THERMAL SYSTEM - VERTICAL SECTION AT HORIZONTAL JOINT

B

SECTION A-A

B

( T125 ) S2

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

EA 'T125' THERMAL SYSTEM - VERTICAL SECTION AT HORIZONTAL JOINT

B

SECTION A-A

B

( T150 )

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

EA 'T150' THERMAL SYSTEM - VERTICAL SECTION AT HORIZONTAL JOINT

B

SECTION A-A

B

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

A

A

PLAN SECTION AT ALIGNED VERTICAL JOINTS

SECTION B-B

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

A

A

PLAN SECTION AT STAGGERED VERTICAL JOINTS

SECTION B-B

B

B

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

DETAILING FOR PANEL MOVEMENT AND LOCK POINTS

RIVET SETTING DETAIL AND NOTES

3D VIEW

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT DETAILS AT FLOATING POINTS

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT DETAILS AT FIXED POINTS

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

FIBRE CEMENT BOARD FASTENER LAYOUTS FOR VERTICAL PANEL

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

FIBRE CEMENT BOARD FASTENER LAYOUTS FOR HORIZONTAL PANEL

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PHENOLIC PANEL FASTENER LAYOUT FOR HORIZONTAL PANEL

* NOTE: PANELS OVER 600mm REQUIRE 3 FASTENING POINTS. - PANELS LESS THAN 600mm REQUIRE MIDDLE SUPPORT W/O FASTENERS. - PANELS LESS THAN 400mm REQUIRE ONLY 2 FASTENING POINTS.

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PHENOLIC BOARD FASTENER LAYOUTS FOR VERTICAL PANEL

NOTE: PANELS OVER 600mm REQUIRE 3 FASTENING POINTS. - PANELS LESS THAN 600mm REQUIRE MIDDLE SUPPORT W/O FASTENERS. - PANELS LESS THAN 400mm REQUIRE ONLY 2 FASTENING POINTS.

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

VERTICAL EXPANSION OF SUB-STRUCTURE

NOTE: DESIGN VERTICAL HAT BAR TO SPAN SLAB TO SLAB TO AVOID ADDITIONAL HORIZONTAL FRAMING MEMBERS. SEE SLAB EDGE DETAIL

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

DETAIL AT ACTIVE JOINTS

CONTROL JOINTS IN THE ENVELOPE STRUCTURE - AREAS REQUIRING ATTENTION

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

TYPICAL DETAILS FOR E.A.I. R.V.R.S. FACADE SYSTEM

5.2

5.7 5.5

5.10

5.9

5.12

5.6

5.11

5.8

5.13

5.3 5.14

5.4

5.9

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

DETAIL AT PARAPET

DETAIL 5.2

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

VERTICAL SECTION AT OPTIONAL CLOSED HORIZONTAL JOINT

DETAIL 5.3

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

VENTING DETAIL AT WALL BASE

DETAIL 5.4

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

HEAD SECTION DETAIL AT OPENING GREATER THAN 2.0M WIDE

DETAIL 5.5

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

SILL SECTION DETAIL AT OPENING GREATER THAN 2.0M WIDE

DETAIL 5.6

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

HEAD SECTION DETAIL AT OPENING LESS THAN 2.0M WIDE

DETAIL 5.7

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

SILL SECTION DETAIL AT OPENING LESS THAN 2.0M WIDE

DETAIL 5.8

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PLAN DETAIL - AT TYPICAL OPENING

DETAIL 5.9

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PLAN DETAIL - OUTSIDE CORNER

DETAIL 5.10

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PLAN DETAIL - INSIDE CORNER

DETAIL 5.11

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PLAN DETAIL - TO WALL END

DETAIL 5.12

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

SECTION DETAIL - SOFFIT AT FASCIA

DETAIL 5.13

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

SECTION DETAIL - SOFFIT AT WALLS

DETAIL 5.14

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

THERMAL CLIP SYSTEM ON STUD WALL

The loads in this chart are allowable loads

40 0m m [ 1 MA 6" ] X

4F 1A 600

[23 .5 SE "] MA ET X. PA AB GE LE 13

2A

3A

30 0m m [ 8 MAX "] .

2###

4###

3###

-This load chart is based on typical 1### thin panel systems -The loads are for the substructure and attachment to base building - consult the panel manufacturer for required support spacing

5.15 ISOMETRIC DETAIL

MAX.1220 mm [48"] C UP TO ±1.9 kPa [ 40psf ]

2###

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

THERMAL CLIP SYSTEM ON CONCRETE WALL The loads in this chart are allowable loads

81 C/C 2mm MA [ 32 XIM " ] UM

4F 1A 600

2A

mm

[23 .5" SE E T ] MAX PA AB GE LE .

13

3A

NOTE: CONCRETE F'c IS ASSUMED TO BE AT LEAST 21 MPa (3000psi) OR GREATER

MA 255m X. CA m [ 1 NT 0 " ILE ] VE R

2###

4###

3###

-This load chart is based on typical 1### thin panel systems -The loads are for the substructure and attachment to base building - consult the panel manufacturer for required support spacing

5.15 ISOMETRIC DETAIL

MAX.1220 mm [48"] C UP TO ±1.9 kPa [ 40psf ]

2###

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

THERMAL CLIP SYSTEM ON BLOCK WALL

The loads in this chart are allowable loads

61 C/C 0mm MA [ 24 XIM " ] UM

4F 1A 600

[23 .5" ]M SE AX E .

PA TAB GE LE 13

2A

3A

MA 255m X. CA m [ 1 NT 0" ILE ] VE R

2###

4###

3###

-This load chart is based on typical 1### thin panel systems -The loads are for the substructure and attachment to base building - consult the panel manufacturer for required support spacing

5.15 ISOMETRIC DETAIL

MAX.1220 mm [48"] C UP TO ±1.9 kPa [ 40psf ]

2###

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PART SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES WALL SYSTEMS

EA STANDARD WALL SYSTEM

GENERAL NOTES

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PART SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES WALL SYSTEMS

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PART SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES WALL SYSTEMS

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PART SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES WALL SYSTEMS

REPORT

Thermal Performance of Engineered Assemblies Thermal Clips

Presented to:

Engineered Assemblies 6535 Millcreek Drive, Unit 76 Mississauga, Ontario, L5N2M2

Report No. 5161025.00

October 28, 2016

Morrison Hershfield | Suite 310, 4321 Still Creek Drive, Burnaby, BC V5C 6S7, Canada | Tel 604 454 0402 Fax 604 454 0403 | morrisonhershfield.com

TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.

INTRODUCTION

2

2.

MODELING PROCEDURES

2

3.

THERMAL ANALYSIS

2

3.1

Clear Field Thermal Performance

2

3.1.1

Clear Field Thermal Performance with Steel Stud Walls

2

3.1.2

Clear Field Thermal Performance with Concrete Walls

5

3.1.3

Clear Field Thermal Performance with Concrete Block Walls

6

3.2

Slab Edge Linear Transmittance

4.

BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS IN CANADA

5.

CONCLUSION

7 9 13

1. INTRODUCTION The Engineered Assemblies TcLip Thermal Clip System is an aluminum thermal clip system for attaching rain-screen cladding systems for wall assemblies with exterior insulation.

Morrison Hershfield was contracted by Engineered Assemblies Inc. (E.A.I) to provide an overview of the energy codes in the major markets in Canada and evaluate the thermal performance of their thermal clip system for various scenarios.

The aluminum clips are connected to horizontal and vertical sub-girts that support rainscreen panel cladding. The clips may be attached to steel stud walls, concrete mass walls and concrete masonry walls. Thermal breaks are provided at the connection between the sub-girt and clips via a cork/neoprene pad and between the clips and back-up wall via an aerogel insulation pad. A summary of the components for the evaluated system follows and detailed drawings can be found in Appendix A.

2. MODELING PROCEDURES Modeling was done using the Nx software package from Siemens, which is a general purpose computer aided design (CAD) and finite element analysis (FEA) package. The thermal solver and modeling procedures utilized for this study were extensively calibrated and validated for ASHRAE Research Project 1365-RP “Thermal Performance of Building Envelope Details for Mid- and High-Rise Construction (1365-RP)1.

The thermal transmittance (U-Value) or “effective R-value” was determined using the methodology presented in 1365-RP and is summarized in Appendix B.

3.

THERMAL ANALYSIS

The following section provides U-Value results for both the clear field area and an assembly including a typical floor slab detail. For effective assembly R-Values please see Appendix C.

3.1

Clear Field Thermal Performance

Clear field assemblies were evaluated with the T100, T125 and T150 clip systems, which accommodate 4”, 5”, and 6” of exterior insulation respectively for steel stud walls, mass concrete walls, and concrete masonry walls. Drawings for these systems on a steel stud wall, including dimensions and material properties are shown in Appendix A.

3.1.1 Clear Field Thermal Performance with Steel Stud Walls Thermal performance of the TcLip system with uninsulated and insulated steel stud back-up walls were evaluated. The TcLip systems were evaluated with horizontal girts and vertical tracks in the same arrangement as Figure 1.

1

http://www.morrisonhershfield.com/ashrae1365research/Pages/Insights-Publications.aspx

Figure 1: TcLip System on Steel Stud Wall

Each of these systems was modeled for three vertical clip spacings and girt/sub girt arrangements as summarized in Table 1. The horizontal spacing is aligned with the steel stud spacing. The spacings are based on structural loading information provided by Engineered Assemblies Inc. Semi-rigid mineral wool, R-4.2 per inch (RSI-0.74 per 25 mm), was modeled outboard the exterior sheathing with 90 mm steel studs in the back-up wall spaced at 16� o.c.. Table 2 shows the clear field U-values of the three clip systems with the uninsulated steel stud back-up wall while Table 3 shows the clear field U-values of the same clip systems with a steel stud wall with R-12 batt interior insulation. Effective R-values are given in Appendix C. Example temperature profiles are provided in Appendix D. Table 1: Horizontal Girt and Vertical Girt Spacing Provided by Engineered Assemblies Inc.

Structural Loading Scenario

Vertical Spacing of Clips (Inches)

Horizontal Spacing of Clips (Inches)

+/- 40 psf

48

16

+/- 45 psf

36

16

+/- 75 psf

24

16

Table 2: Clear Field Thermal Transmittance with Uninsulated Steel Stud Wall

Assembly U-Value Clip System

Nominal Insulation Value

BTU/hr·ft2·oF (W/m2K)

hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W)

24” Vertical Clip Spacing

36” Vertical Clip Spacing

48” Vertical Clip Spacing

T100

16.8 (3.0)

0.061 (0.347)

0.058 (0.327)

0.056 (0.317)

T125

21.0 (3.7)

0.052 (0.296)

0.049 (0.275)

0.047 (0.266)

T150

25.2 (4.4)

0.046 (0.262)

0.042 (0.241)

0.041 (0.231)

Table 3: Clear Field Thermal Transmittance with Steel Stud Wall with R-12 Batt Insulation

Assembly U-Value Clip System

Nominal Insulation Value hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W)

BTU/hr·ft2·oF (W/m2K) 24” Vertical Clip Spacing

36” Vertical Clip Spacing

48” Vertical Clip Spacing

T100

12 batt + 16.8 (2.11 batt +3.0)

0.045 (0.255)

0.043 (0.244)

0.042 (0.236)

T125

R-12 batt + 21.0 (2.11 batt + 3.7)

0.040 (0.227)

0.038 (0.214)

0.036 (0.207)

T150

R-12 batt + 25.2 (2.11 batt + 4.4)

0.037 (0.208)

0.034 (0.193)

0.033 (0.186)

For TcLip assemblies with uninsulated steel stud walls the “effective R-value” of the clip systems range from 76% to 90% effective, depending on insulation level and spacing, compared to the assembly nominal thermal resistance2 for all the clip systems. The results show that increasing the vertical spacing from 24 to 48 inches results in up to a 11% reduction in the U-value (R-3 gain). The addition of R-12 batt insulation in the stud cavity adds up to R-6 to the effect R-value of the assembly. This results in a range of 63% to 75% effective due to the thermal bridging effects of the steel studs.

2 The assembly 1D nominal resistance is the performance of the assembly with no thermal bridging. This is the theoretical maximum performance for the assembly.

3.1.2 Clear Field Thermal Performance with Concrete Walls The thermal performance of the TcLip systems were evaluated with a concrete mass backup wall with horizontal girts and vertical tracks in the same arrangement as Figure 2.

Figure 2: Thermal Clip System on Concrete Wall

Each of the systems was modeled for three vertical clip spacings and girt/sub girt arrangements. The clips and girt/sub girts were spaced horizontally at 32” o.c. and vertically at 24”, 36”, and 48”. Semi-rigid mineral wool, R-4.2 per inch (RSI-0.74 per 25 mm), was modeled outboard the 8” concrete mass wall. Note, these walls were modelled without interior stud wall finishes. Table 4 shows the clear field U-values of the three clip systems and clip/girt spacing arrangements. Effective R-values are given in Appendix C and example temperature profiles are shown in Appendix D.

Table 4: Clear Field Thermal Transmittance with Concrete Mass Wall at 32” Horizontal Spacing

Assembly U-Value Clip System

Nominal Insulation Value

BTU/hr·ft2·oF (W/m2K)

hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W)

24” Vertical Clip Spacing

36” Vertical Clip Spacing

48” Vertical Clip Spacing

T100

16.8 (3.0)

0.062 (0.351)

0.059 (0.335)

0.057 (0.326)

T125

21.0 (3.7)

0.052 (0.296)

0.049 (0.280)

0.048 (0.270)

T150

25.2 (4.4)

0.047 (0.268)

0.044 (0.248)

0.042 (0.240)

The “effective R-value” of the clip systems are between 78 to 93% effective compared to the assembly nominal thermal resistance. The results show that increasing the vertical spacing from 24 to 48 inches results in up to a 11% reduction in the U-value (R-2.5 gain).

3.1.3 Clear Field Thermal Performance with Concrete Block Walls The thermal performance of the TcLip systems were evaluated with a concrete block backup wall with horizontal girts and vertical tracks in the same arrangement as Figure 3.

Figure 3: Thermal Clip System on Concrete Block Wall

Each of the systems was modeled for three vertical clip spacings and girt/sub girt arrangements. The clips and girt/sub girts were spaced horizontally at 24” o.c. and vertically at 24”, 36”, and 48”. Semi-rigid mineral wool, R-4.2 per inch (RSI-0.74 per 25 mm), was modeled outboard the 8” hollow core concrete block wall. Note, these walls were modelled without interior stud wall finishes. Table 5 shows the clear field U-values of the three clip systems and clip/girt spacing arrangements. Effective R-values are given in Appendix C and example temperature profiles are shown in Appendix D. Table 5: Clear Field Thermal Transmittance with Concrete Block Wall at 24” Horizontal Spacing

Assembly U-Value Clip System

Nominal Insulation Value

BTU/hr·ft2·oF (W/m2K)

hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W)

24” Vertical Clip Spacing

36” Vertical Clip Spacing

48” Vertical Clip Spacing

T100

16.8 (3.0)

0.061 (0.346)

0.058 (0.328)

0.056 (0.319)

T125

21.0 (3.7)

0.051 (0.290)

0.048 (0.279)

0.047 (0.265)

T150

25.2 (4.4)

0.046 (0.263)

0.043 (0.244)

0.042 (0.236)

The “effective R-value” of the clip systems are between 77% to 92% effective compared to the assembly nominal thermal resistance. Increasing the vertical spacing from 24 to 48 inches results in up to a 9% reduction in the U-value (R-2.4 gain).

3.2

Slab Edge Linear Transmittance

The slab edge detail evaluated for the TcLip thermal clip system has aluminum clips fastened to the slab and to the steel stud wall. Drawings for this detail and material properties are found in Appendix A. The slab edge detail was modeled in the same manner as the previous assemblies for three clip/girt arrangements and with uninsulated steel stud wall. Table 6 summarizes the thermal performance values for a 9 foot floor to ceiling height (and 8 inch slab), including the effects of the slab edge detail for each clip system. Effective R-Values are given in Appendix C. Linear transmittance values are also provided, which allow the overall U-value to be calculated for any floor to ceiling height. More information on utilizing linear transmittance is provided in Appendix A. Example temperature distribution images are shown in Appendix D. The slab edge detail increases the overall U-value by approximately 5% (an R-1.0 reduction) compared to the clear field U-value for a 9 foot floor to ceiling height. The linear transmittance values are not significantly impacted by the vertical clip spacing. There is also very little difference in linear transmittance between the T100, T125, and T150 clip systems.

Therefore a single linear transmittance for the slab is applicable for any vertical clip spacing.

Table 6: Overall Thermal Transmittance including the effects of an insulated slab edge for 9 foot floor to ceiling height with uninsulated Steel Stud Wall

Clip System

Nominal Insulation Value

Assembly U-Value with Slab Edge BTU/hr·ft2·oF (W/m2K)

hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W)

24” Vertical Spacing

36” Vertical Spacing

48” Vertical Spacing

T100

16.8 (2.96)

0.065 (0.371)

0.061 (0.344)

0.058 (0.330)

T125

21.0 (3.70)

0.056 (0.321)

0.052 (0.292)

0.049 (0.279)

T150

25.2 (4.44)

0.050 (0.287)

0.045 (0.258)

0.043 (0.244)

Ψ Slab Edge Linear Transmittance BTU/hr·ft·oF (W/mK)

0.029 (0.050)

4.

BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS IN CANADA

For most provinces, the National Building Code of Canada is used as the basis for their respective building codes, with changes and implementations tailored for each province. For single family or low-rise (Part 9) buildings, provincial codes typically have their requirements for building envelope minimum insulation levels, however, for commercial or mid and high rise construction (non Part 9), many codes reference existing standards from national and international organizations. In regards to the building envelope, the most commonly referenced standards across Canada are ASHRAE 90.1 “Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings� and the Model National Energy Code for Buildings (MNECB) 1997. The National Energy Code for Buildings (NECB) 2011 has recently been issued to replace MNECB 1997.

While these two standards differ in their specific requirements, they both employ three options for showing compliance: Prescriptive, Trade-off and Performance.

The prescriptive path awards compliance for explicitly meeting all provisions of the code relevant to the project in question. For the building envelope, assemblies must be lower than a given maximum thermal transmittance U-value or must meet or exceed insulation values in a prescribed assembly. These requirements can be based on climate region, building type/principal heating source and framing type, depending on the standard. The prescriptive path is widely used as it is fairly straight forward and building components need only be assessed individually. However, some of the prescriptive requirements may be difficult to achieve due to design trends. For example, in ASHRAE 90.1-2007, the prescriptive path requires a glazing to wall ratio of less than 40%. If these prescriptive requirements cannot be met, then another compliance path must be used.

The trade-off path allows for projects to trade-off the performance of building envelope components (i.e. roofs, walls, and windows) when the prescriptive requirements are not met for each and every item. With this approach, the performance of some envelope components may be lower than the prescribed values in the standard as long as other components exceed the requirements so that the overall building envelope is deemed to be equal or better than the standard. For example, this allows for low thermally performing walls if the roof sufficiently compensates above its prescriptive values. The trade-off method allows for some flexibility with the prescriptive values. This approach can be demonstrated using either specific calculations (provided in the standards) or through computer software that is typically provided by the authors of the standard.

The performance path requires an evaluation of the annual energy use of the whole building. This must be done using computer simulation, where the proposed building and its systems are modeled and compared to a compliance building. The compliance building contains the same shape, size, occupancy and scheduling of proposed building, but all of its systems and individual components meet the minimum requirements of the standard. For example, for the compliance building, the thermal performance of the walls of the compliance building must match the prescriptive U-values of the standard. The proposed design is acceptable if the annual energy use is less than or equal to that of the compliance building. Energy certification programs, such as Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED), have used MNECB and ASHRAE performance paths as this can allow for much greater flexibility in design. The performance path takes into account other variables

such as building orientation, higher efficiency HVAC systems and lighting controls, which would not give any benefit with the other two compliance paths. Each standard gives requirements that specify what can and cannot be included with the energy model and which energy modeling programs can be used.

The Ontario Building Code (OBC) contains a supplementary standard SB-10 to deal with energy in non-Part 9 buildings. As of January 1st, 2012, SB-10 incorporates ASHRAE 90.12010; however the prescriptive path is modified by including the values from ASHRAE 189.1 “Standard for the Design of High Performance, Green Buildings� for envelope requirements.

For the performance path, compliance can be achieved by modeling energy savings 5% better than ASHRAE 90.1-2010, 25% better than MNECB 1997 or meeting ASHRAE 90.12010 modified by ASHRAE 189.1.

Currently, both the Alberta Building Code (ABC) and the Quebec Construction Code (CCQ) only have prescriptive values for minimum insulation levels in Part 9 buildings; however it does not contain any requirements for non Part 9 buildings. It is our understanding that both provinces are considering adopting NECB 2011 in order to assist in meeting their energy efficiency targets.

In British Columbia there are two governing documents. The majority of the province falls under the British Columbia Building Code (BCBC), while Vancouver follows the Vancouver Building Bylaw (VBBL). For non-Part 9 buildings, BCBC references ASHRAE 90.1-2004, while VBBL references the more recent ASHRAE 90.1-2007. The 90.1-2007 requirements are more stringent than 90.1-2004 (lower allowable glazing ratios, lower U-values, higher efficiency systems etc.), however the approach remains the same. The BCBC has recently adopted new energy efficiency requirements that allow a choice of compliance to either the ASHRAE 90.1-2010 or the NECB 2011. The effective date is December 20, 2013. VBBL will also likely update to at least the requirements in BCBC soon.

Table 8 summarizes the prescriptive wall assembly requirements from ASHRAE 90.1 2004, 2007 and 2010 for steel framed buildings along with wall assembly requirements from NECB 2011. Canadian climate zones in both ASHRAE and NECB are divided by heating degree days (HDD). NECB divides zones every 1000 HDD, however ASHRAE groups climate zones by 1000 or 2000 HDD. Both zone types are included.

ASHRAE 90.1 tends to be updated every 3 years. From this chart, it can be seen that the trend from 2004-2007 was to decrease the maximum U-value. The decrease in U-value appears to be based on increasing the amount of continuous exterior insulation. Adjusting the building envelope prescriptive requirements does not happen with every cycle (20072010 did not see further decreases to U-value); however ASHRAE 90.1 may choose to do so in the future as other standards, such as NECB 2011, already have more stringent prescriptive requirements.

Moving forward, to achieve realistic thermal performance goals, standards will need to begin to account for thermal bridging in details. Currently, many codes in Canada offer exemptions for the thermal effects of details (such as slab edges) or their inclusion is often left to interpretation by designers. For example, in the ASHRAE 90.1 performance path, slab edges are typically ignored as long as they are less than 5% of the wall area. Depending on the detail, these thermal bridges can have a major impact on the thermal performance of the building envelope.

Table 8: Maximum Assembly U-Value Requirements for Prescriptive Paths Maximum Assembly U-Value

ASHRAE Climate Zone

NECB Climate Zones

Heating Degree Days (HDD)

ASHRAE 90.1-2004

ASHRAE 90.12007

ASHRAE 90.12010

NECB2011

4C

4

< 3000

0.084 (0.477)

0.064(0.363)

0.064(0.363)

0.055 (0.315)

5A, 5B and 5C

5

3000-4000

0.084 (0.477)

0.064 (0.363)

0.064(0.363)

0.049 (0.278)

6A, 6B

6

4000-5000

0.084 (0.477)

0.064 (0.363)

0.064 (0.363)

0.044 (0.247)

7A

5000-6000

0.064 (0.363)

0.064 (0.363)

7B

6000-7000

0.064 (0.363)

0.064 (0.363)

0.064 (0.363)

0.037 (0.210)

8

>7000

0.064 (0.363)

0.064 (0.363)

0.064 (0.363)

0.032 (0.183)

BTU/hrâ&#x2C6;&#x2122;ft2â&#x2C6;&#x2122;oF (W/m2K)

7

8

0.064 (0.363)

0.037 (0.210)

For exterior insulated steel stud assemblies, that require cladding to be attached to the structure with structural members, must be less than a maximum assembly U-value3 to meet the prescriptive requirements for all the standards. The T-clip for all the evaluated clip spacings meets the U-value requirements with less insulation than the common site solutions as shown in Table 9 and Figure 4. These comparison systems are from the analysis done for ASHRAE Research Project 1365-RP. A summary of this work is found in Appendix B.

3

No exterior insulated wall system with cladding exists that satisfies the current definition of continuous insulation in the ASHRAE 90.1 standards, therefore only the U-value is relevant for all the performance paths.

Table 9: Effective U-values for exterior Insulated Steel Stud Assemblies with Various Girt Attachments Clip System (Inches of Mineral Wool)

Nominal Insulation Value hr·ft2·oF/BTU (m2K/W)

T100 (4”) T125 (5”) T150 (6”)

16.8 (2.96) 21.0 (3.70) 25.2 (4.44)

Assembly U-Value BTU/hr·ft2·oF (W/m2K) E.A. TcLip System 24” Vertical Clip Spacing 0.061 (0.347) 0.052 (0.296) 0.046 (0.262)

36” Vertical Clip Spacing 0.058 (0.327) 0.049 (0.275) 0.042 (0.241)

48” Vertical Clip Spacing 0.056 (0.317) 0.047 (0.266) 0.041 (0.231)

Continuous Continuous Vertical Horizontal Girts @ 16” Girts @ 24” o.c. o.c.

0.099 (0.562) 0.090 (0.511) 0.084 (0.477)

0.084 (0.477) 0.074 (0.420) 0.069 (0.392)

Vertical/ Horizontal Girts @ 24” o.c.

0.076 (0.430) 0.065 (0.369) 0.054 (0.309)

35

Effective Assembly R-Value

30

25

20

15

10

5

0 0

5

10

15

20

25

30

Exterior Insulation Rated R-Value ASHRAE 90.1-2007 Continuous Insulation Vertical/Horizontal Girts Vertical Z-Girts

Intermittent, 36" Apart Horizontal Z-Girts E.A. T- Clip System, 34" Apart

Figure 4: Effective R-value for Selected Cladding Attachments with ASHRAE 90.1-2007 Minimum Climate Zone requirements for Residential and Non-Residential Buildings

5.

CONCLUSION

From this report, the following conclusions can be made: •

For mineral wool insulation and the modeled thickness and clip spacing, the clip system assembly U-values range between 0.041 BTU/hr∙ft2∙oF - 0.061 BTU/hr∙ft2∙oF (0.231 W/m2K - 0.347 W/m2K).

•

With the inclusion of the proposed slab edge, the wall U-value is increased by, at most, 5% for the same range of clip size and spacing.

•

With the inclusion of interior R-12 batt, the clear wall thermal resistance gains approximately an effective R-6.

In terms of code compliance, the values given in this report can be used with all three compliance paths. For designers who are concerned with energy efficiency, beyond compliance, or as building codes change to include thermal bridging in details, the slab edge transmittance provided will assist in calculating a more accurate thermal performance of the building envelope.

Morrison Hershfield

Ivan Lee, M.A.Sc. Building Science Consultant

Neil Norris, P.Eng Principal, Building Science Consultant

BEAR CLAW Design Guide Lightweight Rear Ventilated Rain Screen (TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH SYSTEM2 DESIGN GUIDE)

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES 1-866-591-7021 info@engineeredassemblies.com

E A - T c L i p ™ RV R S Wa l l S y s t e m

OUR PARTNERS

INTRODUCTION We are pleased to provide you thermal and structural testing and analysis for TClip; Thermally Broken Subsystem for use with a variety of facades fibre cement, solid phenolic, Assemblies ceramic, wood manualincluding: provides information on the Engineered Inc. This veneer, porcelain, etc.

BearClaw system & methodology, for lightweight, thermally broken, facade substructures and panel products.

INTRODUCTION This guide provides thermal and structural analysis of Engineered Assemblies’ TClip; Thermally Broken Subsystem. The TClip system supports a variety of façade panels. The main purpose of this guide is to create a better understanding of the performance capabilities and benefits of TClip.

DISCLAIMER Referuse to the “Quick References” section of this guideoffor a breakdown The of this information shows your acceptance these terms. of performance details and system drawings. System drawings 1, 2 The information is intended to provide background information on and 3 (pgs. 8-10) detail Engineered Assemblies Hidden Fastening facade system.products provided by Engineered Assemblies Inc. although Engineered Assemblies Inc. makes reasonable efforts to present DISCLAIMER information which is up to date and accurate. Engineered Assemblies The use of this information shows your acceptance of these terms.

Inc. no representation to the adequacy, accuracy The makes information is intended or to warranty provide as background information on completeness or correctness of envelope such information, does it warrant Engineered Assemblies building systems;nor specifically TClip; Thermally Broken Subsystem with reference to the Hidden Fastener or represent that the information provided is complete in every respect.

System.

Engineered Assemblies Inc. shall not have liability resulting from the use ofEngineered the information provided, Inc. the absence of any specific Although Assemblies makes reasonable efforts to present information which is up to date and accurate.

Engineered information, the possible interruptions or technical errors of this Assembliesand/or Inc. makes no representation or warranty as to the information the content herein. adequacy, accuracy completeness or correctness of such information, nor does it warrant or represent that the information provided is complete in every respect.

Your Engineered Assemblies Inc. Team Engineered Assemblies Inc. shall not have liability resulting from the use of the information provided, the absence of any specific information, the possible interruptions or technical errors of this information and/or the content herein.

brilliant buildings Your Engineered Assemblies Inc. Team

E A - T c L i p ™ RV R S Wa l l S y s t e m

Engineered Assemblies (EA) BearClaw Executive Summary In response to the rapidly increasing demand for lightweight, high performance, rear hung facade systems, EA has designed the BearClaw.

The system is comprised of aluminum cleats and Rails connected to vertical subgirts (framing members). The cleats are designed to attach to cladding products through the use of synthetic polymer bonding agents by Dynamic Bond, undercut anchor or blind fastener.

Structural Performance The BearClaw is engineered to accommodate facade panels generally 8-1 3 mm in thickness and up to 35kg/m2. When used in conjunction with SYSTEM2, vertical framing members are required.

The vertical framing members are attached back to horizontal framing members. The horizontal framing member attaches to the TcLip™ S2 and can be adjusted to plumb out the structure. The spacing of the horizontal framing is adjustable to suite the design loads imposed on the system. *Note: This guide is to be used in conjunction with ‘RVRS SYSTEM2 Design Guide’.

Use of the BearClaw system may require training and certification in the use of Dynamic Bond. Data on Dynamic Bond performance and testing available upon request. Contact Engineered Assemblies for more information on this matter.

For further information please visit: www.engineeredassemblies.com

brilliant buildings

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION TABLE OF CONTENTS 6mm THK. PORCELAIN w/ DYNAMIC BOND

8mm THK. FRC w/ DYNAMIC BOND

8mm THK. PHENOLIC w/ DYNAMIC BOND

10mm THK. PHENOLIC w/ BLIND FASTENER

12mm THK. FRC w/ UNDERCUT ANCHOR

PART SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES WALL SYSTEM PANEL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

(BEAR CLAW) ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

6mm THICK PORCELAIN TILE w/ DYNAMIC BOND

(BEAR CLAW) ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

6mm THICK PORCELAIN TILE W/ DYNAMIC BOND 163 25 VENTING PLENUM

102 [4"] INSULATION

1

23

100

35

12

4

38

13

30

12

6

16

12

26

15 35

18

25 12 12

4

12

35

12

4

75

10

19

8

12

31

51

38

10

4

47

50

SECTION DETAIL

(BEAR CLAW) ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

6mm THICK PORCELAIN TILE W/ DYNAMIC BOND

400 MAX C.C. TCLIP

600 MAX C.C. VERTICAL HATBAR 19

40

10

8

25

19

19

10

150 DYNAMIC BOND

10

300 MAX CUT TO SUIT BC-B/BC-M CONTINUOUS

PLAN DETAIL

40

19

10

150 DYNAMIC BOND

25

8

(BEAR CLAW) ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

8mm THICK FRC w/ DYNAMIC BOND

(BEAR CLAW) ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

8mm THICK FRC W/ DYNAMIC BOND 165 25 VENTING PLENUM

102 [4"] INSULATION

1

23

100

35

12

4

38

13

30

12

8

16

12

26

15 35

18

25 12 12

4

12

35

12

4

75

10

19

8

12

31

51

38

10

4

47

50

SECTION DETAIL

(BEAR CLAW) ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

8mm THICK FRC W/ DYNAMIC BOND

400 MAX C.C. TCLIP

600 MAX C.C. VERTICAL HATBAR 19

40

10

8

25

19

19

10

150 DYNAMIC BOND & CLIP

PLAN DETAIL

40

10

300 MAX

19

10

150 DYNAMIC BOND & CLIP

25

8

(BEAR CLAW) ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

8mm THICK PHENOLIC w/ DYNAMIC BOND

(BEAR CLAW) ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

8mm THICK PHENOLIC W/ DYNAMIC BOND 165 25 VENTING PLENUM

102 [4"] INSULATION

1

23

100

35

12

4

38

13

30

12

8

16

12

26

15 35

18

25 12 12

4

12

35

12

4

75

10

19

8

12

31

51

38

10

4

47

50

SECTION DETAIL

(BEAR CLAW) ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

8mm THICK PHENOLIC W/ DYNAMIC BOND

400 MAX C.C. TCLIP

600 MAX C.C. VERTICAL HATBAR 19

40

10

8

25

19

19

10

150 DYNAMIC BOND & CLIP

PLAN DETAIL

40

10

300 MAX

19

10

150 DYNAMIC BOND & CLIP

25

8

(BEAR CLAW) ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

10mm THICK PHENOLIC w/ DYNAMIC BOND

(BEAR CLAW) ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

10mm THICK PHENOLIC W/ BLIND FASTENER 167 30

25 VENTING PLENUM

102 [4"] INSULATION

1

8

2

8

23

2

100

38

13

10

16

47

50 31

10

26

75

35

18

15

8

19

38

10

51

2

8

2

8

SECTION DETAIL

(BEAR CLAW) ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

10mm THICK PHENOLIC W/ BLIND FASTENER

400 MAX C.C. TCLIP

600 MAX C.C. VERTICAL HATBAR 19

25

8

12

2

26

8

2 8

12

600 MAX C.C. BEAR CLAW CLIP SPACING

19

10

12

26 50mm BEAR CLAW

50mm BEAR CLAW

PLAN DETAIL

40

10

2

10

8

10

19

8

40

12

2

19

25

8

(BEAR CLAW) ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

12mm THICK FRC w/ DYNAMIC BOND

(BEAR CLAW) ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

12mm THICK FRC W/ UNDERCUT ANCHOR 169 30

25 VENTING PLENUM

102 [4"] INSULATION

1

38

13

12

16

23

9.5

100

2.5

47

50 31

10

26

75

35

18

15

8

19

38

10

51

2.5

9.5

SECTION DETAIL

(BEAR CLAW) ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

12mm THICK FRC W/ UNDERCUT ANCHOR

400 MAX C.C. TCLIP

600 MAX C.C. VERTICAL HATBAR 19

40

19

10

40

10

19

10

2.5

9.5

10

19

8

25

50mm BEAR CLAW

50mm BEAR CLAW 600 MAX C.C. BEAR CLAW CLIP SPACING

PLAN DETAIL

25

8

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PART SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES WALL SYSTEMS

E.A.I. STANDARD WALL SYSTEM

GENERAL NOTES

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PART SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES WALL SYSTEMS

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PANEL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 8mm FRC W/ DYNAMIC BOND

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PANEL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 8mm PHENOLIC W/ DYNAMIC BOND

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PANEL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6mm PORCELAIN W/ DYNAMIC BOND

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PANEL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 10mm PHENOLIC W/ BLIND FASTENER

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

PANEL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 12mm FRC W/ UNDERCUT ANCHOR

Arch.: Delugan Meissl Associated Architects, Vienna, Austria

EQUITONE fibre cement facade materials When Ludwig Hatschek invented fibre cement in the late 19th century, he combined the basic elements of the earth: mineral materials, water, air and fire (heat) in a simple filtration process. He named the resulting material ¨Eternit¨, hinting at the superior durability of this new material. Our mother company, Etex, has been manufacturing fibre cement materials since 1905. The most prestigious incarnation in this proud heritage of unique materials is the EQUITONE® facade material range. The Hatschek production process makes each EQUITONE facade panel unique with an individual fibre cement texture. Most EQUITONE facade materials are through-coloured with a raw, unfinished character.

In the 1950s leading architects such as Walter Gropius pioneered the use of coated fibre cement panels using the ventilated facade (rainscreen) system. Designer Willy Guhl created the famous “loop chair” from 1 piece of fibre cement in 1954. This design still bears witness to the core qualities of the fibre cement base material: thin, light, durable and beautiful. In 1987, Herzog & De Meuron designed the Ricola storage building in Laufen using uncoated fibre cement panels. The resulting shutter facade, which is a reference to the cardboard boxes inside, inspired our company to start the industrial development of raw untreated fibre cement materials.

Today, EQUITONE has a full range of through-coloured, untreated fibre cement materials. Leading architects of our time are exploring and transforming the EQUITONE material in remarkable facade designs.

Design potential

EQUITONE facade materials offer unparalleled design flexibility. The fibre cement material is through-coloured, which means the surface displays the inner texture and colour of the core fibre cement material. No matter what facade design options you explore, the through-coloured materials can be transformed into crisp, monolithic facade details.

EQUITONE facade materials come in a maximum panel size of 1.25 x 3m (4´x 10´) and can be transformed into any size or shape using standard tools in the workshop or on site. The material can be perforated using waterjet or CNC machines, large or very small cuts can be made, it can even be embossed and printed. Some designers have used it for interiors or furniture. The through-coloured material allows you to achieve flawless intricate details.

Arch.: AR-TE, Leuven, Belgium

Arch.: Regina Schineis, Augsburg, Germany

Arch.: Boguslaw Wowrzeczka, WrocĹ&#x201A;aw, Poland

Arch.: Busmann + Haberer, Berlin, Germany

Arch.: Astrid Bornheim, Berlin, Germany

EQUITONE [linea]

Arch.: Studio Weave, London, UK

EQUITONE [linea] is a unique 3D shaped, through-coloured facade material that plays with light and shadow. EQUITONE [linea] displays a linear texture that highlights the raw inner texture of the core fibre cement material.

Every moment of the day, the changing angle of the daylight gives the facade material a different aspect. The material comes in a large panel size and can be transformed into any size or shape in the workshop or on site.

No matter what design options you explore, EQUITONEâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s through-coloured nature guarantees crisp, monolithic details.

Both visible and invisible fixing options exist for EQUITONE [linea].

Available in 3 colours (See material sampler)

Shadow effect: 8:00 AM

9:00 AM

10:00 AM

11:00 AM

12:00 Midday

Arch.: Studio Weave, London

EQUITONE shadow art by Fred Eerdekens

EQUITONE [tectiva]

Arch.: RDBM, Antwerp, Belgium

EQUITONE [tectiva] is a through-coloured facade material, characterised by a sanded surface and naturally occurring hues within the material. Every tectiva panel is unique, strongly expressing the raw texture of the core fibre cement material. The material comes in a large panel size and can be transformed into any size or shape in the workshop or on site. No matter what design options you explore, EQUITONEâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s through-coloured nature guarantees crisp, monolithic details.

Available in 8 colours (See material sampler)

Arch.: B-architecten, Antwerp, Belgium

EQUITONE [materia]

Arch. K. Reubens - M. Muylaert Bonheiden, Belgium

EQUITONE [materia] is a through coloured facade material that accentuates the beauty of fibre cement. The material encompasses the characteristics of cement, whereas the fibres render its surface textured yet velvety.

The ever-changing atmosphere, gives the material natural subtle shade variations.

The material comes in a large panel size and can be transformed into any size or shape in the workshop or on site.

Available in 2 colours (See material sampler)

EQUITONE [natura]

Arch.: Delugan Meissl Associated Architects, Vienna, Austria

EQUITONE [natura] is a through-coloured facade material. Every EQUITONE [natura] panel is unique, subtly displaying the raw texture of the core fibre cement material.

The material comes in a large panel size and can be transformed into any size or shape in the workshop or on site. No matter what design options you explore, EQUITONEâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s through-coloured nature guarantees crisp, monolithic details.

Available in 26 other colours (See material sampler)

Arch.: DRP Baukunst, Dortmund, Germany

EQUITONE [pictura] is a fibre cement facade material with an ultra matt architectural finish. Thousands of custom-matched matt project colours are available on request.

The material comes in a large panel size and can be transformed into any size or shape in the workshop or on site. The material can also be perforated or printed. No matter what design options you explore, EQUITONE material is ideal for crisp detailing.

Available in 20 colours. Other colours on request, subject to minimum order quantities.

(See material sampler)

Arch.: Jo Coenen, Amsterdam, Netherlands

EPO ENG Ed. 5, JAN 2018

Arch: Arkitekterne Bjørk & Maigård ApS, Aalborg, Denmark

equitone.com Euro Panels Overseas NV Bormstraat 24 - 2830 Willebroek - Belgium T +32 (0)15 71 73 80 - F +32 (0)15 71 73 89 - info@europanels.net - www.europanels.net

Follow us:

equitone facade equitone facade

material sampler

EQUITONE is a through-coloured facade material designed by and for architects. Our company has produced these façade panels since the 1950´s under the name ¨Eternit¨. Every EQUITONE panel is unique, showing the raw, untreated texture of the fibre cement base material. Fibre cement is a cement composite material that consists of cement, cellulose and mineral materials, reinforced by a visible matrix. Nothing else. The EQUITONE material comes in a maximum panel size of 1,25 x 3m (4´x 10´) and can be transformed into any size or shape in the workshop or on-site. Furthermore, the material can be perforated or printed. Visible and invisible rainscreen fixing methods can be used including riveting, screwing and bonding on metal or wood supporting frames. No matter what design options you explore, the through-coloured nature of EQUITONE assures crisp, monolithic details.

LT20

LT60

LT90

Shadow effect: 8:00 AM

9:00 AM

10:00 AM

11:00 AM

12:00 Midday

EQUITONE [linea] is a unique 3D shaped, through-coloured facade material that plays with light and shadow. EQUITONE [linea] displays a linear texture that highlights the raw inner texture of the core fibre cement material.

Every moment of the day, the changing angle of the daylight gives the facade material a different aspect. The material comes in a large panel size and can be transformed into any size or shape in the workshop or on site.

No matter what design options you explore, EQUITONEâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s through-coloured nature guarantees crisp, monolithic details.

Both visible and invisible fixing options exist for EQUITONE [linea].

TE90

TE15

TE00

TE20

TE10

TE60

TE30

TE40

EQUITONE [tectiva] is a through-coloured facade material, characterised by a sanded surface and naturally occurring hues within the material.

Every tectiva panel is unique, strongly expressing the raw texture of the core fibre cement material. The material comes in a large panel size and can be transformed into any size or shape in the workshop or on site.

No matter what design options you explore, EQUITONEâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s through-coloured nature guarantees crisp, monolithic details.

MA400

MA200

EQUITONE [materia] is a through coloured facade material that accentuates the beauty of fibre cement. The material encompasses the characteristics of cement, whereas the fibres render its surface textured yet velvety.

The ever-changing atmosphere, gives the material natural subtle shade variations.

The material comes in a large panel size and can be transformed into any size or shape in the workshop or on site.

THROUGH-COLOURED

N162

N154

N861

N961

N161

N163

N211

N252

N891

N892

N250

N294

N281

N251

N073

N074

SPECIAL COLOURS

N661

N662

N 593

N594

N411

Other colours available on request, subject to minimum order quantities.

N412

N991

N972

N331

N359

EQUITONE [natura] is a through-coloured facade material. Every EQUITONE [natura] panel is unique, subtly displaying the raw texture of the core fibre cement material. The material comes in a large panel size and can be transformed into any size or shape in the workshop or on site. No matter what design options you explore, EQUITONEâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s through-coloured nature guarantees crisp, monolithic details.

PW 141

PG 243

PG 241

PA 041

PW 841

PG 843

PG 844

PA 944

PG 542

PG 546

PG 444

PG 342

PG 642

PG 545

PG 443

PG 341

PG 641

PG 544

PG 442

PG 742

Other colours available on request, subject to minimum order quantities.

EQUITONE [pictura] is a fibre cement facade material with an ultra matt architectural finish. Thousands of custom-matched matt project colours are available on request. The material comes in a large panel size and can be transformed into any size or shape in the workshop or on site. The material can also be perforated or printed. No matter what design options you explore, EQUITONE material is ideal for crisp detailing.

DIMENSIONS EQUITONE [linea]

THICKNESS

WIDTH

LENGTHS

10 mm

1220 mm

2500 - 3050 mm

EQUITONE [tectiva]

8 mm

1220 mm

2500 - 3050 mm

EQUITONE [materia]

8 mm

1250 mm

2500 - 3100 mm

EQUITONE [natura]

8 mm - 12 mm

1250 mm

2500 - 3100 mm

EQUITONE [pictura]

8 mm - 12 mm

1250 mm

2500 - 3100 mm

This colour chart shows the broad range of available colours. However, a 100% accurate representation of the colours is not technically feasible in this overview. The final choice of colours needs to be based on samples. Request your sample at www.equitone.com.

EPO ENG Ed. 5, JAN 2018

Arch: Arkitekterne Bjørk & Maigård ApS, Aalborg, Denmark

equitone.com Euro Panels Overseas NV Bormstraat 24 - 2830 Willebroek - Belgium T +32 (0)15 71 73 80 - F +32 (0)15 71 73 89 - info@europanels.net - www.europanels.net

Follow us:

equitone facade equitone facade

Gentas Phenolic Panels for RVRS

Gentas uses the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s top quality materials working with prestigious brands across the globe. Gentas has been operating since 1972, with extensive knowledge and reach in the façade industry.

Gentas solid phenolic panels offer hundreds of design options that can be used individually; supporting a design concept, or combined to create something truly unique.

Strength and quality of the panels is directly proportional to the quality of the ingredients contained in kraft papers, decorative papers and resins used.

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

2

Gentas Phenolic PANELS

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

3

Gentas Phenolic PANELS

ADVANTAGES 400+ colours Panel optimization available Fire rated version available Proven projects across the globe No maintenance required

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

4

Gentas Phenolic PANELS

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

5

Gentas Phenolic PANELS

Gentas Phenolic Panels for RVRS

Gentas panels are available in wood, stone, solid colours and patterns.

Gentas offers two panel sizes: The minimum panel size is 1300mm x 2800mm (4.3’ x 9.2’) with the maximum size of 1300mm x 3050mm (4.3’ x 10’).

Thicknesses range from 6mm to 20mm.

8mm is recommended for facades, and suits Exposed Fasteners or Hidden Fasteners (HF) with Dynamic Bond.

10mm is recommended for soffits, and suits all attachment methods.

Texture

8mm

10mm

Size (mm)

Smooth

1300x2800 mm

Smooth

1300x3050 mm

Exposed Fastener

HF with Dynamic Bond

HF with Fastener

Attachment Methods

1

Exposed fasteners, typically colour matched rivets, requires 8mm thick panel minimum.

2

Hidden Fastener (HF) with Dynamic Bond, requires 8mm thick panel minimum.

3

Hidden Fastener (HF) with fastener, requires 10mm thick panel minimum.

4

Direct bond to girts, in field, requires 8 mm thick panel minimum.

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

6

Gentas Phenolic PANELS

WOOD PATTERNS

Wood pa'erns (con.nued)

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

7

Gentas Phenolic PANELS

Wood pa'erns (con.nued) WOOD PATTERNS

Wood pa'erns (con.nued)

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

8

Gentas Phenolic PANELS

Wood pa'erns (con.nued)

WOOD PATTERNS

Best source for colour info is www.gentas.com.tr wood-pa'erns.html

More colours and finishes available on the Engineered Assemblies website.

Gentas Options include interior and exterior use. Fire rating, graffiti protection and UV coatings are available. For more information visit the Engineered Assemblies website or contact your EA representative.

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

9

Gentas Phenolic PANELS

COLOURS

Solid Colours

Solid Colours

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

10

Gentas Phenolic PANELS

COLOURS

Solid Colours

h'p://www.gentas.com.tr/solid-colors.html

More colours and finishes available on the Engineered Assemblies website.

Gentas Options include interior and exterior use. Fire rating, graffiti protection and UV coatings are available. For more information visit the Engineered Assemblies website or contact your EA representative.

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES

11

Gentas Phenolic PANELS

Contact: EngineeredAssemblies.com 1-866-591-7021 info@engineeredassemblies.com #brilliantbuildings

4648 S. Old Peachtree Rd. | Norcross, GA 30071 800.646.3826 (p) | 770.908.2264 (f)

www.imetco.com

–1–

www.imetco.com R0311

The Test of Time Ti m e l e s s e l e g a n c e , p r o v e n p e r f o r m a n c e , strength and versatility make Series 300 the metal roofing system of choice.

For more than 20 years, the Series 300 ® standing seam metal roofing system has been protecting buildings across North America.

After two decades, even the earliest Series 300 roofs are as resilient and beautiful as ever.

The remarkable Series 300 structural panel adds dynamic visual impact while providing decades of protection from even the most severe weather conditions, with a total life-cycle cost that is significantly less than that of other roofing systems.

With its zeal and reputation for excellence, the IMETCO team is dedicated to offering a level of service and support that exceeds expectations.

Since your satisfaction is our only measure of success, we strive for accuracy, quality and unprecedented service on every order.

–3–

Long Panels

Curving When it comes to curving, no one does it better than IMETCO. The first to curve a symmetrical seam structural panel, IMETCO can achieve the tightest curves in the industry (having curved to radii as tight as 5’) and minimize oil-canning.

Tapering With Series 300, your tapered metal roof design will achieve the stunning visual impact desired. Our dedicated manufacturing, engineering, and project management teams work closely with designers and contractors to address installation challenges, reduce waste, and provide panels that are customtapered for a perfect fit.

IMETCO factoryforms each tapered panel, which may exceed 80-feet in length, from a single piece of metal, with stiffening beads adjacent to the vertical legs, to preserve the flat, clean look of the panel’s center.

www.imetco.com R0311

When your project calls for long panels, rely on the experts. IMETCO’s logistics specialists can coordinate transportation of panels up to 85 feet in length, allowing you the convenience and cost benefits of factory-formed panels for a wider range of projects.

We continue to raise the standards for performance and design flexibility of metal roofing through ongoing product development. Recently, IMETCO celebrated two groundbreaking achievements in Series 300 panel curving: A concave curve; and a continuous, smooth concave-toconvex “S” curve.

These extraordinary S-shaped panels are truly a sight to behold as your eye travels along the reverse-curve radius and continues seamlessly along the tangent to the standard convex curve.

Whether manufactured in our factory and shipped to you, or field curved on the job site, IMETCO’s curving capabilities are unsurpassed.

Field Forming and Curving IMETCO’s field formed panels offer the same warranted, tested, and proven performance as those manufactured in our plant.

Our full-service factory-quality forming equipment features 16 roller stations.

It is shipped with a de-coiler to your job site on a 45-foot trailer, and operated on-site by our fabrication experts.

Contact your IMETCO representative for more information.

Re-roofing with Series 300 Series 300 brings the advantages of symmetry to architects, installers and building owners alike.

With vertical legs that are equal in both size and profile, and a separate seam cap that joins the panels, Series 300 can be installed starting from any point on the roof to produce a sleek, balanced, proportional look that complements any design.

Series 300 is ideal for almost any retrofit or roof replacement application, regardless of existing roof condition or type.

As an economical alternative to replacing an entire roof, Series 300 can be installed directly over the existing roof.

This eliminates the cost and environmental impact of tearing off and disposing of the old roofing materials, while providing: • Long-term weather-tight performance • An absolutely stunning architectural enhancement • Additional insulation to improve energy efficiency • Uninterrupted access to your building In many cases, very few modifications are required to prepare the existing roof to receive the new metal panels.

To make replacing your roof as painless as possible, IMETCO offers engineering services, framing assemblies, and installation support.

Installers have better control over when and where panels are installed, and can even run simultaneous crews to cut completion time in half.

Since there are no interlocking male/female seams to worry about, Series 300 panels can be installed in either, or both, directions at any time. With this innovative system design, roof protrusions and other detail work will not disrupt installation. Crews can simply move around the obstacle and continue working, then return to insert missing panels later.

The seam cap features , with its factory-applied hot-melt sealant, is quickly and mechanically seamed. IMETCO’s seamer permanently seals the caps at a rate of 60 feet per minute, and runs in both directions. This eliminates the need for a third crew member to chase and retrieve the seamer after each course is run.

Series 300 also reduces material waste since each piece of a cut panel can be used for the opposite sides of a detail condition.

Perhaps the most compelling advantage of a symmetrical metal roof is that symmetry simplifies repair. In the event that a Series 300 panel needs to be removed or replaced, ONLY that panel needs to be removed or replaced – not every other panel between it and the roof’s edge. And while Series 300 outperforms any other metal roofing panel available, its symmetry provides peace-of-mind to building owners, designers and installers who are prepared for any contingency.

–5–

Series 300 Testing

MIAMI DADE COUNTY

APPROVED

No matter where your project is located, or which conditions it will encounter, each of the following tests is an important measure of metal roofing system performance.

Conditions/Components Tested

UL 580

ASTM E-1592

ASTM E-1680

FM® 4471

TAS 201

TAS 203

ASTM E-1646



Actual edge components (flashings & trim)

AAMA 501.1

TAS 100-95



 ** 

Actual field penetration details Panel end laps Tests to failure IBC wind uplift requirement* Utilizes dynamic loading

ASTM E-2140

* 

 *

(APP G)

UL 263

TAS 125

 





 

Clip wear resistance



Foot traffic resistance



Impact resistance Vertical load resistance

ENCON CN 240



 

Thermal expansion/contraction

TAS 114













Energy efficiency



Moisture control



Climate-Related Performance



Wind









 

Rain Snow

 

 

 

  

 



Fire Tornado

 

Thunderstorm Hurricane

  



Hail

   

   



Heat/cold variations

Series 300 results



Class 90

Up to 280 psf

No leaks at 20.0 psf



 

 

 

  

 

 Up to Class 1-150

Small & large missile impact

+/- 130 psf

.001 cfm/sf @ 20 psf

 Up to 70 mph

leaks No leaks Up to Nofor 6 for 168 120 mph hours hours

Up to Class A rating

2” Up to movement for 360 psf 100,000 cycles

* International Building Code (IBC) requires wind uplift testing in accordance with UL 580 and/or ASTM E1592. Check with your IMETCO representative to determine which test is applicable to your project. ** Testing of field penetration details is optional. Series 300 has been tested with actual field penetration details.

www.imetco.com R0311

Wind Uplift Analysis IMETCO provides metal roofing systems that are engineered to the unique needs of each project, bringing the designer’s vision to life. The process begins with a Wind Uplift Analysis for each individual structure, conducted by IMETCO’s engineers.

This analysis follows the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE 7) standard, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, to determine a building’s design wind loads.

The Wind Uplift Analysis considers a structure’s geographic location, mean roof height, roof pitch/geometry, exposure condition, occupancy class, and other factors that impact wind load capacity. Armed with these results, designers can specify the right roofing system for their project every time, assured of compliance with the International Building Code (IBC).

Unlimited Thermal Movement and Watertight Performance The dynamic nature of a metal roof is embraced and facilitated by the Series 300 system. The one-piece clip, isolated seam sealant, custom trim, flashing, and system details all work together to accommodate the natural expansion and contraction of metal that occurs when it is exposed to varying temperatures.

Each Series 300 roof is engineered for unlimited thermal movement to maintain the roof’s structural integrity and provide a lifetime of watertight protection.

Performance-Inspired Metal Roofing Day after day, roofs are assaulted by rain, snow, heat, wind and other environmental attacks. A Series 300 system, with its lasting resilience, shields its building from these unforgiving conditions and provides building owners with a lifetime of protection for their investment.

The precision engineering of a Series 300 roof delivers long-term weather-tight performance with Triple Threat Protection™ against water infiltration from ponding/standing water, daily rainfall, and wind-driven rain. It has been rigorously tested to be leakproof and to withstand hurricane-force winds.

As part of the Series 300/Perfrom-A-Deck assembly, the system is engineered and tested as recommended by the FEMA 361 Design and Construction Guidance for Community Safe Rooms for resistance to wind uplift and impact from wind-borne debris.

An ideal system for structural and/or architectural applications, Series 300 features a 2⅜-inch high symmetrical seam with a separate, easy-toinstall seam cap.

Series 300 can span across open purlins and carry snow and wind loads on slopes as moderate as ¼:12. It can also be installed over any solid deck, on steeper slopes, and even vertically as a wall panel.

Series 300’s unique one-piece concealed clip, made of heavy 16-gauge galvanized or stainless steel, is designed to provide maximum structural integrity while allowing unlimited thermal movement. The clip also elevates the panel 3/8-inch off the substrate to allow for air movement.

–7–

Specify 1 3/4" 2" 1" 2"

Shop Drawing and Submittal Packages A thoroughly engineered shop drawing package is crucial to the success of every project. In addition to the standard details that are available for use by designers, IMETCO offers shop drawings that are produced in-house by IMETCO engineers and customized to the unique requirements of your project. This helps simplify and expedite resolution of any design challenge you may face during project planning and installation. These comprehensive, engineered packages help ensure optimum product performance, proper installation, and code compliance, thereby reducing potential liability for design professionals, installers, and building owners.

Erector note: Fix panel to clip at this location.

Refer to the installation detail.

Refer to sht #? In the 11" x 17" shop dwgs.

Underlayment

Fixed Ridge/Hip Detail

Substrate Fasteners

Arch. Ref.: None

IMETCO’s PerformaEdge Coping Valley pan

Ridge/hip trim

Ridge/hip trim

Off-set cleat

Off-set cleat

Continuous butyl sealant tape

Continuous butyl sealant tape

Head closure (factory-formed)

Head closure (factory-formed)

Reference pt.

Shop drawing packages address myriad design and liability considerations, such as: • Wind uplift requirements • Water control, drainage and run-off • Ice damming • Snow retention • Watertight details • Thermal movement allowances • Aesthetic considerations • Proper product installation • Coordination of transitional conditions and adjacent building materials • Building code compliance • Optional P.E. stamping (available for any state)

'Neoprene' head closure (factory-formed)

Reglet

'Neoprene' head closure (factory-formed)

Reference pt.

Rod & caulk

Corner flange

Counter-1" panel flashingseam cap

Rod & Caulk

Turn up valley panel edge inside vertical panel seam.

Fastener Continuous @ 24" o.c. sealant bead

Fastener Sealant bed @ 12" O.C. Jamb Edge of Valley pan

Continuous sealant bead

3"

Exploded assembly view Exploded assembly view

Series 300 gable clip

Trim Fastener Jamb @ each clip w/neoprene washer

Edge of Valley closure

Leg cleatSeries x 10'-0" 300 Pop-rivetGable @ 12" o.c.

Clip

Edge of ice And water shield

Isometric @ short wall

trim x 10'-0"

Counterflashing

1" panel seam cap

Plywood substrate

Fastener At Each Clip

Fasteners

Jamb detail @ sloped roof Arch. Ref.: None

Each shop drawing package also includes detailed, illustrated step-by-step installation guidelines, helping installers ensure a quality, expeditious installation while limiting liability.

Substrate Fasteners

Jamb detail @ sloped roof Arch. Ref.: None

www.imetco.com R0311

He Head assemb

Ridge/hip Trim

Butyl Sealant Tape, Install Continuously Off-set Cleat Seam Cap Panel Clip Panel

The Total Package Series 300 is more than just a metal panel. It is a total metal roofing solution, complete with all of the support you need to design and install a high-performance Series 300 metal roof.

Continuous butyl sealant tape Continuous butyl sealant tape Off-set cleat Off-set cleat Ridge/hip trim

Ridge/hip trim

Factory injected hot melt sealant beads

Factory injected hot melt sealant beads Stainless steel fasteners (By erector) typ.

Stainless steel fasteners (By erector) typ.

Field bend pan using pan-end tool supplied by IMETCO 1" panel seam cap

IMETCO’s engineering team helps bring your design concepts to life with custom-tailored and engineered metal systems. As your metal roofing partners, our field service representatives and inside service teams provide collaborative support throughout all phases of your project to ensure budgetand code-compliance with IMETCO’s durable, highperformance metal systems.

Field bend pan using pan-end tool supplied by IMETCO

1" panel seam cap

Sealant bead up vertical legs

Sealant bead up vertical legs

Head closure factory-formed to fit panel profile and width

Head closure factory-formed to fit panel profile and width

Continuous butyl sealant tape

sealant Continuous sealant bead, clear orContinuous to match roof panelsbead, clear or to match roof panels 'Neoprene' closureprofile factory-formed to fit the panel profile 'Neoprene' head closure factory-formed to fithead the panel

eaddetail assembly detail bly

Ridge/hip trim

For each individual Series 300 application, IMETCO evaluates an array of variables to help you determine product and installation requirements. From curving and tapering design support to wind uplift and substrate assembly analysis, we are here to assist you. We routinely help our customers determine appropriate materials, panel width and clip spacing. This hands-on support is what truly differentiates Series 300 and other IMETCO Factory injected hot melt sealant beads products.

Stainless steel fasteners

Off-set cleat

typ.

We (Byaterector) IMETCO are driven by one thing customer satisfaction. It is our mission to ensure proper system performance based on each individual application, and to reduce unnecessary costs associated with improper design.

Field bend pan using

Ridge/hip trim

Off-set cleat Continuous butyl sealant tape

pan-end tool supplied by IMETCO

Head closure (factory-formed) 'Neoprene' head closure (factory-formed)

1" panel seam cap

1" panel seam cap

Sealant bead up vertical legs

Continuous sealant bead

Exploded assembly view

Head closure factory-formed to fit panel profile and width Continuous sealant bead, clear or to match roof panels 'Neoprene' head closure factory-formed to fit the panel profile

Head assembly detail

–9–

CL

1" Seam Cap Factory Sealant

2-3/8"

Series 300 Offers Strength, Beauty and Versatility

Panel Continuous Beads of "Hot Melt" Sealant in Each Cap

In addition to the wide range of materials, colors, and mechanical finishes available, Series 300 offers a variety of profiles to accommodate both aesthetic and functional demands. The Series 300 standard seam profile is available in 12-, 16-, and 18-inch standard widths. The batten seam profile is available in 11-, 16-, and 19-inch standard widths. Contact your IMETCO representative to inquire about custom panel widths.

CL

1" Seam Cap

3/8" Standard Panel Clip

Standard Seam Profile

CL

12", 16", 18"

2" Seam Cap

Factory Sealant

CL

Factory Sealant 2-3/8"

2-3/8"

Panel

Panel 3/8"

3/8" Available With Or Without Center Step-up

Standard Panel Clip

Standard Batten Clip

Series 300 Standard Panel Profile

Typical Batten Profile

STEP #3

Operation

In Addition to Series 300, IMETCO Offers a Full Line of Other Metal Roofing Systems Please contact us at 800.646.3826 for more information about any of these or other IMETCO products.

1 5/16"

CL

1/2"

CL

CL

CL

Gable Clip

Seam Cap

18 Ga. Galv. Steel 18 Ga. Stainless Steel

Panel With Integral Seam

Sealant Bead

1.5 or 2"

Panel

Panel

1-3/4"

Sealant Bead

Sealant Bead

1-1/2"

Panel 1"

1/2" Standard Panel Clip

Twin-LocTM

www.imetco.com R0311

Standard Panel Clip

Snap-LokTM

3/16"

3/16"

Standard Panel Clip

Perm-LocTM

Standard Panel Clip

SSTM

Don’t Forget the Walls IMETCO’s roofing systems are complemented by our full line of metal wall and soffit panels. Contact your IMETCO representative for more information about these and other products.

Experience the Enduring Beauty and Timeless Appeal of IMETCO Metal Solutions IMETCO is proud to offer a full line of metal roof, wall, and edge systems and accessories. Using only the highest quality metals from select premier mills, IMETCO manufactures its metal products from a wide selection of materials and gauges, including galvanized & Galvalume® steel, aluminum, copper, stainless steel, zinc and titanium.

39¼" Overall Width 36" Coverage 12" 1¼"

R-Panel Exposed Fastener Wall Panel

7.2 Rib Exposed Fastener Wall Panel

IMETCO’s collection of standard, designer and premium paint finishes provides a wide range of color choices.

If the collection does not include your desired color, IMETCO offers custom colors for an infinite palette of possibilities.

393∕8" Overall Width 342∕3" Coverage 22∕3" 7/8"

COR-PAN Exposed Fastener Wall Panel

CL

I M E T C O ’s p a i n t e d finishes with Kynar® 500 and Hylar® 5000 protective coatings p rovi d e ou t s t a n d i n g resistance to UV and chemical exposure with unmatched performance and color integrity.

CL

12¾" (Nominal)

Panel

1"

Sealant Bead PermWall 1.0 Flush Profile

PermWallTM Concealed Clip Wall Panel

(also available with 1½” vertical leg at 11¾ inches wide) CL

CL

11¾" (Nominal)

CL

CL

CL

12" or 16” (Nominal)

1½" 1"

Panel

CL

12" or 16” (Nominal)

1"

Sealant Bead

FW Panel - Standard Profile

FW Panel with Optional Reveal (1/2” or 1”)

FW-120 Concealed Fastener Panel PermWall 1.5 Wall Flush Profile

CL

CL

16" 12¾" Coverage (Nominal)

Panel PanelClip @ 24"o.c.

4"

1"

Sealant Bead

PermWall 1.0 Single Vee Profile LatitudeTM Series Wall Panel

(Several 12- and 16-inch profiles for horizontal & vertical application) CL

CL

11¾" (Nominal)

1½"

Panel

Latitude Panel

From smooth, embossed and low-glare surface textures to striations and minor ribs added during roll-forming, IMETCO offers several textures to accommodate aesthetic and structural requirements.

For a sleek, finished look, IMETCO offers a wide range of roofing accessories.

Fascia, coping, gutters and downspouts are all formed by our talented craftsmen.

Fasteners are available in any of our standard, premium, designer, and custom colors. IMETCO’s line of accessories also includes head, hip and valley closures, a wide variety of clips, trim, edge stiffeners, and snow retention systems.

7/16"

Panel

12" (Nominal)

CL

–11–

Sealant Bead

CL

PermWall 1.5 Single Vee Profile SP-120 Concealed Fastener Soffit Panel

CL

CL

12¾" (Nominal)

Panel

The Total Solution IMETCO offers a full line of metal roofing, wall, and edge systems and accessories. Be sure to ask your representative about other products from IMETCO, such as:

Asset Protection

• The only Americanproduced zinc for the construction industry • Corrosion resistant, self-healing • Environmentally friendly

Cost Protection

Liability Protection

AquaBlock Underlayment • Self-adhering, self-sealing • 100% SBS-modified, fiberglassreinforced

PerformaEdge® Fascia & Coping • Weather-tight, wind-resistant • Fully tested per ANSI/SPRI ES-1 standards • 20-year blow-off and weather-tight warranties

Standard Colors Irish Mist

Almond Suede

Emerald Forest

Blue Sapphire

Tuscan Slate

Epic Bronze

Solar White

Cadet Gray

Sandstone

Chestnut

Georgian Brick

Opal Star

Colonial Red

Silver Cloud

Wedgewood

Weathered Copper

Series 300/Perform-A-Deck Assembly • • • •

Series 300 metal roofing from IMETCO Metal deck and insulation from Martin Fireproofing Single warranty for complete assembly Withstands extreme winds and debris impact as recommended by FEMA 361 Design and Construction Guidance for Community Safe Rooms

Designer Colors Iron Mountain

Cardinal Red

Carolina Coast

Natural Patina

Caribbean Coral

Merlot

Premium Colors

Photovoltaic

Many of IMETCO’s roof systems are designed to allow the addition of enhancements such as solar roof panels. Contact your IMETCO representative for more information.

Platinum Silver

Roman Copper

Brite Copper

Champagne

Preweathered Galvalume

Galaxy Blue

Signature Collection - Patterned

The IMETCO Advantage For more than a decade, we at IMETCO have enjoyed our reputation as a manufacturer committed to providing products of only the highest quality.

Our staff comprises expertise in metal roofing, design, engineering, testing, code compliance, manufacturing, and more. Above all, our staff excels in providing unparalleled customer service.

At IMETCO, your satisfaction is our only measure of success!

Antique Bronze

Artisan Steel

Quartz

Acrylic Galvalume

Copper Patina

Field Stone

Prestige Collection - Natural Metals United Zinc: Glacier Gray

Copper

United Zinc: Onyx Black

TextureMatte Stainless Steel

MIAMI DADE COUNTY

APPROVED

4648 S. Old Peachtree Rd. | Norcross, GA 30071 800.646.3826 (p) | 770.908.2264 (f) www.imetco.com

www.imetco.com

R0311

Galvalume® is steel pre-treatment and a registered trademark of Biec International Inc. Hylar® is a fluorocarbon paint finish available on our metal products, and is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA Inc. Kynar® is a fluorocarbon paint finish available on our metal products, and is a registered trademark of Elf Atochem North America Inc. FM® (Factory Mutual) is a world leader in property loss prevention and control engineering, research, and training. Its research-based recommendations set new standards that reduce the chance of property loss due to fire, weather conditions, and failure of electrical or mechanical equipment. It is a registered trademark of Factory Mutual Global, and must be identified as such whenever referred to in print.

Series 300® and all other trademarks are owned by Innovative Metals Company, Inc. (IMETCO).

03/2011

Testing Conditions/Components Tested

UL 580

ASTM E-1592

ASTM E-1680

FM® 4471

TAS 201

TAS 203

ASTM E-1646



Actual flashings and trim

AAMA 501.1



TAS 100- ASTM 95 E-2140

TAS 114 (APP G)

** 

Panel end laps

IBC wind uplift requirement*

*

Utilizes dynamic loading



 *

 







 

Clip wear resistance



Foot traffic resistance



Impact resistance Vertical load resistance

ENCON CN 240



 

Thermal expansion/contraction

TAS 125



Actual field penetration details

Tests to failure

UL 263











 

 



Energy efficiency



Moisture control





 

 

Timeless elegance, proven performance, strength and versatility make Series 300® the metal roofing system of choice.

Climate-Related Performance Wind







Snow





Tornado

 

Thunderstorm Hurricane

  



Class 90

   

   



 

 

 

  

 



Up to .001@cfm/ 20 280 psf sf psf

Up to Class 1-150

For a quarter of a century, Series 300 has protected buildings across North America from even the most severe weather, and after more than two decades, even the earliest Series 300 roofs are as resilient and beautiful as ever.





Heat/cold variations

Series 300 Results

  

Fire

Hail



 

Rain

Small & large missile impact

+/- 130 psf

No leaks at 20.0 psf

 Up to 70 mph

leaks No leaks Up to Nofor 6 for 168 120 mph hours hours

Up to Class A rating

Up to 360 psf

2” movement for 100,000 cycles

Series 300 is manufactured to IMETCO’s legendary quality standard, and backed by unparalleled service and support.

* International Building Code (IBC) requires wind uplift testing in accordance with UL 580 and/or ASTM E1592. Check with your IMETCO representative to determine which test is applicable to your project. ** Testing of field penetration details is optional. Series 300 has been tested with actual field penetration details.

MIAMI DADE COUNTY

APPROVED

2070 Steel Drive s Tucker, Georgia 30084 800.646.3826 (p) s 770.908.1030 (p) s 770.908.2264

(f)

www.imetco.com R030911

© Copyright 2011, Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

4648 South Old Peachtree Road • Norcross, Georgia 30071 www.imetco.com • (770) 908-1030 • (800) 646-3826

Design Characteristics

Specialty Manufacturing Options

• Symmetrical style panel

• Curving (convex, concave and “S” curves)

Series 300 Standard Panel Profile 1" Seam Cap

◦◦ Sleek, balanced, proportional look that complements any design

• Tapering (to more than 80-feet in length)

◦◦ 2⅜-inch vertical legs are equal in size and profile

• On-site fabrication of factory-quality straight or curved panels

CL

Factory Sealant

• Factory fabricated long panels (up to 85 feet)

Panel

◦◦ A separate seam cap joins the panels • Ideal for structural and/or architectural applications ◦◦ Can be installed over open purlins or solid decks ◦◦ Suitable for slopes as moderate as ½:12, on steeper slopes, or vertically as a wall panel • Long-term weather-tight performance

Installation Considerations

Standard Panel Clip

• With no interlocking male/female seams, installers have better control over how and where panels are installed ◦◦ Start from any point on the roof ◦◦ Install panels in either direction, or both directions ◦◦ Run simultaneous crews to cut completion time in half ◦◦ Work around roof penetrations and other obstacles • Bi-directional mechanical seamer quickly and permanently seals the seam caps at a rate of 60 feet per minute

◦◦ 3/8” clearance between panel and substrate promotes ventilation

• Installer-friendly details, fully-tested to remain weathertight

◦◦ One-piece heavy-gauge concealed clip for maximum structural performance and unrestricted expansion and contraction ◦◦ Factory-applied hot-melt sealant remains isolated from the clip ◦◦ Custom trim, flashing and system details create a performance-inspired monolithic roof system

Available Materials • Steel: 24-, 22-, and 20-gauge • Aluminum: .032”, .040”, and .050” • Stainless Steel: 24- and 22-gauge • Zinc: 0.7mm, 0.8mm, and 1.0mm • Copper: 16- and 20-ounce

www.imetco.com

2-3/8" 3/8"

◦◦ Rigorously tested against leaks and hurricane-force winds

• Unlimited thermal movement

CL

12", 16", 18"

• A full line of accessories available

Available With Or Without Center Step-up

Profiles • Standard profile ◦◦ Features a center stiffening rib between two pencil beads ◦◦ Available without center stiffening rib

Standard Seam Profile 1" Seam Cap

CL

Factory Sealant

◦◦ 12-, 16-, and 18-inch panel widths ◦◦ 1-inch seam cap

2-3/8" Panel

• Batten profile

◦◦ Complete head, hip and valley closure assemblies simplify installation ◦◦ Fascia, coping, trim, and edge stiffeners

◦◦ Available with or without center stiffening rib ◦◦ 11-, 16-, and 19-inch panel widths

◦◦ Gutters, brackets, and downspouts

◦◦ 2-inch batten cap

◦◦ Clips, fasteners, foam, tape, and sealants ◦◦ Snow management and lightning protection systems

• Original profile ◦◦ Features four evenly-spaced pencil beads ◦◦ 12-, 16-, and 18-inch widths with one-inch standard seam

Warranties*

◦◦ 11-, 16-, and 19-inch widths with two-inch batten seam

• 20-year finish warranty for Kynar® fluorocarbon coating

Standard Panel Clip

Typical Batten Profile 2" Seam Cap

◦◦ Features a flat pan designed to accept thin-film solar panels

• Watertight warranty on qualifying applications

◦◦ 16- and 18-inch widths with one-inch standard seam

* Sample warranties available upon request

◦◦ 19-inch width with two-inch batten seam

CL

Factory Sealant

• PV Flat profile

• Material and workmanship warranty

Available in

3/8"

◦◦ Features a center stiffening rib between two pencil beads

2-3/8" Panel 3/8" Standard Batten Clip

(800) 646-3826

Design Characteristics

Specialty Manufacturing Options

• Symmetrical style panel

• Curving (convex, concave and “S” curves)

Series 300 Standard Panel Profile 1" Seam Cap

◦◦ Sleek, balanced, proportional look that complements any design

• Tapering (to more than 80-feet in length)

◦◦ 2⅜-inch vertical legs are equal in size and profile

• On-site fabrication of factory-quality straight or curved panels

CL

Factory Sealant

• Factory fabricated long panels (up to 85 feet)

Panel

◦◦ A separate seam cap joins the panels • Ideal for structural and/or architectural applications ◦◦ Can be installed over open purlins or solid decks ◦◦ Suitable for slopes as moderate as ½:12, on steeper slopes, or vertically as a wall panel • Long-term weather-tight performance

Installation Considerations

Standard Panel Clip

• With no interlocking male/female seams, installers have better control over how and where panels are installed ◦◦ Start from any point on the roof ◦◦ Install panels in either direction, or both directions ◦◦ Run simultaneous crews to cut completion time in half ◦◦ Work around roof penetrations and other obstacles • Bi-directional mechanical seamer quickly and permanently seals the seam caps at a rate of 60 feet per minute

◦◦ 3/8” clearance between panel and substrate promotes ventilation

• Installer-friendly details, fully-tested to remain weathertight

◦◦ One-piece heavy-gauge concealed clip for maximum structural performance and unrestricted expansion and contraction ◦◦ Factory-applied hot-melt sealant remains isolated from the clip ◦◦ Custom trim, flashing and system details create a performance-inspired monolithic roof system

Available Materials • Steel: 24-, 22-, and 20-gauge • Aluminum: .032”, .040”, and .050” • Stainless Steel: 24- and 22-gauge • Zinc: 0.7mm, 0.8mm, and 1.0mm • Copper: 16- and 20-ounce

www.imetco.com

2-3/8" 3/8"

◦◦ Rigorously tested against leaks and hurricane-force winds

• Unlimited thermal movement

CL

12", 16", 18"

• A full line of accessories available

Available With Or Without Center Step-up

Profiles • Standard profile ◦◦ Features a center stiffening rib between two pencil beads ◦◦ Available without center stiffening rib

Standard Seam Profile 1" Seam Cap

CL

Factory Sealant

◦◦ 12-, 16-, and 18-inch panel widths ◦◦ 1-inch seam cap

2-3/8" Panel

• Batten profile

◦◦ Complete head, hip and valley closure assemblies simplify installation ◦◦ Fascia, coping, trim, and edge stiffeners

◦◦ Available with or without center stiffening rib ◦◦ 11-, 16-, and 19-inch panel widths

◦◦ Gutters, brackets, and downspouts

◦◦ 2-inch batten cap

◦◦ Clips, fasteners, foam, tape, and sealants ◦◦ Snow management and lightning protection systems

• Original profile ◦◦ Features four evenly-spaced pencil beads ◦◦ 12-, 16-, and 18-inch widths with one-inch standard seam

Warranties*

◦◦ 11-, 16-, and 19-inch widths with two-inch batten seam

• 20-year finish warranty for Kynar® fluorocarbon coating

Standard Panel Clip

Typical Batten Profile 2" Seam Cap

◦◦ Features a flat pan designed to accept thin-film solar panels

• Watertight warranty on qualifying applications

◦◦ 16- and 18-inch widths with one-inch standard seam

* Sample warranties available upon request

◦◦ 19-inch width with two-inch batten seam

CL

Factory Sealant

• PV Flat profile

• Material and workmanship warranty

Available in

3/8"

◦◦ Features a center stiffening rib between two pencil beads

2-3/8" Panel 3/8" Standard Batten Clip

(800) 646-3826

Testing Conditions/Components Tested

UL 580

ASTM E-1592

ASTM E-1680

FM® 4471

TAS 201

TAS 203

ASTM E-1646



Actual flashings and trim

AAMA 501.1



TAS 100- ASTM 95 E-2140

TAS 114 (APP G)

** 

Panel end laps

IBC wind uplift requirement*

*

Utilizes dynamic loading



 *

 







 

Clip wear resistance



Foot traffic resistance



Impact resistance Vertical load resistance

ENCON CN 240



 

Thermal expansion/contraction

TAS 125



Actual field penetration details

Tests to failure

UL 263











 

 



Energy efficiency



Moisture control





 

 

Timeless elegance, proven performance, strength and versatility make Series 300® the metal roofing system of choice.

Climate-Related Performance Wind







Snow





Tornado

 

Thunderstorm Hurricane

  



Class 90

   

   



 

 

 

  

 



Up to .001@cfm/ 20 280 psf sf psf

Up to Class 1-150

For a quarter of a century, Series 300 has protected buildings across North America from even the most severe weather, and after more than two decades, even the earliest Series 300 roofs are as resilient and beautiful as ever.





Heat/cold variations

Series 300 Results

  

Fire

Hail



 

Rain

Small & large missile impact

+/- 130 psf

No leaks at 20.0 psf

 Up to 70 mph

leaks No leaks Up to Nofor 6 for 168 120 mph hours hours

Up to Class A rating

Up to 360 psf

2” movement for 100,000 cycles

Series 300 is manufactured to IMETCO’s legendary quality standard, and backed by unparalleled service and support.

* International Building Code (IBC) requires wind uplift testing in accordance with UL 580 and/or ASTM E1592. Check with your IMETCO representative to determine which test is applicable to your project. ** Testing of field penetration details is optional. Series 300 has been tested with actual field penetration details.

MIAMI DADE COUNTY

APPROVED

2070 Steel Drive s Tucker, Georgia 30084 800.646.3826 (p) s 770.908.1030 (p) s 770.908.2264

(f)

www.imetco.com R030911

© Copyright 2011, Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

4648 South Old Peachtree Road • Norcross, Georgia 30071 www.imetco.com • (770) 908-1030 • (800) 646-3826

Perform-A-Deck® & Series 300® Fully Warranted Complete Metal Roof and Desk Assembly

The Perform-A-Deck and Series 300 metal roof and deck assembly sets the standard for the hurricance and tornado enhanced roofing envelope.

The system is engineered and tested to resist extreme winds and debris impact, as defined by the FEMA 361 Design and Construction Guidance for Community Safe Rooms for resistance to wind uplift and impact from wind-borne debris.

•

Withstands wind speeds of more than 220 mph

•

Withstands wind uplift pressure up to 550 psf

•

Meets FEMA 361 missile impact requirements

•

Impervious to water infiltration

The Perform-A-Deck roof deck system from Martin Fireproofing offers: •

Outstanding structural strength

•

Maximum energy efficiency

•

Optimum acoustical values

•

Excellent waterproofing protection

•

UL Fire-rated design

Timeless elegance, proven performance, strength & versatility make IMETCO’s Series 300 Symmetrical Seam Metal Roofing the system of choice.

•

Fully tested and warranted

•

Wind-resistant and water-tight

•

Ideal for new & retrofit applications

•

Eco-friendly, sustainable, recyclable

•

Curving and tapering available

•

Factory or field-formed

•

Wide variety of materials & gauges

2070 Steel Drive • Tucker, GA 30084 (800) 646-3826 • www.imetco.com

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING & MATERIALS ASTM E 1592 Series 300 Panels are tested in accordance with ASTM E 1592, "Test Method for Structural Performance Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference." These tests mirror actual field conditions. By running a series of tests at different spans eventually leading to failure, we determine the relationship of air pressure to roof integrity and avoid a common failure in standing seam roof construction; the panel to clip interface. This industry wide test is the basis of our performance specification.

ASTM E 1592 – SERIES 300 STANDARD SEAM TEST METHOD FOR STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE OF SHEET METAL ROOF AND SIDING SYSTEMS BY UNIFORM STATIC AIR PRESSURE DIFFERENCE Range Tested: 1’-0” to 7’-0” PANEL WIDTH 18” NOM. or NARROWER 18” NOM. or NARROWER 18” NOM. or NARROWER 16” NOM. or NARROWER

PANEL MATERIAL 22 GA. STEEL 24 GA. STEEL .030 ALUMINUM 16 oz. COPPER

CLIP SPACING 84 in. o.c. max.

84 in. o.c. max.

84 in. o.c. max.

36 in. o.c. max.

(Panel Clips available in Galvanized and Stainless Steel)

ASTM E 1592 – SERIES 300 BATTEN SEAM TEST METHOD FOR STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE OF SHEET METAL ROOF AND SIDING SYSTEMS BY UNIFORM STATIC AIR PRESSURE DIFFERENCE Range Tested: 1’-0” to 7-0” PANEL WIDTH 19” NOM. or NARROWER 19” NOM. or NARROWER 19” NOM. or NARROWER

PANEL MATERIAL 22 GA. STEEL 24 GA. STEEL .030 ALUMINUM

CLIP SPACING 84 in. o.c. max.

84 in. o.c. max.

84 in. o.c. max.

(Panel Clips available in Aluminum)

Test results for specific construction applications are available for use in design and specification preparation.

B-17

UNDERWRITER LABORATIORIES UL 580 – CLASS 90 Standard for Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies The following excerpt is taken form the Introduction and Scope of the UL Standard.

The method of test specified in this standard is intended to determine the uplift resistance of roof assemblies consisting of the roof deck and roof covering materials. It is applicable to any type of roof assembly which is adaptable to the test equipment. Tests to evaluate other potential hazards of roof assemblies are not within the scope of these requirements. The purpose of this test is to evaluate the comparative resistance of roof assemblies to positive and negative pressures. The test evaluates the roof deck, its attachment to supports, and roof covering materials. It does not evaluate roofs adjacent to chimneys, overhanging eaves, or similar construction, connections of the assembly to main structural supports (girders, columns, or other supports), structural integrity of secondary supports (purlins, joist, bulb tees, or the like), or deterioration of roofing materials.

UL 580 CLASS 90 – SERIES 300 STANDING SEAM UL CONSTRUCTION NO. 268 – PURLIN (16 GA.) TESTING SUBSTRATE PANEL WIDTH 18” NOM. or NARROWER 18” NOM. or NARROWER

PANEL MATERIAL 24 GA. STEEL .030 ALUMINUM

CLIP SPACING 60 in. o.c. max.

48 in. o.c. max.

UL CONSTRUCTION NO. 268A – METAL DECKING (22 GA.) TESTING SUBSTRATE PANEL WIDTH 18” NOM. or NARROWER 18” NOM. or NARROWER

PANEL MATERIAL 24 GA. STEEL .030 ALUMINUM

CLIP SPACING 48 in. o.c. max.

48 in. o.c. max.

UL CONSTRUCTION NO. 268B – PLYWOOD (5/8”) TESTING SUBSTRATE PANEL WIDTH 18” NOM. or NARROWER 18” NOM. or NARROWER

PANEL MATERIAL 24 GA. STEEL .030 ALUMINUM

CLIP SPACING 24 in. o.c. max.

24 in. o.c. max.

(Panel Clips available in Galvanized and Stainless Steel)

Test results for specific construction applications are available for use in design and specification preparation.

B-16

UNDERWRITER LABORATIORIES UL 580 – CLASS 90 Standard for Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies The following excerpt is taken form the Introduction and Scope of the UL Standard.

The method of test specified in this standard is intended to determine the uplift resistance of roof assemblies consisting of the roof deck and roof covering materials. It is applicable to any type of roof assembly which is adaptable to the test equipment. Tests to evaluate other potential hazards of roof assemblies are not within the scope of these requirements. The purpose of this test is to evaluate the comparative resistance of roof assemblies to positive and negative pressures. The test evaluates the roof deck, its attachment to supports, and roof covering materials. It does not evaluate roofs adjacent to chimneys, overhanging eaves, or similar construction, connections of the assembly to main structural supports (girders, columns, or other supports), structural integrity of secondary supports (purlins, joist, bulb tees, or the like), or deterioration of roofing materials.

UL 580 CLASS 90 – SERIES 300 BATTEN SEAM UL CONSTRUCTION NO. 269 – PURLIN (16 GA.) TESTING SUBSTRATE PANEL WIDTH 19” NOM. or NARROWER 19” NOM. or NARROWER

PANEL MATERIAL 24 GA. STEEL .030 ALUMINUM

CLIP SPACING 60 in. o.c. max.

48 in. o.c. max.

UL CONSTRUCTION NO. 269A – METAL DECKING (22 GA.) TESTING SUBSTRATE PANEL WIDTH 19” NOM. or NARROWER 19” NOM. or NARROWER

PANEL MATERIAL 24 GA. STEEL .030 ALUMINUM

CLIP SPACING 48 in. o.c. max.

48 in. o.c. max.

UL CONSTRUCTION NO. 269B – PLYWOOD (5/8”) TESTING SUBSTRATE PANEL WIDTH 19” NOM. or NARROWER 19” NOM. or NARROWER

PANEL MATERIAL 24 GA. STEEL .030 ALUMINUM

CLIP SPACING 24 in. o.c. max.

24 in. o.c. max.

(Panel Clips available in Galvanized and Stainless Steel)

Test results for specific construction applications are available for use in design and specification preparation.

B-17

UNDERWRITER LABORATIORIES UL 790 TESTS FOR FIRE RESISTANCE OF ROOF COVERING MATERIALS Series 300 Standing Seam & Batten Seam The following is an excerpt for the UL 790 Foreword and Introduction.

Foreword This Standard contains a description of the basic test method(s) for evaluating products covered

by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) under its Follow-Up Service for this category within the limitations in the Standard. This test method(s) is based upon sound engineering principles, research, records of tests and field experience, and an appreciation of the problems of manufacture, installation, and use derived form consultation with and information obtained form manufacturers, users, inspection authorities, and others having specialized experience. It is subject to revision as further experience and investigation may show is necessary or desirable.

Introduction These requirements cover the performance of roof covering material exposed to fire conditions, and are intended to indicate the fire-resistance characteristics of roof coverings when exposed to fire origination form sources outside a building on which the coverings are installed. They are applicable to roof coverings intended for installation on ether combustible or noncombustible decks when the roof coverings are applied as intended.

A combustible deck is formed of wood (sheathing boards or plywood). A noncombustible deck is formed of metal, concrete, or poured gypsum.

Class A roof coverings are effective against severe fire test exposures. Under such exposures, roof coverings of this class are not readily flammable, afford a fairly high degree of fire protection to the roof deck, do not slip from position, and are not expected to produce flying brands.

Series 300 Standing Seam & Batten Seam The complete product line has the UL790 Roof Covering Fire Resistance.

UL790 – Class A

See Underwriters Laboratories “Roofing Materials & Systems” listings and classifications manual for complete roofing assembly combinations and descriptions for product applications.

B-18

AMERICAN ALUMINUM MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (AAMA) AAMA 501.1 DYNAMIC PRESSURE WATER INFILTRATION

SERIES 300 STANDING SEAM PANEL SYSTEM

PANEL WIDTH 18” NOM. or NARROWER 18” NOM. or NARROWER WIND SEED 70 MPH 100 MPH

DURATION 5 MIN. 1 MIN.

PANEL MATERIAL 24 GA. STEEL .030 ALUMINUM RESULT NO LEAKS or DAMAGE NO LEAKS or DAMAGE

B-21

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING & MATERIAL (ASTM)

ASTM E 283 Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors SERIES 300 STANDING SEAM ASTM E 283 Air Leakage Summary Panel Width Panel Material 18” NOM. or NARROWER 24 GA. STEEL 18” NOM. or NARROWER .030 ALUMINUM Differential Test Pressure 1.57 PSF 6.24 PSF 20.0 PSF

Area Leakage Rate 0.0007 SCFM/SF 0.0002 SCFM/SF 0.0036 SCFM/SF

B-20

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING & MATERIAL (ASTM)

ASTM E 1680 Standard Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Metal Roof Panel Systems SERIES 300 STANDING SEAM ASTM E 1680 Air Leakage Summary Panel Width Panel Material 18” NOM. or NARROWER 24 GA. STEEL Differential Test Pressures(psf) 1.57 PSF 6.24 PSF 20.0 PSF

Area Leakage Rate (SCFM/Square Foot) 0.0012 SCFM/SF 0.0000 SCFM/SF 0.0011 SCFM/SF

Seam Leakage Rate (SCFM/Square Foot) 0.0018 SCFM/LF 0.0000 SCFM/LF 0.0017 SCFM/LF

ASTM E 1680 Air Leakage Summary Panel Material Panel Width 18” NOM. or NARROWER .030 ALUMINUM Differential Test Pressures(psf) 1.57 PSF 6.24 PSF 20.0 PSF

Area Leakage Rate (SCFM/Square Foot) 0.0028 SCFM/SF 0.0041 SCFM/SF 0.0059 SCFM/SF

Seam Leakage Rate (SCFM/Square Foot) 0.0043 SCFM/LF 0.0061 SCFM/LF 0.0088 SCFM/LF

B-21

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING & MATERIAL (ASTM)

ASTM E 331 Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Pressure Difference

SERIES 300 STANDING SEAM ASTM E 331 Water Leakage Summary Panel Width

18â&#x20AC;? NOM. or NARROWER

Panel Material Type

24 GA. STEEL & .030 ALUMINUM

Test Pressure 5 Gallons/Hour per Square foot. and Static Pressure of 20.0 psf for 15 Minutes

Results No Leakage

B-22

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING & MATERIAL (ASTM)

ASTM E 1646 Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Metal Roof Panel Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference

SERIES 300 STANDING SEAM ASTM E 1646 Water Penetration Summary Panel Width 18â&#x20AC;? NOM. or NARROWER Test Pressure 5 Gallons/Hour per Square foot. and Static Pressure of 20.0 psf for 15 Minutes

Panel Material Type 24 GA. STEEL & .030 ALUMINUM Results No Leakage

B-23

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING & MATERIAL (ASTM)

ASTM E 2140 Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Metal Roof Panel Systems by Static Water Pressure Head

SERIES 300 STANDING SEAM ASTM E 2140 Water Penetration Summary

Note: This test was conduct with two standard panel lap details as shown in this design binder.

Panel Width 18” NOM. Water Level 6”

Panel Material Type 24 GA. STEEL Test Duration 6 Hours

Results No Leakage

B-23

MIAMI-DADE BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE OFFICE PRODUCT CONTROL DIVISION NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE (NOA) This NOA has been issued under the applicable rules and regulations governing the use of construction materials. The submitted documentation has been reviewed by MiamiDade County Product Control Division and accepted by the Board of Rules and Appeals to be used in Miami Dade County ad other areas where allowed by the Authority having jurisdiction. This product is approved and has been designed to comply with the High Velocity Hurricane Zone of the Florida Building Code.

SERIES 300 STANDING SEAM Panel Width 12” & 16” NOM.

Panel Material Type 22 GA. STEEL

Maximum Design Pressure Positive 200 lb/sq.

MIAMI-DADE NOA number: 03-0811.01

FLORIDA BUILDING CODE PRODUCT APPROVAL Product

Approval Number

Material Type

Series 300 Standard Seam

FL4993

22 ga. Steel

Series 300 Standard Seam

FL5725

16 oz. Copper

Series 300 Standard Seam

FL3494.5 – FL3494.8

24 ga. Steel & .032 Aluminum

Series 300 Batten Seam

FL3494.1 – FL3494.4

24 ga. Steel & .032 Aluminum

B-27

FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - Section 1507.5 SERIES 300 STANDING SEAM - SUMMARY REPORT

TAS 100-95 Test Procedure for Wind and Wind Driven Rain Resistance of Discontinuous Roof Panel Width 12” NOM. Air Velocity 35 mph to 110 mph

Panel Material Type 22 GA. STEEL Simulated Rainfall 8.8 in/hr

Test Duration 90 minutes

Results No Leakage

Summary Observations: No panel movement or water infiltration on the underside of the deck was observed during the test.

TAS 114-95.1 Appendix G: Test Procedure for Susceptibility to Leakage for Roof System Assemblies Panel Width 12” NOM. Chamber Size 10’ x 10’

Panel Material Type 22 GA. Steel Water Depth 6”

Test Duration 168 Hours

Results No Leakage

Summary Observations: No panel movement or water infiltration on the underside of the deck was observed during the test.

TAS 201-95.1 Impact Test Procedures / TAS 203-95.1 Criteria for Testing Products Subject to Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading Panel Material Type 24 GA. Steel / .030 Aluminum

Panel Width 16” NOM. Chamber Size 80” x 192”

Substrate Assemblies Metal Decking / Purlin

Testing Standard SBCCI – SSTD-12-99

TAS 201- 95.1 Impact Test Procedures Results = No Rupture of Test Specimen TAS 203- 95.1 Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading Test Results = Positive and Negative Pressure Loads up to 100 lbs per sq. ft.

B-28

FACTORY MUTUAL RESEARCH CORPORATION (FMRC) Approval Standard Class 1 Panel Roofs No. 4471 In order to have a Class 1 Panel Roof listed in the Approval Standard, the panel system must meet the criteria for heat, wind, foot traffic, hail, and water leakage under controlled laboratory conditions. Currently, FMRC has not implemented the water leakage test. All other tests are applicable.

The panel roof assembly meeting the requirements of this standard shall receive a listing in the FMRC Approval Guide as a Class 1-X-Y roof panel: where X indicates the Hail Damage Resistance (MH or SH) and Y indicates the Windstorm Classification (60, 75, 90, 105, 120, 135, 150, 165, 180, 195). However, the absence of a Hail Damage Resistance indicates SH. For example a Class 1-120 roof panel indicates the Class 1 roof panel has a severe hail damage resistant rating and a 1-120 Windstorm Classification.

The Windstorm Classification is a static uniform pressure test similar to the ASTM E1592 Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Pressure Difference. The panel systems are tested to failure.

Because the wind rating is listed in 15 lbs. Increments and the panel system is tested to failure, the reported ratings will be a conservative value. For example, a panel system ma fail at 103 lbs per square foot but the report rating can only be a 1-90.

Panel System

Pan Width

Material Type

Wind Rating

Clip Spacing

Series 316 Series 312

16” 12”

.040 Aluminum .040 Aluminum

I-75 1-75

48” o.c.

48” o.c.

Series 316 Series 316

16” 16”

24 Ga. Steel 22 Ga. Steel

I-90 1-90

24” o.c.

24” o.c.

Series 312 Series 312

12” 12”

22 Ga. Steel 22 Ga. Steel

I-120 1-135

60” o.c.

24” o.c.

B-24

Product Guide: United ZincÂŽ Material for Architectural Applications

Product Guide Natural Material for Roofing Systems, Wall Cladding, and Fascia & Coping Products Used in Architectural Applications

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

Page 1 Š 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

Blank Text

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826 © 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

Page 2

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

Product Guide: United Zinc® Material for Architectural Applications

Contents About United Zinc..................................................................................................................... 4 The Only Domestic Architectural Zinc - Processed and Formed in America Architectural Building Products by IMETCO Processing of Zinc Strip by Jarden Zinc

Physical Properties.................................................................................................................... 5 Alloy 710 Physical and Mechanical Properties Backside coating Thermal Movement Self-healing Material compatibility

Design Considerations.............................................................................................................. 8 Finishes Memory Ventilation Roof Slope The Natural Patina Process and Preweathered Finishes

Material Handling and Installation Guidelines........................................................................ 9 Temperature Considerations Packaging Soldering Handling Field Storage Construction Dust and Debris Protective Film Cleaning Caulks and Sealants

Products Available in United Zinc........................................................................................... 11 Series 300® Symmetrical Seam Metal Roof TwinLok Mechanically Seamed Metal Roof DLSS Architectural Metal Roof Latitude™ Wall Panel Systems FW Metal Wall Panel Systems PermWall Flush Metal Wall System PerformaEdge and EZ Edge Fascia & Coping

United Zinc and Sustainability............................................................................................... 15 LEED Environmental Considerations Durability/lifespan Recycled content Recyclability Energy demand (production) Run-off and Fungal Resistance

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

Page 3 © 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

Product Guide: United Zinc® Material for Architectural Applications

About United Zinc The Only Domestic Architectural Zinc - Processed and Formed in America Since the early 19th century, zinc has remained a preferred roofing material throughout the world. Due to the material’s natural beauty, sustainability and longevity, its popularity in the United States continues to grow.

Now United Zinc, the only domestically produced zinc available to the construction industry in the United States, is available exclusively from IMETCO. United Zinc is timeless, durable, versatile and environmentally responsible. It is pre-treated for immediate aesthetic appeal and continues to develop is distinctive patina as it ages, which creates a durable, corrosion-resistant surface making United Zinc a long-lasting material suitable for most climates. It resists mold, mildew and fungus, but its runoff is “clean” and will not harm desirable vegetation like other exotic metals can. In addition to being non-corrosive and environmentally-friendly, United Zinc is virtually maintenance free; its self-healing nature can even make scratches disappear over time. In terms of recyclability, United Zinc not only has extremely high recycled content (more than 30% comes from recycled or secondary zinc), but it is also 100% recyclable and has a high scrap value.

United Zinc’s versatility makes it an ideal material for a variety of design styles and applications.

Industry Leaders IMETCO and Jarden Zinc Partner to Bring You United Zinc By leveraging the unique strengths of these partners, we are able to provide the highest quality domestic zinc architectural products with shorter lead-times while maintaining environmentally responsible manufacturing practices.

Architectural Building Products by IMETCO IMETCO®, a recognized leader in the metal roofing industry for decades, offers a full range of high-quality performance-inspired exterior metal building products, including roofing systems, wall panels, fascia and coping, and a variety of accessories. IMETCO continues to produce its signature products while developing and introducing new products and services in response to the needs of the customers it proudly serves.

With exceptional service as its core value, IMETCO has experienced continuous and exponential growth since its inception. Its staff comprises experts in metal roofing, metal design, engineering, testing, code compliance, manufacturing, and more. Special manufacturing capabilities, such as curving, tapering, and field forming further distinguish IMETCO from other manufacturers. An in-house engineering team provides project support and produces custom project-specific shop drawings. Project managers work diligently to streamline the procurement and delivery of materials, and value-added production services help accommodate even the most aggressive installation schedules.

What truly sets IMETCO apart is the level of service and support provided to each and every customer, for at IMETCO, your satisfaction is our only measure of success.

Processing of Zinc Strip by Jarden Zinc Jarden Zinc Products, a subsidiary of the Jarden Corporation, is the only producer of solid zinc strip for architectural applications in North America.

At its 350,000-square-foot manufacturing facility located in Greeneville, Tennessee, Jarden casts and rolls 120,000 metric tons of finished solid zinc strip each year. Jarden uses only 99.995% pure special high-grade zinc with copper, titanium and other metals to craft alloys that are continuously cast and rolled into solid zinc strip in a variety of gauges that meets all EN 988 standards.

With the most stringent quality control standards in place, Jarden continuously monitors and tests to ensure a consistently produced high-quality zinc product that is used throughout the world for a variety of applications including coinage, automotive, electronic, cathodic protection, and architectural building materials.

Page 4 © 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

Product Guide: United Zinc® Material for Architectural Applications

Physical Properties Alloy 710 Description Architectural-grade zinc alloy consisting of 99.995% pure zinc combined with controlled amounts of copper and titanium to improve hardness, strength, ductility and creep resistance. Complies with EN 988 standard, which imposes strict requirements for the composition of rolled zinc.

Typical Uses Architectural applications, painted or powder coated hardware parts, low amperage electrical conductor.

Composition (% by wt.)

Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.10 to 0.25 Titanium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.06 to 0.10 SHG (Special High Grade) Zinc (99.995% pure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . balance

Physical and Mechanical Properties Density (lb/in3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.259 Melting Point (°F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792 Coefficient of Thermal Expansion (μin/in•°F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4 Electrical Conductivity (% IACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Electrical Resistivity (Ω•cir. mil/ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.58 Thermal Conductivity (BTU/ft•hr•°F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.5 Shear Strength (ksi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-28 Tensile Strength (ksi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 to 28 Hardness (Rockwell 15T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 to 68 % Elongation (in 2”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-45 Yield strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ 28,000 psi Min. Cold Form Bend Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3T (up to 0.032” sheet thickness) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4T (over 0.032” sheet thickness) Special Mechanical Test Parameters: Ref. ASTM B69-98a, Section 7.1.1: for Tensile Properties testing, the recommended rate of separation of the heads should be 0.125 in./in./min., which is equivalent to a cross head speed of 0.250 in./min.; and Section 7.1.2: for Hardness testing, the dwell time of the major load should be 15 seconds.

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

Page 5 © 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

Product Guide: United Zinc® Material for Architectural Applications

Backside coating Unlike the external surfaces that develop a protective zinc carbonate patina, the underside of zinc is subject to corrosion from moisture accumulation in the absence of carbon dioxide and needs to be properly protected. Ventilation and a back-side barrier coating are effective means of providing this protection.

United Zinc features a high-performance backside coating to help protect the material from interior surface corrosion. This 5 mil plastisol coating significantly outperforms other common zinc coatings when subjected to abrasion testing. Due to the thermal expansion and contraction of zinc, superior abrasion resistance is critical to protecting the bare underside of zinc from premature corrosion that can be caused by condensation and trapped moisture.

ASTM D 968, Method A: Abrasion Resistance of Reverse Side Coating

Backside Coating United Zinc

Plastisol

Competitor A Competitor B

Performance

5.0mil tdft*

300+

Liters of Falling Sand

"Liquid Polymer"

2.4 mil tdft*

144 +/-

Liters of Falling Sand

Polyester

1.0 mil tdft*

40

Liters of Falling Sand

* Total Dry Film Thickness (TDFT)

Thermal Movement in 30-foot Lengths at 160 Degree Fahrenheit Temperature Differential

Thermal Movement Design limitations due to thermal expansion: yy

Panel systems utilizing two-piece clips should be limited to 30-foot maximum length

yy

¼-inch expansion required at all trim and flashing end laps

yy

Tile shingle and cassette profiles must accommodate thermal expansion at each joint

yy

Panel systems utilizing soldered end-laps should be limited to 10-foot lengths

0.71

Aluminum 0.55

T304 Stainless

Self-healing Zinc’s naturally forming patina is a protective layer of zinc carbonate, which provides decades of virtually maintenance-free protection. As zinc continues to renew this protective layer throughout its lifespan, any imperfections or scratches will naturally self-heal, minimizing the need for ongoing maintenance.

0.89

Zinc

0.54

Copper 0.42

Steel

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

Inches of Movement

Page 6 © 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

Product Guide: United ZincÂŽ Material for Architectural Applications

Material compatibility

Electrical Potential between Zinc and other Metals

Some materials can have detrimental effects on the appearance and integrity of zinc. Acidic products and products that can generate a galvanic reaction must not be used with zinc.

Zinc - Copper

0.9 V 0.75 V

Zinc - T3xx Stainless (active)

Compatibility with Other Metals

0.55 V

Zinc - Lead 0.4 V

Zinc - Iron Zinc - Aluminum

CORRODED END

0.35 V

0.05 V

Zinc - Galvanized Steel

(ANODIC OR LEAST NOBLE)

0

Magnesium Zinc Galvanized Steel Aluminum Mild Steel (1018), Wrought Iron Cast Iron, Low Alloy High Strength Steel Lead Tin, Tin-Lead Solder 430 Stainless Steel (active) 302, 304, 410 Stainless Steel (active) 316, 317 Stainless Steel (active)

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

yy For exterior environments (exposed to weather), there should not be more than 0.15 V electrical potential in the Anodic Index yy For exterior environments (concealed spaces) and interior spaces (non-temperature or-humidity controlled), typically there should not be more than 0.25 V electrical potential yy For interior controlled environments, 0.50 V electrical potential can be tolerated

Compatibility with Wood and Plywood Zinc can be used with certain woods, such as poplar, spruce, and pine.

More acidic woods (such as chestnut, Douglas Fir, oak, larch, birch and red, white and yellow cedar), should be avoided. Zinc should not come in direct contact with plywood or chipboard, as these products can contain acidic timber types, tannins, or phenolic adhesives, and do not absorb humidity or allow ventilation. All of these factors increase the risk of corrosion. If these materials are used, exterior quality treated plywood is recommended, and the zinc should be protected by a plastisol backside coating (standard on United Zinc).

Brass and Bronze Copper

Compatibility with Bituminous Felt

Nickel, Monel, Titanium Silver Graphite Gold

Zinc should not come in direct contact with bituminous felt due to the risk of water retention in the felt, which increases the risk of corrosion. If felt is used, the zinc should be protected by a plastisol backside coating that can withstand abrasion due to thermal movement (standard on United Zinc).

Compatibility with Concrete

Platinum

Zinc should not come in direct contact with concrete or reinforced concrete. If concrete is used, the zinc should be properly ventilated and protected by a plastisol backside coating (standard on United Zinc).

PROTECTED END (CATHODIC OR MOST NOBLE)

Run-Off Run-off from non compatible products onto zinc must be avoided.

Run off from a copper surface to a zinc surface must be avoided under all circumstances. In general, water should not be allowed to run from a higher potential metal to a lower one.

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

Page 7 Š 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

Product Guide: United Zinc® Material for Architectural Applications

Design Considerations The versatility of Solid Zinc Strip makes it ideal for exterior and interior architectural applications. Zinc’s cool gray patina and natural surface blends beautifully with most building materials and surroundings, both in contemporary and traditional settings and environments.

Finishes yy

Glacier Gray

yy

Glacier Gray TextureMatte™

yy

Onyx Black

The Natural Patina Process and Preweathered Finishes Zinc’s naturally forming cool gray patina provides ageless beauty and life-long protection. The natural patina is a layer of zinc-hydroxy carbonate, which forms when zinc comes in contact with water and carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. Typically, the patina begins to form in two to five years (except in arid climates where it may evolve over a longer period of time), and maintains a uniform color throughout the zinc’s lifespan.

United Zinc’s preweathered Glacier Gray finish immediately provides the designer with the look of a naturally appearing weathered patina. The cool gray tones utilized with the Glacier Gray finishing process most accurately resemble the innate patina appearance that all zinc products will, over time, inherently achieve.

Memory

The TextureMatte™ finish provides a very fine and subtle surface quality, which is achieved through a roller-texturing process on the architectural zinc strip. TextureMatte material exhibits a matte finish luster and the appearance of improved flatness.

Due to the mechanical nature of solid zinc strip, building products that rely upon compression fitting may not maintain tolerances and are not recommended. It is imperative that the profiles selected are mechanically seamed or otherwise engineered to stay in place.

The United Zinc preweathered Onyx Black finish is achieved by a multi-step process which includes chemically reactive processes such as immersion in reactive baths, passivation treatments, and solid pigmentation application. The Onyx Black finish can be expected to retain its uniform dark coloration for decades.

Ventilation United Zinc features a high-performance plastisol back coating to protect the material from interior surface corrosion. While a degree of ventilation is still recommended, IMETCO’s United Zinc panels can typically be installed in the same manner as other metal roofing and wall systems. Commercially available zinc with no backside coating should be avoided, since the probability for corrosion is increased.

Efflorescence is a normal weathering condition that sometimes occurs as a typical and generally temporary stage of the natural patina process, and is not a defect or cause for rejection.

While properly designed zinc cladding systems can provide many decades of successful performance in virtually all environments and geographical regions, please consult with the United Zinc technical support team to evaluate each specific application. In some infrequent and specific climatic conditions, other base metal materials may be recommended for certain specific cladding system applications.

Contact your IMETCO representative for more information.

Roof Slope To make sure the zinc is not subjected to ponding water, a minimum slope of 1:12 is recommended. The minimum slope required for specific roofing products varies; refer to the individual product’s design guidelines for more information on minimum roof slopes.

Page 8 © 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

Product Guide: United Zinc® Material for Architectural Applications

Material Handling and Installation Guidelines Forming

Zinc material temperature must be above 50°F before forming or bending (this includes pan-ending, turning down caps, and all other field bending operations). Using an infrared thermometer to measure material temperature is recommended. Coils, sheets and panels can be heated by using electric blankets with “moving pads” over the top of the blankets. However, avoid significant temperature variations when handling zinc, as this can cause condensation build-up that may cause white rust to form.

Avoid forming which incorporates severe reverse bending or which subjects the material to alternate compression and tension. The minimum forming bend radius shall be not less than 3T (3 times the sheet thickness) for sheet thicknesses .032” and thinner, and not less than 4T (4 times the sheet thickness) for sheet thicknesses over .032”.

Handling

Zinc sheets, coils, or formed pieces should be handled with care. Dropping, dragging or sliding the material can cause dings or surface abrasions, which could result in cracking or other damage to its appearance and/or structural integrity over time. Even though zinc will form a natural protective barrier, installers should take precautions during installation to make sure that no damage, deformities, or color variations occur. Installers should always wear gloves and long sleeved shirts when handling zinc, since perspiration and oils in the skin will leave marks on its surface. While these marks will heal over time, they will remain visible for a while, affecting aesthetic appearance of the zinc immediately after installation.

Construction Dust & Debris

While run-off from lime stone onto zinc is acceptable, the lime stone and gypsum dust created when cutting these materials can react with zinc when water is present to form a superficial layer of white rust. Any lime stone or gypsum dust must be cleaned from zinc. Use best practices to reduce the amount of dust and prevent white rust.

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

Packaging and Storage

To minimize the potential of white rust forming during transportation or staging, store zinc in dry places, and use packaging that allows water to evaporate quickly. Avoid significant temperature variations or humidity during transport.

Zinc products must be stored in a dry, sheltered, well-ventilated area to prevent condensation or water build-up on the material. Control temperature variations to avoid condensation buildup, and cover the ground below to help prevent moisture from rising up and condensing on the panels. Cover the material to prevent standing water, dirt, and construction debris from settling.

However, a tarp is not recommended since it will cause condensation build-up. Plywood can be used with spacing between the plywood and the zinc to allow drainage and ventilation.

Stack panels horizontally (face-to-face with the panel’s pan in the horizontal plane), or vertically (face-to-face with the panel’s pan in the vertical plane), and brace with adequate support to maintain straight vertical or horizontal stacks. Stacked panels must have a high point at one end to provide a positive drain direction. Maximum horizontal stack height is 10 levels (one level consists of two nested panels). A single row of vertically stacked panels is the maximum allowable height.

Protective film should be removed from zinc panels upon completing an elevation, all at the same time in order to minimize color variations due to one section weathering faster than another.

However, to protect zinc panels from contamination by other trades, the film can remain on the zinc for up to, but no more than, 60 days following installation. Avoid cutting film with a steel razor or knife. If cutting is required, use the sharp edge of a scrap piece of zinc.

Avoid contact with green or wet lumber, water or condensation, contact with or close proximity of damp insulation or other corrosive materials.

Maintenance and Cleaning

Debris such as dirt, leaves, and rubbish should be removed from overlaps and all other surfaces of the sheets or panels to avoid determioration. Use a mild detergent and hot water with a soft rag to clean the zinc. Contact IMETCO for more information.

Caulks and Sealants

Polyurethane and certain other advance polymer caulks and sealants are compatible with zinc. Caulk or sealant must be able to withstand high temperatures for extended periods of

time. Avoid caulks or sealants with an acidic cure, as they will corrode the zinc. Contact your IMETCO representative for more information.

Soldering

When soldering United Zinc, clean the surface with a solvent and apply flux sparingly. Allow time for the flux to react with the metal. A solution of zinc chloride can be used as a flux, which can also be mixed with ammonium chloride. Some proprietary non-acid fluxes are also available. The melting point of a good flux should be below that of the solder. If a non-corrosive flux is desired, as in electronic assemblies, faying surfaces must be pre-coated with solder.

Use a 60/40 or 50/50 tin/lead solder. Antimony-bearing solder should not be used because it produces brittle joints. Apply heat and solder so that the joint faying surface is slightly abraded to begin fusing. Typically, neither preheating or pre-tinning are needed. Flame heating is not recommended. Do not heat the iron to redness or allow it to dwell in one spot - this may cause base metal to melt (zinc has a low melting point of 792° F).

Page 9 © 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

Blank Text

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826 © 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

Page 10

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

Product Guide: United Zinc® Material for Architectural Applications

Products Available in United Zinc Roof Systems Series 300 TwinLok

Wall Systems DLSS

Latitude

FW

PermWall

Edge Systems EZ Edge PerformaEdge Coping Fascia Coping Fascia

Coil/Flat Sheet

Gauge Availability 0.7 mm (0.0276") 0.8 mm (0.0315")

1.0 mm (0.0394")

1.2 mm (0.0472")

1.5 mm (0.0591")

2.0 mm (0.0788")

Design Considerations Min. Slope (Roof Panels)

1:12

2:12

3:12

Backside Coating Standard

Air Space/Ventialtion Required

N/A

Ventilation Mat (Roof Panels)

If < 4:12

If < 4:12

N/A

(1)

12, 16

12, 16

12, 16

12, 16

12, 16

12

Unlimited

30 feet

30 feet

20 feet

20 feet

20 feet

Avail. Width (Roof & Wall Panels) Max. Length

Testing

10 feet

10 feet

10 feet

10 ft. & Coils

10 feet

(2)

ASTM E1592

ASTM E1648

(3)

ASTM E1680

(3)

UL 580

(3)

UL 1897

ASTM E330

(3)

ASTM E283

(3)

(3)

ASTM E331

(3)

(3)

ASTM E1886

(3)

ASTM E1996

(3)

TAS 125

(3)

ANSI/SPRI ES-1 1 2 3

30 Year Limited Material Warranty Available

Material Warranty Weathertightness Warranty

Please contact IMETCO for complete details and requirements for weathertightness warranties.

Testing has not been conducted on all widths and gauges of material.

Testing has been conducted on profiles formed in steel and/or aluminum.

Contact your IMETCO representative for information about other products available with United Zinc.

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

Page 11 © 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

Product Guide: United Zinc® Material for Architectural Applications

Series 300® Symmetrical Seam Metal Roof IMETCO’s flagship product, the versatile Series 300 roof system offers strength, beauty, and efficiency. Series 300 is engineered to allow unlimited thermal movement, making it an ideal roofing system for zinc. It features a one-piece clip and a 2⅜-inch symmetrical seam with a separate, easyto-install mechanically seamed cap.

STEP #1 STEP #2 #3 This remarkable structural panel adds dynamic visual impact while STEP providing decades of protection from even the most severe weather conditions. It has been rigorously tested to be leakproof and to withstand hurricane-force winds. Its symmetrical design means that Series 300 can be installed starting from any point on the roof to produce a sleek, balanced, proportional look that complements any design.

United Zinc gauges available: yy 0.8 mm (0.0315”) yy 1.0 mm (0.0394”) Warranty: yy Material Warranty yy Weathertightness Warranty

CL

1" Seam Cap

Twin-Loc Seaming Operation

Testing*: yy AAMA 501.1 yy ASTM E-1592, E-1646, E-1680, E-2140 yy ENCON CN-240 yy FM® 4471 yy TAS 100-95, 114 (APP G), 125, 201, 203 yy UL 263, 580 1"

2-3/8" Panel 3/8" Standard Panel Clip

1 5/16" 2 7/8"

TwinLok Mechanically Seamed Metal Roof 1/2"

CL

IMETCO’s TwinLok system offers an economical metal roofing option. It’s interlocking panels 2-pieceand Panel2-inch Clip are available with 1½-inch seam heights.

Gable Clip 1 3/4"

24 Ga. Galvanized Steel

18 Ga. Galv. Steel 18 Ga. Stainless Steel

TwinLok is designed for use on slopes above 2:12 with a solid deck and underlayment. Its heavy concealed clips allow thermal movement. Center of panels can be striated or flat. Seams contain factory-applied hot-melt sealant.

United Zinc gauges available: yy 0.7 mm (0.0276”) yy 0.8 mm (0.0315”)

Testing*: yy ASTM E-283, E-331, E-1592 yy UL 580, 1897

Warranty: yy Material Warranty yy Weathertightness Warranty

1.5 or 2"

Panel

1/2" Standard Panel Clip

DLSS Architectural Metal Roof IMETCO’s Double Lock Standing Seam (DLSS) is a architectural double lock standing seam roof panel system for use on minimum slopes of 3:12. It’s mechanically seamed interlocking panels are available with a 1-inch seam height. Available in a variety of coverage widths, gauges, and finishes, the traditional appearance of the DLSS system is especially well suited for historical renovations or other applications requiring a more traditional profile.

United Zinc gauges available: yy 0.7 mm (0.0276”) yy 0.8 mm (0.0315”)

Warranty: yy Material Warranty

Panel

1"

Standard Clip

* Testing conducted on various materials and assemblies. Contact your IMETCO representative for more information.

Page 12 © 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

LW12A-4

Product Guide: United Zinc® Material for Architectural Applications

Latitude™ Wall Panel Systems The Latitude™ series from IMETCO is a high-performance exterior and interior metal wall system that provides dynamic visual impact and proven resistance to wind uplift and water infiltration.

Suitable for horizontal and vertical applications, the Latitude series features a wide variety of profile configurations that can be mixed and matched to provide visual interest. Concealed heavy-duty clips and fasteners allow unlimited thermal movement. PrecisionEdge™ factory mitered corners are available as an option.

United Zinc gauges available: yy 0.7 mm (0.0276”) yy 0.8 mm (0.0315”) yy 1.0 mm (0.0394”) yy 1.2 mm (0.0472”) yy 1.5 mm (0.0591”)

Warranty: yy Material Warranty yy Weathertightness Warranty Testing*: yy ASTM E-283, E-330, E-331, E-1886, E-1996

LW12A-4 LW16A-4

FW Metal Wall Panel Systems CL

IMETCO’s FW wall panel is an attractive, cost-effective concealed-fastener metal wall and soffit system. This durable system offers aesthetic appeal and the tested assurance of IMETCO metal products in an easy-to-install wall panel. It features a 12-inch standard panel width with 1-inch deep (nominal) interlocking seams.

Fastener @ 24"o.c. max. (by Installer) Typ.

Factory Notch and End Fold (optional)

Profile choices include a smooth surface with no stiffening grooves, or two equally spaced V-grooves. Optional factory notching and end folds create a sleek, clean reveal on four sides.

yy

Material Warranty CL

United Zinc gauges available: yy 0.7 mm (0.0276”) yy 0.8 mm (0.0315”) yy 1.0 mm (0.0394”) Warranty:

12" or 16"

1/2"

PermWall Flush Metal Wall System IMETCO’s PermWall 1.0 and 1.5 flush wall panel systems are engineered for strength and longevity, and designed for the beauty of smooth consistency. Concealed fasteners secure virtually invisible vertical seams that are tested and warranted to the high-performance and quality LW16A-4 standards for which IMETCO products are renowned. PermWall systems are custom-formed by IMETCO’s talented metal craftsmen to suit the unique requirements of each and every project.

Sealant Bead

United Zinc gauges available: yy 0.7 mm (0.0276”) yy 0.8 mm (0.0315”) Warranty: yy Material Warranty

1"

Panel CL

12-3/4" (Nominal)

CL

* Testing conducted on various materials and assemblies. Contact your IMETCO representative for more information. www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

Page 13 © 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

Product Guide: United Zinc® Material for Architectural Applications

PerformaEdge and EZ Edge Fascia & Coping

PerformaEdge Systems FASCIA COVER x 10'-0"

PerformaEdge Systems are engineered for performance, and fully tested based on the ANSI/SPRI ES-1 method to meet or exceed your specific project requirements. That’s why our ES-F Series Fascia and ES-C Series Coping systems are among the strongest in the industry.

FASCIA CANT x 10'-0" 6" CONCEALED SPLICE PLATE @ EACH JOINT MEMBRANE FLASHING (by OTHERS) 1/2"

1 1/4" ROOFING NAIL @ 12" o.c. MAX. (by OTHERS)

1 1/2"

EZ Edge formed line combines quality with economy. These products offer proven reliability and pleasing aesthetics at a lower cost than performance-inspired edge systems.

SPECIFY

1 3/4" 1/2"

EZ Edge Systems

1 1/4" ROOFING NAIL @ 12" o.c. MAX. (by OTHERS)

5/8" 7/8"

"B"

(4" STD.) (4" STD.)

"C"

COPING COVER x 10'-0" 6" CONCEALED SPLICE PLATE @ EACH JOINT ANCHOR PLATE @ 5'-0" o.c.

"A"

(4) FASTENERS PER ANCHOR PLATE

(ACTUAL WALL WIDTH)

1 3/8"

5/8"

5/8"

"B"

7/8"

"B"

(4" STD.)

(4" STD.)

(4" STD.)

"C"

3/4"

1 3/4" (4" STD.)

"C"

"A"

"A"

(ACTUAL WALL WIDTH)

1/4" CLEARANCE FOR WALL VARIATIONS

(ACTUAL WALL WIDTH)

1 1/4" ROOFING NAIL @12" o.c. MAX. STAGGERED

(SPECIFY)

COPING COVER x 10'-0" 6" CONCEALED SPLICE PLATE @ EACH JOINT Angle/Slope (SPECIFY)

FORMED DRIP EDGE x 10'-0"

ANCHOR PLATE @ 5'-0" o.c.

(4) FASTENERS PER ANCHOR PLATE

(SPECIFY)

1 1/4" ROOFING NAIL @ 18" o.c. MAX. STANDARD CLEAT x 10'-0" (N/A if Drip Edge Face is less than 2")

1"

1 1/2"

5/8" 3/4"

"B"

1" 1"

(4" STD.)

(4" STD.)

"C"

"A"

(SPECIFY)

2"

1/8" 1"

(ACTUAL WALL WIDTH) (SPECIFY)

Page 14 © 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

1/8" CLEARANCE FOR WALL VARIATIONS

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

Product Guide: United Zinc® Material for Architectural Applications

United Zinc and Sustainability United Zinc is an environmentally safe, environmentally friendly material that is ideal for a wide variety of architectural applications. There are few materials that are as ecologically friendly as zinc. Readily found in the air, water, and soil, zinc is essential to life as we know it. It is a key element in every living thing, promoting cell growth and the production of proteins, which are the very building blocks of life itself.

LEED

Environmental Considerations

United Zinc products contribute to achieving LEED points as follows:

Durability/lifespan

LEED MR 2.1 - Construction Waste Management 1 point

Zinc’s longevity as a building material is not measured in years, but generations. While American usage of zinc roofing is more recent, zinc roofs in Europe have seen service lives of more than a century. It is reasonable to expect that zinc walls can last more than 100 years, and zinc roofs can last up to 100 years in rural areas, 70 years in coastal areas, and 40 years in heavily polluted industrial areas.

All zinc construction waste can easily be separated from other materials for recycling. Zinc has a very high scrap value, and can be recycled indefinitely - not just once like other “recyclable” materials. Architectural zinc can be recovered and reprocessed into new architectural products. United Zinc, for example, contains more than 30% recycled content. Recycled zinc can also be used in galvanization.

During its service life, zinc requires little maintenance, and continues to develop its protective patina which will self-repair any imperfections or scratches.

Recycled content

LEED MR 4.1 - Recycled Content 1 point

More than 30% of United Zinc’s composition is from recycled material.

More than 30% recycled zinc is used for United Zinc. All scrap generated during manufacturing is reclaimed and used as content for additional material.

Recyclability Upon completion of its useful service life, all United Zinc materials are 100% recyclable. Unlike some other recyclable building materials, zinc can be recycled again and again without losing its unique physical and chemical properties, which significantly reduces the need for new raw materials.

LEED MR 5.1 - Regional Materials 1 point United Zinc originates in Clarksville, TN, and is considered a regional material for projects within a 500 mile radius.

Energy demand (production) The extraction and processing of zinc is extremely energy efficient. In fact, the amount of energy required to produce zinc from ore, and to process it into rolled zinc strip, is significantly less than that required by other metals used for building materials, such as aluminum, copper, and stainless steel.

Even less energy is required to produce zinc with recycled content, thus United Zinc, with its 30% recycled content, requires less energy to produce than other common zinc materials with less recycled content.

Run-off and Fungal Resistance As a fungistat, United Zinc resists mold, mildew and fungus, but its run-off is clean, and will not harm desirable vegetation like other exotic metals can.

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

Page 15 © 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

2070 Steel Drive | Tucker, GA 30084 www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826 Page 16

© Copyright 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc. © 2010 Innovative Metals Company, Inc.

www.imetco.com | (800) 646-3826

Timber in architecture __Madera y arquitectura

Facade

Natural wood for exteriors __Madera natural para exterior Facade is a high density laminate timber panel. The outer layer is highly resistant and features a unique component, Everlook®, which provides longevity and colour stability.

Facade is a ventilated façade system. __Facade es un tablero estratificado de madera de alta densidad. La capa exterior, de alta resistencia, incorpora un componente exclusivo, Everlook®, que aporta longevidad y estabilidad cromática. Facade es un sistema de fachada ventilada.

Edition and production Edición y producción Composites Gurea S.A. Coordination Coordinación Mirari Olaizola, Jaume Ramírez Texts Textos Alberto López-Amor Photography Fotografía Luc Boegly Xavier García i Marlí Jesús Martín Ruiz Nathaniel McMahon Art direction and design Dirección artística y diseño Ramírez i Carrillo Print Impresión Gráficas Ulzama

Parklex COMPOSITES GUREA, S.A. Zalain auzoa, 13 - 31780 Bera - Navarra - Spain Tel. +34 948 625 045 - Fax. +34 948 625 015 parklex@parklex.com - www.parklex.com

Aware of the importance of protecting the environment through responsible and sustainable production, Parklex has obtained the PEFC standard.

Parklex’s contribution to sustainable maintenance and improvement of forests and the environment. __Conscientes de la importancia de cuidar el medioambiente para una producción responsable y sostenible, Parklex cuenta con el certificado PEFC. Parklex está colaborando con el mantenimiento sostenible y mejora de los bosques y del medio ambiente.

Thorough knowledge of our work from its foundation, the wood, along with an active commitment to the interests and aspirations of design and construction professionals. These are the two core values that support over 40 years’ experience and now decidedly boost Parklex’s activity.

From origin to destination, from natural wood to architectural application, we develop sustainable, innovative production aimed at changing requirements. The result of the process is a wide range of products and finishes for façades and indoor panelling. Its outstanding features are quality materials, easy installation, resistance to moisture and to intensive use, optimal maintenance and an aesthetic appeal appreciated by architects from around the world.

Nowadays, Parklex products constitute renowned and admired solutions for all types of buildings. On their exteriors, surfaces, walls, floors and ceilings. In the Guggenheim Museum Bilbao, Liverpool Airport, the Congress Centre and Auditorium of Navarra and the Air France Lounge at Tokyo Airport. In wine cellars, hotels, swimming pools and cultural centres. In official institutions, business parks and private homes. In any building where wood is architecture.

Juan Azcue Director

Un conocimiento profundo de nuestro trabajo desde su base, la madera, y un compromiso activo con los intereses y las aspiraciones de los profesionales del diseño y la construcción. Son los dos valores esenciales que apoyan una experiencia de más de 40 años y que hoy impulsan decisivamente la actividad de Parklex.

Entre el origen y el destino, entre la madera natural y la aplicación arquitectónica, se desarrolla una producción sostenible, innovadora, orientada a requisitos cambiantes. El resultado del proceso es un conjunto muy amplio de productos y acabados para revestir fachadas e interiores. Sus rasgos destacados son la calidad material, una fácil instalación, resistencia a la humedad y al uso intensivo, un mantenimiento óptimo y un sentido estético apreciado por arquitectos de todo el mundo.

Hoy los productos Parklex conforman soluciones reconocibles y admiradas en todo tipo de edificios. En su exterior, sobre sus superficies, en sus paredes, suelos y techos. En el Museo Guggenheim de Bilbao y en el aeropuerto de Liverpool, en el Palacio de Congresos de Navarra y en la Sala Vip de Air France en el aeropuerto de Tokyo.

En bodegas y hoteles, en piscinas y centros culturales. En sedes de instituciones, en complejos de oficinas y en viviendas particulares.

En cualquier edificación donde la madera sea arquitectura.

Juan Azcue Director

6

Enfolding architecture in a stable and sturdy covering that projects a sound and natural appearance in coexistence with its surroundings. These are the aims of Facade, which technically is a high density laminate timber panel. Manufactured from kraft paper treated with thermoset resins, pressed under high pressure and temperature and finished with natural timber veneers highly resistant to UV radiation and atmospheric agents. Facade includes Everlook®, a special overlay that dramatically increases the normal life of the panel, improving UV resistance and colour stability. It also allows for the development of new panels with an extensive range of finishes. __Envolver la arquitectura con un recubrimiento estable y duradero que proyecte una imagen de solidez y naturalidad en la convivencia con su entorno. Estos son los objetivos de la solución Facade, que técnicamente consiste en un tablero estratificado de madera de alta densidad. Está constituido interiormente por fibras de papel tratadas con resinas termoendurecidas, comprimidas a altas presiones y temperaturas, y un revestimiento exterior de alta resistencia a la radiación UV y a los agentes atmosféricos.

Incorpora Everlook®, un componente que aporta una mayor longevidad a la madera frente a cualquier condición climática, mejora la estabilidad de los colores y permite disponer de nuevos acabados.

7

Facade construction ConstrucciĂłn Facade High-density stratified timber panels for external use Tablero estratificado de madera de alta densidad para exteriores

A

B

C

D

E

F

A PVDF Antigraffiti overlay __Film PVDF Antigraffiti

B

EverlookÂŽ

C Natural timber veneer __Chapa de madera natural

D HPL balancer __Revestimiento baquelizado de contracara

E Natural timber veneer __Chapa de madera natural

F Balancing film __Film protector de contracara

8

Facade is a ventilated façade system __Facade es un sistema de fachada ventilada

≥ 0 ≥ 20 L B1 A C E

D 1.

E A B1 ≥ 20

≥ 20

L

D C

2.

A E B1 D

≥ 20

3.

A. Facade panel __Panel Facade B1. Metal batten __Rastrel metálico vertical C. Adjusting base __Escuadra D. Isolation __Aislante E. Screw __Tornillo M. Perforated profile __Rejilla L. Metalic plate __Chapa metálica

This is a bioclimatic architecture solution that takes the surrounding climatic and natural conditions into account to minimize environmental impact. Its main advantage is energy efficiency. In addition to providing thermal insulation, it reduces heat dissipation in the cold months and heat absorption in the warmer months, resulting in a marked improvement in comfort. These advantages, coupled with a sophisticated and appealing appearance, make the ventilated façade the ideal system for building renovations.

Se trata de una solución de arquitectura bioclimática que tiene en cuenta las condiciones climáticas y naturales del lugar para minimizar el impacto ambiental. Su principal ventaja es la eficiencia energética. Además de proporcionar aislamiento térmico, reduce la dispersión de calor en los meses fríos y la absorción de calor en los meses cálidos, lo que se traduce en una clara mejora del confort. Estos beneficios, unidos a su estética avanzada y atractiva, hacen de la fachada ventilada el sistema idóneo en rehabilitación de edificios.

9

Resistance __Resistencia The European Standard EN 438-6:2005 specifies that exterior-grade compact laminates such as Facade should provide specific resistance to weather conditions according to the Resistance to Artificial Weathering Test. After 3,000 hours of exposure, the material should have a rating variation of ≥ 4 in appearance and a rating of ≥ 3 in contrast. Facade attains theses values following exposure of up to 4 times those required by the standard. __La norma europea EN 438-6:2005 especifica que los revestimientos exteriores compactos como Facade deben ofrecer una determinada resistencia a la intemperie según el Ensayo de Resistencia a la Intemperie Artificial. Tras 3.000 horas, el material tiene que tener una variación de grado ≥ 4 en aspecto y grado ≥3 en contraste. Facade consigue estos valores tras una exposición de hasta 4 veces lo requerido por la norma.

Permeability __Permeabilidad Moving air diffuses water vapour from the inside out and facilitates the ‘breathing’ of the façade, preventing condensation from forming behind the panels. __El aire en movimiento difunde el vapor de agua desde el interior al exterior y facilita la transpiración de la fachada, lo que evita las condensaciones detrás de los paneles.

Water protection __Protección frente al agua

Thermal insulation __Aislamiento térmico

Moving air provides protection from the elements, because it assists in preventing rain water from infiltrating the building structure. __El aire en movimiento proporciona una mayor protección a la intemperie, porque impide la infiltración de agua de lluvia en la estructura del edificio.

The load-bearing structure is insulated from the exterior structure, eliminating thermal bridges. In this manner, temperature fluctuations are reduced in the interior, leading to energy savings. __Aísla la estructura portante de la estructura exterior, eliminando los puentes térmicos. De esta forma se reducen las fluctuaciones de temperatura en el cerramiento interior, con el consiguiente ahorro energético.

10

Solar protection __Protección solar Thermal comfort is improved inside the building by preventing overheating in the summer, as it facilitates ‘breathing’ of the façade. This assists by reducing the amount of thermal energy that reaches the inside of the building. The internal structure is protected from direct radiation and from the elements. __Mejora el confort térmico interior del edifico, evitando el sobrecalentamiento en verano, porque facilita la transpiración de la fachada y se reduce la cantidad de energía térmica que llega al interior del edificio.

Protege la estructura interna de las radiaciones directas y de las inclemencias meteorológicas.

Acoustic protection __Protección acústica Since this is a compound system with several layers, noise absorption is created. __Al ser un sistema compuesto con varios estratos, genera una mayor absorción del ruido.

11

Technical characteristics CaracterĂ­sticas tĂŠcnicas

Panel dimension __Dimensiones del panel

2440 x 1220 mm.

Surface characteristics __Acabado superficial Smooth. Traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple, natural beauty of the wood it is manufactured with. __Liso. Acabado tradicional de Parklex.

Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera con la que se fabrica.

12

Finish range __Gama de acabados

Ambar

Antra

Copper

Gold

Quartz

Rubi

Silver

Onix

Parklex is manufactured from fine timber veneers, therefore the colour and grain of different batches will exhibit natural variations. Due to the limitations of printed media, the finishes printed in this catalogue are merely an approximation of their real color. For this reason, before placing any order, Parklex recommends consulting our sales personnel to request actual samples. __Dado que Parklex está constituido básicamente por maderas nobles, los colores y el veteado de las diferentes partidas pueden sufrir las variaciones naturales de las maderas. Debido a las limitaciones de los soportes impresos, los acabados impresos en este catálogo son una aproximación al color real. Por ello, antes de realizar un pedido, Parklex recomienda consultar con nuestros comerciales para solicitar muestras físicas.

13

Other thicknesses may be available upon request. __Otros espesores a consultar.

14

22 mm.

20 mm.

18 mm.

14 mm.

12 mm.

10 mm.

8 mm.

6 mm.

Thicknesses __Espesores

Product __Producto

Clasificación __Classification

Facade F1

B-s1, d0

Facade F

B-s2, d0

Facade S

C-s2, d0

Fire safety __Seguridad frente al fuego The basic safety requirements reduce the risk of damage caused by accidental fire due to the characteristics of the project, construction, use and maintenance of the building to acceptable limits. In this sense, Parklex Facade reports the best possible results for organic materials, according to the European Standard EN 13501: Reaction to fire. __Las exigencias básicas de seguridad reducen a límites aceptables el riesgo de sufrir daños derivados de un incendio accidental como consecuencia de las características del proyecto, construcción, uso y mantenimiento del edificio. En este sentido, Parklex Facade registra los mejores resultados posibles para materiales orgánicos, según la normativa europea EN 13.501 de Reacción al fuego.

15

Facade Projects __Proyectos

Housing __Viviendas / ITAR Architectures / Paris, France __ Francia / John Lennon Airport / Leach Rhodes Walker / Liverpool, United Kingdom __Reino Unido / St. Pauls Square / RHWL Architects / Liverpool, United Kingdom __Reino Unido / Student halls of residence __Residencia para estudiantes / Michel, Wolf & Partner Architects / WĂźrzburg, Germany __Alemania / MUA Alicante University Museum __MUA Museo de la Universidad de Alicante / Alfredo Paya / Alicante, Spain __EspaĂąa / Tianjin Zero power-wasting building / Lai Jun / Tianjin, China / Stoperingaten 25 / Alliance Arkitekt / Norway __Noruega / Fast Line Tel Aviv building __Edificio de Fast Line Tel Aviv / Amir Mann - Ami Shinar Architects & Planners Ltd. / Tel Aviv __Israel / House in Cyprus __Casa en Chipre / Simpraxis Architects / Cyprus __Chipre / San Francisco Plaza Apartments / Leddy Maytum Stacy Arquitects & Paulett Taggart Arquitects / San Francisco, U.S. __E.E.U.U.

Housing __Viviendas / ITAR Architectures / Paris, France __Francia

Parklex

Product __Producto

Surface characteristics __Acabado superficial

Finition __Acabado

Facade

Smooth __Liso Traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple, natural beauty of the wood it is manufactured with. __Acabado tradicional de Parklex. Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera con la que se fabrica.

Copper

18

19

20

21

John Lennon Airport / Leach Rhodes Walker / Liverpool, United Kingdom __Reino Unido

Parklex

Product __Producto

Surface characteristics __Acabado superficial

Finition __Acabado

Facade

Smooth __Liso Traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple, natural beauty of the wood it is manufactured with. __Acabado tradicional de Parklex. Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera con la que se fabrica.

Copper

22

23

St. Pauls Square / RHWL Architects / Liverpool, United Kingdom __Reino Unido

Parklex

Product __Producto

Surface characteristics __Acabado superficial

Finition __Acabado

Facade

Smooth __Liso Traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple, natural beauty of the wood it is manufactured with. __Acabado tradicional de Parklex. Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera con la que se fabrica.

Copper

24

25

26

27

Student halls of residence __Residencia para estudiantes / Michel, Wolf & Partner Architects / WĂźrzburg, Germany __Alemania

Parklex

Product __Producto

Surface characteristics __Acabado superficial

Finition __Acabado

Facade

Smooth __Liso Traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple, natural beauty of the wood it is manufactured with. __Acabado tradicional de Parklex. Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera con la que se fabrica.

Onix

28

29

30

31

MUA Alicante University Museum __MUA Museo de la Universidad de Alicante / Alfredo Paya / Alicante, Spain __EspaĂąa

Parklex

Product __Producto

Surface characteristics __Acabado superficial

Finition __Acabado

Facade

Smooth __Liso Traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple, natural beauty of the wood it is manufactured with. __Acabado tradicional de Parklex. Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera con la que se fabrica.

Copper

32

33

34

35

Tianjin Zero power-wasting building / Lai Jun / Tianjin, China

Parklex

Product __Producto

Surface characteristics __Acabado superficial

Finition __Acabado

Facade

Smooth __Liso Traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple, natural beauty of the wood it is manufactured with. __Acabado tradicional de Parklex. Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera con la que se fabrica.

Copper

36

37

Stoperingaten 25 / Alliance Arkitekt / Norway __Noruega

Parklex

Product __Producto

Surface characteristics __Acabado superficial

Finition __Acabado

Facade

Smooth __Liso Traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple, natural beauty of the wood it is manufactured with. __Acabado tradicional de Parklex. Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera con la que se fabrica.

Ambar

38

39

Fast Line Tel Aviv building __Edificio de Fast Line Tel Aviv / Amir Mann - Ami Shinar Architects & Planners Ltd. / Tel Aviv __Israel

Parklex

Product __Producto

Surface characteristics __Acabado superficial

Finition __Acabado

Facade

Smooth __Liso Traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple, natural beauty of the wood it is manufactured with. __Acabado tradicional de Parklex. Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera con la que se fabrica.

Gold

40

41

42

43

House in Cyprus __Casa en Chipre / Simpraxis Architects / Cyprus __Chipre

Parklex

Product __Producto

Surface characteristics __Acabado superficial

Finition __Acabado

Facade

Smooth __Liso Traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple, natural beauty of the wood it is manufactured with. __Acabado tradicional de Parklex. Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera con la que se fabrica.

Gold

44

45

46

47

San Francisco Plaza Apartments / Leddy Maytum Stacy Arquitects & Paulett Taggart Arquitects / San Francisco, U.S. __E.E.U.U.

Parklex

Product __Producto

Surface characteristics __Acabado superficial

Finition __Acabado

Facade

Smooth __Liso Traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple, natural beauty of the wood it is manufactured with. __Acabado tradicional de Parklex. Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera con la que se fabrica.

Copper, Gold, Rubi

48

49

50

A responsible production Parklex’s constant work and dedication in all areas of development and production are combined to offer a product and service that meets the standards of even the most demanding architects. The advantages offered by Parklex are evident from the moment it is installed, up to its long-term maintenance.

Parklex products can be used both indoors and outdoors, where they are subjected to constant wear from sunlight, moisture and abrasion in traffic areas. Accordingly, a large part of the R+D effort and investment is assigned to guaranteeing the durability and stability of Parklex facings.

Our concern for sustainable production that is respectful of the environment has earned Parklex the guarantee of PEFC certification. This prestigious Chain of Custody certification guarantees Parklex’s contribution to sustainable maintenance and improvement of forests and the environment.

With this certification Parklex proves its commit­ment to responsible, eco-friendly growth. In addition, all the innovations included in the new product ranges launched conform to this philosophy of respect for the environment and sustainable production that guarantees resource availability for many years to come.

Una producción responsable El trabajo y la dedicación constante de Parklex en todos los ámbitos del desarrollo y de la producción, se conjugan para lograr ofrecer un producto y un servicio de calidad. Parklex ofrece ventajas fundamentales, no solo en la calidad y el rendimiento de sus productos, sino también en el momento de su instalación y su mantenimiento a lo largo del tiempo.

Los productos Parklex son aplicables tanto en el exterior como en el interior y están sometidos a constante desgaste producido por el sol, la humedad o la abrasión en zona de tránsito. Por ello, gran parte de los esfuerzos e inversiones en I+D se destinan a garantizar la durabilidad e inalterabilidad de los revestimientos Parklex.

La preocupación por una producción sostenible y respetuosa con el medio ambiente ha permitido que Parklex cuente con la certificación PEFC que lo garantiza. Esta prestigiosa certificación de la cadena de custodia, garantiza que Parklex está colaborando con el mantenimiento sostenible y mejora de los bosques y del medio ambiente.

Con esta certificación, Parklex demuestra su apuesta por un crecimiento responsable y no dañino para la naturaleza. Además, todas las innovaciones que incorporan las nuevas gamas de producto que se lanzan siguen esta filosofía de respeto del medio ambiente y de producción sostenible que garantice los recursos durante muchos años.

Production process __Proceso productivo Each type of Parklex is subjected to a different production process, depending on its final application: interiors, exteriors, damp areas, etc.

The base is always high-density laminated wood with a paper fiber core that has been treated with thermosetting resins and compressed at high pressure and temperature. __Cada tipo de Parklex es sometido a un proceso de producción diferente en función de la aplicación final: interior, exterior, zonas húmedas, etc. La base es siempre un estratificado de madera de alta densidad constituido interiormente por fibras de papel tratadas con resinas termoendurecidas y comprimidas a altas presiones y temperaturas.

Natural wood __Madera natural The surface is always made from 100% natural wood, treated according to its application: to resist special weather conditions or to perfectly resist the intensive use it might receive in interiors. __La cara superficial es siempre de madera 100% natural, tratada de manera diferente en función de su aplicación: para resistir las especiales exigencias de intemperie o para aguantar perfectamente el uso intensivo al que se puede ver sometida en el interior.

Finishes __Acabados Perfect adaptation to the project design is an essential requirement.

That’s why the technology used to manufacture Parklex allows us to apply different finishes, all in natural wood, to integrate them completely into the environment that is required for each project. __Adaptarse perfectamente al diseño del proyecto es un requisito imprescindible. Así, la tecnología empleada en la fabricación de Parklex permite realizar diferentes acabados, todos ellos de madera natural, para integrarse totalmente en el ambiente requerido en cada zona.

Range __Gama The variety of finishes and colors in natural and dyed panels sets Parklex apart as a result of its versatility, making it the ideal covering from any type of project. __La variedad de acabados y colores en chapa natural y teñida diferencia a Parklex por su versatilidad, haciéndolo el revestimiento ideal para cualquier tipo de proyecto.

International __Internacional Providing service on an international level has meant establishing an extensive network of Parklex distributors on all five continents. This allows us to work more closely with our clients and offer them better service in a way that is more accessible to them. It also lets us understand their needs perfectly and first hand. __Dar servicio a escala internacional ha requerido disponer de una extensa red de distribuidores de Parklex que abarca los cinco continentes. Ésto posibilita trabajar más cerca de nuestros clientes y ofrecerles así un servicio mejor y más cercano, además de que nos permite conocer perfectamente y de primera mano sus necesidades.

Guarantees / Quality certificates __Garantía / Certificados de calidad Rigorous testing guarantees Parklex’s excellent performance. __Rigurosas pruebas garantizan el buen comportamiento de Parklex.

ER-0370/2003

GA-2011/0535

Parklex 2014

Facade

Timber in architecture __Madera y arquitectura

Facade

Technical guide __GuĂ­a tĂŠcnica Facade is a high density laminate timber panel for outdoor cladding. For a correct panel installation it is important to follow the general instructions described along this document. __Facade es un tablero estratificado de madera de alta densidad para revestimiento de exteriores. Para una perfecta instalaciĂłn de los paneles es importante seguir las instrucciones generales descritas a lo largo de este documento.

1. About Facade __Acerca de Facade 1.1. Product features __Características del producto

1.1.1. Product quality and certificates __Calidad de producto y certificaciones

1.1.2. Environmental sustainability __Sostenibilidad y gestión ambiental

1.1.3. Technical datasheet __Ficha técnica

9 9 9 10

1.2. Transport __Transporte

12

1.3. Storage __Almacenamiento

12

1.4. Handling __Manipulación

1.4.1. Cutting __Corte

1.4.2. Drilling __Taladrado

1.4.3. Machining __Mecanizado

13 13 13 13

1.5. Cleaning and maintenance __Limpieza y mantenimiento

1.5.1. Cleaning __Limpieza

1.5.2. Maintenance __Mantenimiento

1.5.3. Repair __Reparación

14 14 14 14

1.6. Information for removal __Información para la desinstalación

1.6.1. Waste management information __Información a los gestores de residuos

15 15

2. General Instructions __Instrucciones Generales 2.1. Humidity and temperature __Humedad y temperatura 2.2. Expansion joints __Juntas de dilatación 2.3. Choosing panel thickness __Elección del espesor del panel 2.4. Three support points __Tres puntos de apoyo 2.5. Counter-sunk screws not allowed __No permitidos tornillos de cabeza avellanada

18 19 19 20 20

3. Installation system on ventilated façade __Sistema de instalación en fachada ventilada 3.1. Ventilated chamber __Cámara Ventilada

24

3.2. Substructure __Subestructura

26

3.3. Fixing systems __Sistemas de fijación

3.3.1. Exposed screw or rivet fixing __Fijación vista con tornillo o remache

3.3.2. Fixing with plugs __Fijación oculta con tapones

3.3.3. Hidden fixing with bracket hanging system __Fijación oculta con sistema de cuelgue

3.3.4. Hidden fixing with an adhesive system __Fijación oculta adhesivo

3.3.5. Hidden fixing with overlapping slats __Fijación oculta con lama solapada

27 27 30 31 33 34

3.4. Installation details __Detalles de instalación

3.4.1. Window details __Detalles de ventana

3.4.2. Corner details __Detalles de esquina

36 36 37

4. Louvre installation system __Sistema de instalación en celosías 4.1. Static louvres __Celosías fijas 42

4.1.1. Substructure __Subestructura 43

4.1.2. Substructure installation __Instalación de la subestructura 43

4.1.3. Supporting clip installation __Instalación del clip soporte 44

4.1.4. Louvre installation __Instalación de la celosía 45 4.2. Mobile louvres __Celosías móviles 43

5. Dropped ceiling installation system __Sistema de instalación en falsos techos 5.1. Fixing the dropped ceiling __Fijación del falso techo 48

5.2.1. Screw or rivet fixing __Fijación con tornillo o remache 48

6. Installation system in curves __Sistema de instalación en curvas 6.1. Panel curving ___Curvado de paneles 54 6.2. Pre-curved panels ___Paneles pre-curvados 54 6.3. Pre-curved panel installation __Instalación de los paneles pre-curvados 55

6.3.1. Exposed screw or rivet fixing __Fijación vista con tornillo o remache 55 6.4. Technical datasheet __Ficha técnica

56

1. About Facade __Acerca Facade

Facade construction Construcción Facade High-density stratified panel with natural timber veneer for outdoor use __Tablero estratificado de alta densidad, con chapa de madera natural para uso en exteriores

A

B

C

D

E

F

A PVDF Antigraffiti overlay __Film PVDF Antigraffiti

B

Everlook®

C Natural timber veneer __Chapa de madera natural

D HPL core __Núcleo HPL

E Natural timber veneer __Chapa de madera natural

F Balancing film __Film protector de contracara

8

1.1. Product features __Características del producto Facade is a high-density timber faced panel, manufactured with a core of paper fibres treated with thermosetting resins. These are compressed at a high temperature and pressure and protected by an exterior coating highly resistant to UV radiation and weathering. Facade panels include Everlook®, a component introduced into the wood to provide outstanding life-cycle benefit in terms of colour stability, in all climatic conditions with no varnish need at all over the years. It also allows the development of new finishes to our range of timber veneers. __Facade es un tablero estratificado de alta densidad con chapa de madera natural, constituido interiormente por fibras de papel tratadas con resinas termoendurecidas, comprimidas a altas presiones y temperaturas, y con revestimiento exterior de alta resistencia a la radiación UV y a los agentes atmosféricos. Incorpora Everlook®, un componente que aporta una mayor longevidad a la madera frente a cualquier condición climática sin necesidad de barnizar los tableros con el paso de los años, mejora la estabilidad de los colores y permite disponer de nuevos acabados.

es un producto que cumple con las certificaciones más exigentes, lo que explica su elevado nivel de calidad. Dispone de Certificados de producto tales como el DIT (España), AVIS Technique (Francia), Zulassung (Alemania) y BBA (Reino Unido), así como Certificados de Ensayos específicos para diversos países.

The entire Parklex range is manufactured from natural wood materials, with each panel reflecting unique characteristics such as changes in tone, colour and highlights, with grain and knots. This provides surfaces with an appearance that only products manufactured in natural wood can offer. __Toda la gama Parklex está fabricada empleando madera natural y por ello refleja sus características peculiares, como son los cambios de tono, color y reflejos, o un aspecto mallado o rameado. Todo ello aporta a las superficies un aspecto que únicamente los productos fabricados con madera natural pueden dar.

Quality Management System Certificate __Certificado del Sistema de Gestión de la Calidad

UNE - EN ISO 9001 ER0370/2003

FRANCE __FRANCIA - Avis Technique

Avis Technique 2/11-1473 Avis Technique 2/11-1474

GERMANY __ALEMANIA - Allgemeine bauaufsichliche Zulassung

Zulassung: Z-33.2-626

RUSSIA __RUSIA - Multistorey Non combustible Construction Certificate

Nº219/ ИЦ -10

SPAIN __ESPAÑA - Sistema de revestimiento de fachadas ventiladas PARKLEX FACADE con tablero compacto HPL terminado en madera

Certificado DIT+ 523-p/08

UK __REINO UNIDO Parklex Facade Wall Cladding Panel Agrément Certificate

No 08/4573 British Board of Agrément

UNITED STATES __ESTADOS UNIDOS ICC-ES Evaluation Report for Parklex Facade Wall Panel Cladding System

ESR - 3462

1.1.2. Environmental sustainability __Sostenibilidad y gestión ambiental Being acutely aware of the importance of caring for our environment with responsible, sustainable production, Parklex has opted for an Environmental Sustainability strategy. Some good examples are the ISO 14001 Environmental Management System that has been implemented in our facilities and the PEFC chain-of-custody certificate. This prestigious chain-of-custody certification is a guarantee that Parklex is collaborating with the sustainable maintenance and improvement of forests and the environment. Concerned about the environmental behavior of the product, its LCA (life cycle analysis) has been performed. Based in this analysis, the Carbon Footprint value and some Ecolabels (FDES and EPD) have been obtained. __Conscientes de la importancia de cuidar el medioambiente para una producción responsable y sostenible, Parklex ha apostado por una estrategia de Sostenibilidad Ambiental. Buena muestra de ello son la certificación de sistema de gestión medio ambiental ISO 14001 y la certificación de cadena de custodia PEFC. Esta prestigiosa certificación de la cadena de custodia, garantiza que Parklex está colaborando con el mantenimiento sostenible y mejora de los bosques y del medio ambiente. También ha realizado el LCA (análisis de ciclo de vida) del producto y a partir del mismo ha obtenido el valor de su Huella de Carbono y varias Ecoetiquetas (FDES y EPD).

1.1.1. Product quality and certificates __Calidad de producto y certificaciones Parklex products may be installed in both internal and external environments. They are subject to constant wear from the sun, humidity and abrasion in extreme traffic areas. For this reason, a great deal of effort and investment in R+D is made, ensuring the durability and stability of Parklex coverings. Since 2003, Parklex has implemented the ISO 9001 Quality Management System in order to ensure our products and the excellent service we provide to our clients are consistently delivered. Facade panels are subjected to rigorous testing both at our in-house R & D Department as well as independent, accredited laboratories throughout the world. Our commitment to quality ensures the outstanding performance of our products. Facade complies with (and often exceeds) the standards laid down by international certification schemes, including DIT plus (Spain), AVIS Technique (France), Zulassung (Germany), CWCT and BBA (United Kingdom), as well as other national schemes throughout the world. __Los productos Parklex son aplicables tanto en el exterior como en el interior y están sometidos a constante desgaste producido por el sol, la humedad o la abrasión en zona de tránsito. Por ello, gran parte de los esfuerzos e inversiones en I+D se destinan a garantizar la durabilidad e inalterabilidad de los revestimientos. Parklex tiene implantado desde 2003 el Sistema de gestión de calidad ISO 9001 para asegurar la garantía de los productos y un buen servicio al cliente. Los paneles Facade son sometidos a rigurosas pruebas que garantizan su buen comportamiento. Facade

Environmental Management System Certificate __Certificado del Sistema de Gestión Ambiental

UNE - EN ISO 14001 GA-2011/0535

Certificado de Conformidad de la Cadena de Custodia de Productos Forestales

PEFC/14 - 35 - 00042

Fiche de Déclaration Environnementale et Sanitaire selon NF P 01_010 ENVIRONMENTAL PRODUCT DECLARATION OF “Parklex FACADE“ by The International EPD® System.

9

1.1.3. Technical datasheet __Ficha técnica Tests

Standard

Property or attribute

Measurement unit

1. Inspection requirements

Colour, pattern and surface finish

Result Parklex Facade S (Standard)

Parklex Facade F (Fireproof)

Parklex Facade F1 (Fireproof)

Rev: 09 (02.2013)

Rev: 10 (04.2013)

Rev: 01 (02.2013)

EN 438-8 Part 5.2.2.3

Due to the fact that wood is a natural product, each veneer may be considered as unique. Colour and structure differences are considered as normal. Singularities such as knots and resin inclusions are not considered as defects, but as a part of the décor. There are differences in light fastness performances depending on the wood species and the source of the wood.

EN 438-2 Part 5

6,0 ≤ t < 8,0

2. Dimensional tolerances Thickness (t)

mm

± 0,40

8,0 ≤ t < 12,0

± 0,50

12,0 ≤ t < 16,0

± 0,60

16,0 ≤ t < 20,0

± 0,70

20,0 ≤ t < 25,0 Flatness (1)

EN 438-2 Part 9

± 0,80

6,0 ≤ t < 10,0

mm/m

5

10,0 ≤ t

3

Length and width

EN 438-2 Part 6

–

mm

+10 / -0

Edge straightness

EN 438-2 Part 7

–

mm/m

1,5

Edge squareness

EN 438-2 Part 8

–

mm/m

1,5

EN 438.-2 Part 17

Cumulative dimensional change (t ≥ 6mm)

% max Longrain

0,3

3. Physical properties Dimensional stability at elevated temperatures

% max Crossgrain

0,6

Resistance to impact with large diameter ball

EN 438-2 Part 21

Maximum height for which no visible surface cracking or imprint greater than 10mm (t ≥ 6mm)

mm

≥ 1.800

Tensile strength

EN ISO 527-2

Longrain Crossgrain

MPa

≥ 60

Determination of graffiti resistance

ASTM D 6578:2000

Cleanability level

Permanent blue marker

4

Spray red paint

4

Wax black crayon

1

Water based black marker

2

4. Weather resistance requirements Resistance to UV light Resistance to artificial weathering (including light fastness)

EN 438-2 Part 28 Rating according to EN 20105 – A02

Contrast

Grey scale rating

≥3

Aspect

Rating

≥4

EN 438-2 Part 29 Rating according to EN 20105 – A02

Contrast

Grey scale rating

≥3

Appearance

Rating

≥4

EN 438-7 Part 4.4

Wet cup method

µ

110

N

> 2.000

5. CE Safety requirements Water vapour permeability

Dry cup method Resistance to fixings

EN 438-7 Part 4.5

250

Screw holding value t ≥ 6mm Screw holding value t ≥ 8mm

> 3.000

Screw holding value t ≥ 10mm Flexural strength

EN ISO 178

> 4.000

Longrain

MPa

≥ 80

MPa

≥ 9.000

Crossgrain

≥ 80

Flexural Modulus

EN ISO 178

Longrain

Thermal resistance/Conductivity

EN 12664

Thermal conductivity ( )

W/m K

Resistance to climatic shock

EN 438-2 Part19

Appearance

Rating

Flexural strength

Ds Rating

Elastic modulus

Dm Rating

≥ 0,95 ≥ 1,35

Crossgrain

≥ 9.000 0,266

0,22

0,281

≥4 ≥ 0,95

Density

EN ISO 1.183

Density

g/cm3

Resistance to wet conditions

EN 438-2 Part 15

Moisture absorbed

%

≤5

≤8

≤8

Appearance

Rating

≥4

≥4

≥4

Euroclass t ≥ 6mm

Classification

6. CE Safety requirements - Reaction to fire Reaction to fire

EN 13.501-1

Euroclass t ≥ 8mm

Panel mesurements 2440 x 1220 mm

B-s2,d0

– B-s1,d0

(1) Provided that the laminates are stored in the manner and conditions recommended by the manufacturer.

Length (grain direction) x width

C-s2,d0

Thickness*

6, 8, 10, 12,14, 18, 20 & 22 mm

* 6 mm can only be used for special applications. Other thicknesses may be available upon request.

10

Ensayos

Norma

Propiedad o atributo

Unidad de medida

1. Inspección Color, diseño y acabado de la superficie

Resultado Parklex Facade S (Standard)

Parklex Facade F (Ignífugo)

Parklex Facade F1 (Ignífugo)

Rev: 09 (02.2013)

Rev: 10 (04.2013)

Rev: 01 (02.2013)

EN 438-8 Apto. 5.2.2.3

Teniendo en cuenta que la madera es un producto natural, cada chapa puede ser considerada única. Diferencias de color y veta son consideradas normales.

Singularidades como nudos, e inclusiones de resina no son consideradas defectos, sino partes del diseño decorativo. Existen diferencias en el comportamiento de solidez del color a la luz dependiendo de la especie y procedencia de la madera.

EN 438-2 Apto. 5

6,0 ≤ t < 8,0

2. Tolerancias dimensionales Espesor (t)

mm

± 0,40

8,0 ≤ t < 12,0

± 0,50

12,0 ≤ t < 16,0

± 0,60

16,0 ≤ t < 20,0

± 0,70

20,0 ≤ t < 25,0 Planitud (1)

EN 438-2 Apto. 9

± 0,80

6,0 ≤ t < 10,0

mm/m

5

10,0 ≤ t

3

Longitud y anchura

EN 438-2 Apto. 6

–

mm

+10 / -0

Rectitud bordes

EN 438-2 Apto. 7

–

mm/m

1,5

Cuadratura

EN 438-2 Apto. 8

–

mm/m

1,5

EN 438.-2 Apto. 17

Variación dimensional acumulada (t ≥ 6mm)

% max Longitudinal

0,3

3. Fisicas Estabilidad dimensional

% max Transversal

0,6

Resistencia Impacto

EN 438-2 Apto. 21

Altura de caída sin huella superior a 10mm (t ≥ 6mm)

mm

≥ 1.800

Resistencia a la tracción

EN ISO 527-2

Carga Dirección Longitudinal Carga Dirección Transversal

MPa

≥ 60

Resistencia al graffiti

ASTM D 6578:2000

Nivel de limpieza

Rotulador azul permanente

4

Spray rojo

4

Cera Negra

1

Rotulador negro

2

4. Resistencia a la intemperie Resistencia a la luz UV

Resistencia a la intemperie artificial

EN 438-2 Apto. 28 Valoración según EN 20105 – A02

Contraste

Clasif. en escala de Grises

≥3

Aspecto

Grado

≥4

EN 438-2 Apto. 29 Valoración según EN 20105 – A02

Contraste

Clasif. en escala de Grises

≥3

Aspecto

Grado

≥4

EN 438-7 Apto. 4.4

Método plato húmedo

µ

110

N

> 2.000

5. Requisitos de seguridad CE Permeabilidad al vapor de agua

Método plato seco Resistencia a las fijaciones

EN 438-7 Apto. 4.5

250

Fuerza t ≥ 6mm Fuerza t ≥ 8mm

> 3.000

Fuerza t ≥ 10mm Resistencia a la flexión

EN ISO 178

> 4.000

Carga Dirección Longitudinal

MPa

≥ 80

MPa

≥ 9.000

Carga Dirección Transversal

≥ 80

Módulo elástico en flexión

EN ISO 178

Carga Dirección Longitudinal

Resistencia/Conductividad térmica

EN 12664

Conductividad térmica ( )

W/m K

Resistencia al choque climático

EN 438-2 Part19

Aspecto

Grado

Resistencia a la flexión

Indice Ds

Módulo flexión

Indice Dm

≥ 0,95 ≥ 1,35

Carga Dirección Transversal

≥ 9.000 0,266

0,22

0,281

≥4 ≥ 0,95

Densidad

EN ISO 1.183

Densidad

g/cm3

Resistencia a la humedad

EN 438-2 Apto. 15

Aumento de masa

%

≤5

≤8

≤8

Aspecto

Grado

≥4

≥4

≥4

Euroclase t ≥ 6mm

Clasificación

6. Requisitos de seguridad CE - Reacción al fuego Reacción al fuego

EN 13.501-1

Euroclase t ≥ 8mm

Medidas de tableros 2440 x 1220 mm

B-s2,d0

– B-s1,d0

(1) Siempre que los laminados se almacenen en la forma y en las condiciones recomendadas por el fabricante.

Largo (dirección de la veta) x ancho

C-s2,d0

Espesor*

6, 8, 10, 12,14, 18, 20 & 22 mm

* 6mm sólo para aplicaciones especiales. Otros espesores a consultar.

11

1.2. Transport __Transporte

1.3. Storage __Almacenamiento

The panels must be correctly strapped down for transport, bearing in mind that they slide over each other easily and may become damaged. They must always be transported horizontally. The panels must never be transported loose or with broken straps. For short trips, inside workshops or at the construction site, fasten the panels using straps whilst protecting the edges in contact with the straps with cardboard protectors.

Avoid the presence of rough objects or sharp edges between panels that may damage or scratch their surface. When moving panels on the same stack, lift them so that they do not scrape against each other. __Para el transporte, los tableros deberán estar correctamente flejados, teniendo en cuenta que éstos se deslizan con facilidad unos sobre otros y podrían deteriorarse.

Siempre se deberán transportar horizontalmente. Los tableros nunca se transportarán sueltos o con alguno de sus flejes roto.

Para pequeños recorridos en talleres o en obras, los tableros se sujetarán con correas y se protegerán las aristas en contacto con las correas con cantoneras de cartón. Evitar el contacto con objetos de aristas rugosas o cortantes que puedan dañar o rayarlos. En el momento de tener que mover los tableros que se encuentren en un mismo palet, se levantarán suavemente de forma que no se arrastren unos sobre otros, puesto que podrían sufrir rozaduras en la superficie.

Horizontal storage __Almacenamiento horizontal Panels must be stored in a horizontal position, never in a vertical or inclined position. It is essential to keep them from resting on objects or debris that prevent the panels from being completely horizontal. The distance between supports must be ≤800mm __ El almacenamiento de tableros se realizará en posición horizontal, nunca en posición vertical o inclinada, evitando que éstos se apoyen en objetos o residuos que provoquen la falta de horizontalidad. La distancia entre los apoyos debe ser ≤800 mm.

Optimal condition storage __Almacenamiento en condiciones óptimas To prevent deformation, store in a clean, dry place, protected from rain and sun. Recommended storage conditions include a Temperature of 10-25ºC and a Relative Humidity of 30-70%.

Climatic and humidity differences on the two panel surfaces should be avoided. Storage time should never exceed five months from the date indicated on the delivery invoice. __Para evitar deformaciones, se almacenarán en un lugar limpio y seco, protegidos de la lluvia y el sol. Las condiciones de almacenamiento recomendadas son 10-25ºC de Temperatura y 30-70% de Humedad Relativa. Deben evitarse las diferencias climáticas en las dos superficies de las placas. El tiempo de almacenamiento nunca será superior a cinco meses desde la fecha que aparece en el albarán.

Once the original packaging has been opened, we recommend that you only remove the Facade panels to be installed immediately. The remaining panels must be stored in conditions identical to those of the original packaging. __Una vez abierto el embalaje original se recomienda extraer únicamente aquellos tableros Facade que vayan a ser instalados inmediatamente. El resto de paneles deberá continuar almacenado en las mismas condiciones del embalaje original.

Removing the protective film __Retirar el film de protección Panels for external use are covered with a protective film on their exposed side, which must be removed immediately after installing the panel, as prolonged exposure to the elements will cause the adhesive on the film to soil the panel. __Los tableros de exteriores van provistos de un film de protección de su cara vista, que deberá ser retirado inmediatamente después de instalar el panel, ya que una prolongada exposición al sol provoca que el adhesivo de fijación del film ensucie el tablero.

12

1.4. Handling __Manipulación

Standard requirements should be kept in mind when handling Facade panels, especially with regards to: __Se deberán tener en cuenta los requerimientos habituales de seguridad durante la manipulación de tableros Facade, especialmente en relación con:

Flat, trapezoidal tooth profiles are the most efficient. The number of teeth should be between 24 and 60, depending on the diameter.

The blade teeth should always enter on the panel’s good face.

Table saws generally have the good face pointing up, as the blade rotates with the blade cutting on the ‘downstroke’. Hand held circular saws generally cut on the ‘upstroke’, therefore the panel should face down.

• Dust removal. __La extracción de polvo.

• Dust collection. __La recolección de polvo.

• Fire precautions, etc. __Precauciones ante incendios, etc.

Due to the possible presence of sharp edges, protective gloves should always be worn when handling Facade panels. Contact with dust from HPLs does not normally present a problem, although some people may be sensitive or even allergic to it. __Debido a la posible existencia de bordes afilados, se deben usar siempre guantes protectores al manipular los tableros Facade. El contacto con el polvo de los HPL no representa problemas habitualmente, aunque algunas personas pueden ser sensibles e incluso alérgicas al mismo.

– Los paneles Parklex pueden ser mecanizados con las máquinas convencionales de carpintería, equipadas con metal duro.

Debido a la alta densidad de Facade, las velocidades de corte deberán ser inferiores a las aplicadas a la madera; los paneles Facade se pueden cortar en mesa de sierra circular estable o con sierra circular manual.

Las herramientas de las mesas estables, si las series a cortar son elevadas, deberían ser de diamante, pero en caso contrario o si las máquinas a utilizar son manuales, las herramientas a utilizar serán de placas de metal duro o “Widia” (carbono tungsteno) con dureza K-05 y K-01.

1.4.1. Cutting __Corte Blade rotation Rotación sierra Table saw Sierra estática

1-2 cm

Board movement Avance tablero

Las herramientas de acero rápido o con alto contenido de cobalto se pueden utilizar en el mecanizado, aunque se obtienen rendimientos de afilado menores.

Good face __cara buena

Los discos de sierra circular serán de características similares a los utilizados para mecanizar paneles de aglomerado y melamina. Sus diámetros pueden ser de 250 a 300 mm en las circulares de mesa y de 150 a 190 mm para las manuales. El perfil de diente más eficaz es el trapecio plano. El número de dientes dependerá del diámetro y puede ir de 24 a 60.

Parklex panels may be machined using conventional commercial grade carpentry machines equipped with hard metal accessories. Due to the high density of Facade, cutting speeds must be slower than those used with wood: Facade panels may be cut with stationary circular table saws or with handheld circular saws.

La sierra siempre debe atacar la cara buena del tablero. Según el sentido de giro de la herramienta, se coloca el panel cara buena arriba o cara buena abajo.

1.4.2. Drilling __Taladrado

If many panels are to be cut, stationary table saws must be equipped with diamond-tipped accessories. If not, or if manual machines are being used, the accessories must be made from hard metal plates or “Widia” (tungsten carbon), with a hardness of K-05 and K-01.

The panels must be drilled using hard metal or “Widia” tools.

Supporting sheets (martyr boards) must be used under the panel in order to drill a clean hole, without ‘breakout’. __El taladrado se debe realizar con herramientas de metal duro o “Widia”. Se deben emplear placas de soporte por debajo del tablero (tableros mártires) para conseguir un agujero limpio.

Accessories made from high-speed steel or that contain a high level of cobalt may be used, although lower sharpening performance will be obtained.

Circular saw blades must have characteristics similar to those used to machine high pressure laminate or melamine panels.

Blade diameters must be between 250 and 300mm for circular table saws and between 150 and 190mm for handheld saws.

13

1.5. Cleaning and maintenance __Limpieza y mantenimiento 1.4.3. Machining __Mecanizado

1.5.1. Cleaning __Limpieza

Water jet cut: This system is compatible with Facade panels, although it is advisable to carry out a preliminary test in order to adjust the parameters. __Corte por chorro de agua: Este sistema es compatible con los paneles Facade, aunque es aconsejable realizar una prueba de previa para ajustar los parámetros.

The non-stick composition of the surface of Facade panels will allow most stains to be removed easily, with water and mild household detergents. __La composición química antiadherente de la superficie de los tableros Facade hace que la mayor parte las manchas se eliminen fácilmente con agua y detergentes domésticos.

Laser cut: This system is not recommended for use with Facade panels given that it blackens and burns the wood veneer. __Corte por láser: No se recomienda utilizar este sistema con los paneles Facade, ya que ennegrece y quema la chapa de madera.

However, if the surface is dirty or there are traces of the adhesive of the protective film, this can be cleaned with warm water mixed with liquid detergent, using a soft and clean cloth but never rubbing the surface when dry. Never use abrasive detergents. __No obstante, si la superficie se ensucia o quedan residuos del adhesivo del film protector, ésta puede ser limpiada con agua tibia mezclada con detergente líquido, utilizando un paño suave y nunca frotando la superficie en seco. Nunca se deben utilizar detergentes abrasivos.

In case of stubborn stains, the surface of the panel can be cleaned with a soft cloth (not dyed), dampened with universal solvent (petroleum naphtha or white spirit). Never use cloths or sponges with abrasive cleaning or sanding agents, as they may damage the surface of the panel. __En caso de suciedad más persistente, la superficie del tablero puede limpiarse con un paño suave (no teñido) de tela humedecido con disolvente universal (nafta de petróleo o White Spirit). Nunca deben utilizarse trapos o esponjas con agentes abrasivos de limpieza o lijado, ya que pueden dañar la superficie del producto.

Nor harsh solvents as Acetone, Ethyl Acetate, MEK, nail polish remover, etc... should be used. They can cause permanent damage by dissolving the surface protection film partially, totally or by causing cracks, which may not be obvious at first glance.

These products should also not be used at the rear side of the boards. __Tampoco deben ser utilizados solventes agresivos como Acetona, Acetato de Etilo, MEC, quitaesmaltes, etc. Éstos pueden causar daños permanentes disolviendo el film superficial de protección de forma parcial, completa o en forma de grietas, que pueden no ser evidentes a primera vista. Estos productos tampoco deben ser utilizados en la contracara de los tableros.

The surface of the panel must be dried using an absorbent, fluff-free cloth. __El secado de la superficie del producto se debe realizar con un paño absorbente, sin pelusa.

It is recommended to always test clean a small part of the affected area, and once the effectiveness of the procedure has been verified, proceed with the rest of the surface. __Se recomienda hacer siempre una prueba de limpieza en una pequeña parte de la zona afectada y, sólo después de verificar la eficacia del procedimiento, proceder con el resto de la superficie.

Important Note __Nota Importante Solvents and chemical cleaning products must be used following appropriate health and hygiene regulations at all times. __La utilización de disolventes y productos de limpieza químicos 14

1.6. Information for removal __ Información para la desinstalación The main components for the Facade panels installation (aluminium, steel, timber and/or plastic) are easily separated for recycling. __Los principales componentes para la instalación de los paneles Facade (aluminio, acero, madera y/o plástico) son fácilmente separables y reciclables.

debe realizarse respetando siempre las correspondientes reglas de seguridad e higiene.

Cleaning graffiti __Limpieza de grafitis The specially treated non-stick surface of Facade will prevent aerosol paints from permanently adhering to the surface of the panel.. However, removal may require products specifically designed for removing this type of paint. A final cleaning with soapy water and a full rinse with clean water are recommended. __La superficie químicamente antiadherente de Facade impide que las pinturas en aerosol queden fijadas permanentemente.

No obstante, su limpieza puede requerir de productos específicos para este tipo de pinturas. Se recomienda una limpieza final con agua jabonosa y un aclarado final con agua limpia.

1.6.1. Waste management information __Información a los gestores de residuos The specifications that rule the production and management of waste generated in construction and demolition must be fulfilled, as well as any current local regulation. __Se seguirán las especificaciones que regulan la producción y gestión de los residuos de construcción y demolición, así como las reglamentaciones locales que sean de aplicación.

We have specific Resistance to Graffiti tests available for stains made with the following materials: __Le informamos que disponemos de ensayos específicos de Resistencia a la pintura grafiti para marcas realizadas con los siguientes materiales:

The re-use of the Facade panels in other applications with different requirements is encouraged. __Se favorecerá la reutilización del panel Facade en otras aplicaciones con diferentes requisitos.

It is possible the assessment of the waste by industrial incineration. __También es posible su valorización en incineradoras de uso industrial.

• Solvent-based: permanent blue marker and red spray paint. __Rotulador azul permanente y spray rojo, con base solvente.

• Black wax. __Cera negra.

• Water-based black marker. __Rotulador negro en base agua.

Never use abrasive cleaning powders or pastes, which will scratch the surface. __Nunca utilizar polvos o pastas de limpieza.

If you would like to see the results of these tests, please request them from the Parklex sales network. __Si desea los resultados de estos ensayos, solicítelos a la red comercial de Parklex.

1.5.2. Maintenance __Mantenimiento Simple cleaning of Facade panels is the only maintenance needed. The surface does not require any specific preventative treatment designed for wood. __La limpieza de los tableros Facade es el único mantenimiento necesario. La superficie no necesita ningún otro tratamiento preventivo para la madera.

1.5.3. Repair __Reparación There is currently no prescribed method for repairing Facade panels. In case of severe damage, affected panels must be replaced with new. __No se ha prescrito ningún método de reparación de los paneles Facade. Los paneles dañados deberán ser reemplazados por otros nuevos.

15

2. General Instructions __Instrucciones Generales

2.1. Humidity and temperature __Humedad y temperatura Ventilated installation __Instalación ventilada For appropriate Facade panel behaviour, it is essential to maintain compensation of the temperature and humidity conditions on both panel faces, by means of an installation that allows air to circulate behind them. __Para un adecuado comportamiento de los tableros Facade, es indispensable mantener compensadas las condiciones de temperatura y humedad en ambas caras del panel mediante una instalación que permita la circulación de aire por su parte trasera.

Facade is a high-quality construction product installed as a vertical decorative covering on the façade. __Facade es un producto de alta calidad para la construcción que se usa como revestimiento decorativo de fachada.

For correct panel installation it is important to follow the general installation instructions described below. This ensures optimal performance over time, which prevents premature deterioration and ensures its perfect performance. __Para una perfecta instalación de los paneles es importante seguir las instrucciones generales de instalación que se describen a continuación. De esta manera se asegura un rendimiento óptimo y libre de problemas durante mucho tiempo, lo que evita un deterioro prematuro y garantiza una estética perfecta.

Panel movement __Movimiento de los paneles It must be kept in mind that the Facade panels will be exposed to changing seasons over the years, and that they are composed of natural wood. Given that wood is a living material which suffers dimensional variations due to changes in humidity and temperature, it is important that the fixings allow the panels to move and that they do not block their free expansion and contraction. __Hay que tener en cuenta que los paneles Facade van a estar expuestos a los cambios estacionales a lo largo de los años, y que están compuestos por madera natural. Puesto que la madera es un material vivo que sufre variaciones dimensionales debido a cambios de humedad y temperatura, es importante que las fijaciones permitan el movimiento de los paneles y no bloqueen su libre expansión y contracción.

*In the event that a Technical Document exists that applies to a specific installation system, such as the Avis Technique (CSTB) in France, the British Board of Agremènt (BBA) and Centre for Window and Cladding Technology (CWCT) in the United Kingdom, the Zulassung (DIBt) in Germany or the DITplus (IETCC) in Spain, it shall take precedence over the general recommendations described here. In addition, building insurers may also have there own applicable standards. __*En caso de existencia de un Documento Técnico aplicable para un sistema de instalación concreto, como por ejemplo Avis Technique (CSTB) en Francia, British Board of Agremènt (BBA) en Reino Unido, Zulassung (DIBt) en Alemania y DITplus (IETCC) en España, prevalecerá éste frente a las recomendaciones generales aquí descritas.

0,6 %

0,3 %

0,3 %

0,6 %

18

2.2. Expansion joints __Juntas de dilatación

2.3. Choosing panel thickness __Elección del espesor del panel

It is necessary to leave expansion joints around the perimeter of all panels and where they meet with other materials to ensure they can absorb any expansion movements. The thickness of these joints depends on the panel dimensions and the façade design. As an example, for panels measuring 2.44 x 1.22m, these joints must be at least 6mm. It is recommended not to seal the joints with flexible materials, as this may lead to an accumulation of dirt around the edges of the panels. __Es necesario dejar juntas perimetrales de dilatación entre paneles y en los encuentros de éstos con otros paramentos, de forma que absorban los movimientos de dilatación.

El espesor de estas juntas dependerá de las dimensiones de los paneles y del diseño de la fachada. Como valor orientativo y para paneles de 2,44 x 1,22 m, estas juntas serán de mínimo 6 mm. Se aconseja no sellar las juntas con masilla, ya que pueden conducir a una acumulación de suciedad en los bordes de los paneles.

The required panel thickness is selected according to the element to be covered (walls, ceilings or façades). The thickness of a panel influences the distance between the supporting profiles; the greater the thickness, in general the greater the possible distance between the profiles. This may vary, depending on the specific type of installation. The ideal thickness for external facades is 8 or 10mm. Thickness of 6mm* is not recommended, except in very special cases. __El espesor del panel se elige en función del paramento a revestir (paredes, techos o fachadas). El espesor del panel influye en la distancia entre los rastreles de apoyo; a mayor espesor, mayor la distancia entre rastreles, aunque puede variar en función del tipo de instalación. El espesor más idóneo para el revestimiento de exteriores es 8 y 10 mm. No es recomendable el espesor de 6 mm*, excepto para casos singulares. * If you are considering the use of this thickness, it is essential to consult the technical department at Parklex. __* En caso de querer utilizar este espesor, consultar con el departamento técnico de Parklex.

Facade thicknesses __Espesores de Facade 6 mm

8 mm

10 mm

12 mm

14 mm

18 mm

20 mm

22 mm Min. 6 mm

Expansion joint for an exposed mounting system. __Junta de dilatación para sistema de fijación vista.

19

2.4. Three support points __Tres puntos de apoyo

2.5. Counter-sunk head screws not allowed __No permitidos tornillos de cabeza avellanada

Facade panels must be fixed to at least three points* of structural support. The distances between support points depend on the mounting type and the thickness of the panel. The instructions regarding distances that come with the various, commercially available fixing systems may be followed, as long as there are at least three points of support in each direction. __Los paneles Facade se tienen que apoyar como mínimo en tres puntos*. Las distancias entre puntos de apoyo dependen del tipo de fijación y del espesor del material. Se pueden seguir las instrucciones respecto a distancias que aparecen en los distintos sistemas de fijación a lo largo del documento, siempre que haya tres puntos de apoyo como mínimo en cada sentido.

Facade panel installation using counter-sunk head screws is not allowed as they do not enable free panel movement. __No está permitida la instalación de tableros Facade con tornillos de cabeza avellanada, dado que éstos no hacen posible el libre movimiento de los paneles.

2440

1220

Profile distribution for 10mm Facade. __Distribución de rastreles para Facade de 10 mm.

600

600

Example of panel dimensions where it is mandatory to include 3 profiles (3 support points), regardless of the thickness. __Ejemplo de dimensiones de panel en el que es obligatorio poner 3 rastreles (3 puntos de apoyo), independientemente del espesor.

20

3. Installation system on ventilated faรงade __Sistema de instalaciรณn en fachada ventilada

3.1. Ventilated chamber __Cámara ventilada Facade panels must be installed as a ventilated façade; therefore, they must be separated from the wall face by profiles, which are installed vertically, forming a chamber with a free ventilated space of ≥30mm, except in those countries with specific technical documents –e.g. in the UK, ≥50mm–. In the event that some type of insulation will be installed, a double-profile structure or a single-profile structure with adjustable supporting elements must be installed, ensuring that the chamber is maintained. To permit air circulation in the ventilated chamber, the air intake and output must be correctly proportioned. __Los tableros que se instalen a modo de fachada ventilada tienen que ir separados del paramento mediante rastreles, colocados en posición vertical, formando una cámara de ≥30 mm, excepto en los países con documentación técnica específica –por ejemplo, en Reino Unido, ≥50 mm–. En el caso de que esté prevista la colocación de algún tipo de aislamiento, se instalará un doble rastrelado, o un rastrelado sencillo con pies de apoyo regulables, que nos aseguren la cámara. Para permitir la circulación de aire en la cámara ventilada, se debe dimensionar adecuadamente la entrada y la salida del aire.

For the installation of Facade panels in ventilated façade mode, the panels are installed on vertical profiles, creating an interrupted flow of air in the rear part of the panel. __Para la instalación de los paneles Facade a modo de fachada ventilada, los paneles se colocan sobre rastreles verticales, creando un flujo ininterrumpido de aire en la parte trasera del tablero.

Head ventilation __Ventilación en la coronación The ventilation at the head of the chamber must be ≥20mm. This ventilation space must be left whenever there is an interruption in the face of the Facade panels. __La ventilación en la coronación debe ser ≥20 mm. Esta ventilación debe hacerse siempre que haya una interrupción del paño de paneles Facade.

Subdividing the chamber __Sectorización de la cámara It is recommended to divide the ventilation chamber vertically to prevent any possible spread of flames, in the event of a fire.

To do this, create ventilated compartments approximately every 6m. To prevent the spread of fire, fireproof insulating materials or continuous horizontal firewalls (made from stainless steel or intumescent materials, for example) may be used. __Es conveniente interrumpir la cámara de ventilación en sentido vertical para prevenir una posible propagación del fuego en caso de incendio.

Para ello, se deben realizar compartimentos ventilados cada 6 m aproximadamente. Para interrumpir el desplazamiento del fuego, se pueden usar materiales de aislamiento incombustibles o cortafuegos horizontales continuos (de acero inoxidable, por ejemplo).

Base ventilation __Ventilación en el arranque The ventilation at the base of the chamber must be ≥20mm.

This ventilation space must be left whenever there is a new base i.e. if the Facade panels are interrupted by windows or other elements. __La ventilación en el arranque debe ser ≥20 mm. Esta ventilación debe hacerse siempre que haya un arranque nuevo, es decir, si la fachada de paneles Facade se interrumpe por ventanas u otros elementos.

24

a L B E A C D 1

A E

L E D

C B 2

A C B D E M

3

A. Facade panel __Panel Facade B. Metal batten __Rastrel metálico vertical C. Fixing bracket __Pie regulador de aplomado D. Insulation __Aislante E. Screw __Tornillo L. Metal plate __Chapa metálica M. Perforated profile __Rejilla a ≥ 30mm (Except in those countries with specific documentation) a ≥ 30 mm (Excepto en los países con documentación técnica específica)

Permeability Permeabilidad Moving air diffuses water vapour from the inside out and facilitates the ‘breathing’ of the façade, preventing condensation from forming behind the panels. __El aire en movimiento difunde el vapor de agua desde el interior al exterior y facilita la transpiración de la fachada, lo que evita las condensaciones detrás de los paneles.

Water protection Protección frente al agua

Thermal insulation Aislamiento térmico

Moving air provides protection from

The load-bearing structure is insulated

the elements, because it assists in preventing rain water from infiltrating the building structure. __El aire en movimiento proporciona una mayor protección a la intemperie, porque impide la infiltración de agua de lluvia en la estructura del edificio.

from the exterior structure, eliminating thermal bridges. In this manner, temperature fluctuations are reduced in the interior, leading to energy savings. __Aísla la estructura portante de la estructura exterior, eliminando los puentes térmicos. De esta forma se reducen las fluctuaciones de temperatura en el cerramiento interior, con el consiguiente ahorro energético.

25

Solar protection Protección solar Thermal comfort is improved inside the building by preventing overheating in the summer, as it facilitates ‘breathing’ of the façade. This assists by reducing the amount of thermal energy that reaches the inside of the building. The internal structure is protected from direct radiation and from the elements. __Mejora el confort térmico interior del edifico, evitando el sobrecalentamiento en verano, porque facilita la transpiración de la fachada y se reduce la cantidad de energía térmica que llega al interior del edificio.

Protege la estructura interna de las radiaciones directas y de las inclemencias meteorológicas.

Acoustic protection Protección acústica Since this is a compound system with several layers, noise absorption is created. __Al ser un sistema compuesto con varios estratos, genera una mayor absorción del ruido.

3.2. Substructure __Subestructura Vertical alignment __Aplomado vertical

To facilitate air circulation behind the panels, a substructure of vertical profiles must be installed. The substructure must be designed according to the habitual wind load in the area and in such a way that it meets all static requirements. Account must also be taken of the façade inclination, the fastening system chosen, and the thickness and dimensions of the Facade panel being installed in order to establish the parameters applied. In addition, it must be perfectly protected against corrosion and rotting, regardless of the material or system used. The minimum support width of the profile for intermediate points is 60mm, and 80mm for the points where two panels meet. __Para facilitar la circulación del aire detrás de los paneles, se debe colocar una subestructura de rastreles verticales. La subestructura debe estar dimensionada según la carga del viento habitual de la zona y de tal forma que cumpla todos los requerimientos estáticos.

Se tendrán en cuenta, asimismo, el estado de desplome de la fachada, el sistema de fijación elegido, y el espesor y dimensiones del panel Facade a instalar para determinar los parámetros a aplicar. Además, debe estar protegida de forma óptima contra la corrosión o la putrefacción, independientemente del material o el sistema utilizados. El ancho mínimo de apoyo del rastrel para puntos intermedios será de 60 mm, y de 80 mm para puntos donde se junten dos paneles.

It is not unusual for façades to have surface irregularities. In these cases, the use of profiles with brackets that allow for adjustment of the vertical alignment is recommended. The brackets are fixed to the profile with stainless steel self-tapping screws. __Es habitual que las fachadas presenten irregularidades en su superficie. En estos casos, se recomienda utilizar perfiles con pies reguladores de aplomado, que se fijan al rastrel mediante tornillos autorroscantes de acero inoxidable.

A

B

C

Wood substructure __Subestructura de madera If the substructure is built from timber battens, they must be suitably treated. It is recommended to install PVC joints or closed-cell polyethylene foam over the exposed surfaces, as these protect, improve and extend their service life. This type of substructure may be used in dry areas, generally without frequent rainfall. __Si la subestructura se realiza con rastreles de madera, éstos estarán tratados. Se recomienda que sobre las superficies de apoyo de los paneles se coloquen juntas de PVC o de espuma de polietileno de celda cerrada, ya que éstos protegen, mejoran y alargan la vida de los mismos. Este tipo de subestructura se puede utilizar en zonas secas o poco lluviosas.

A. Line of reference __Línea de referencia B. Bracket __Pie regulador de aplomado C. Irregular wall face __Cara de la pared irregular

Metal substructure __Subestructura metálica If located in rainy or humid locations, it is preferable to use metal vertical profiles made from galvanized steel or aluminum.

In areas that suffer obvious effects from the sea, stainless steel profiles must be used, or those made from an appropriate anodized aluminum. __Si nos encontramos en zonas lluviosas y húmedas, podemos utilizar rastreles metálicos de acero galvanizado o de aluminio. En las zonas en las que los efectos del mar son más patentes, se utilizarán perfiles de acero inoxidable o de aluminio con un tratamiento anodizado adecuado.

Material Minimum thickness __Mínimo espesor

Steel __Acero Aluminum __Aluminio

1,5 mm 2 mm

26

3.3. Fixing systems __Sistemas de fijación Distance between vertical profiles __Distancias entre rastreles

To install Facade panels as a ventilated façade, Parklex provides five different systems, one of which is exposed while the others are hidden, for cases where the façade design requires a surface with no screw marks. __Para la fijación de los paneles Facade a modo de fachada ventilada, Parklex proporciona cinco sistemas distintos, siendo uno de ellos visto y los demás ocultos, para casos en los que el diseño de la fachada requiera una superficie libre de marcas de atornillado.

Thickness __Espesor

Maximum distance __Distancia máxima

6 mm

400 mm

8 mm

600 mm

10 mm

700 mm

≥12 mm

800 mm

There must always be at least 3 fastening points in each direction for every panel. __Siempre tienen que haber, como mínimo, 3 puntos de fijación en cada

3.3.1.Exposed screw or rivet fixing __Fijación vista con tornillo o remache

sentido por panel.

Facade may be installed using visible mechanical fasteners, such as screws or rivets lacquered in a shade similar to the panel veneer. The panels are mounted on vertical profiles to create a ventilated chamber behind the panels. In the event that the wall is not perfectly vertically aligned, fixing brackets are used to regulate the depth of the profile installation. __Facade se puede instalar mediante fijación mecánica con tornillos o remaches lacados en el mismo tono que el panel. Los paneles se fijan sobre rastreles verticales para permitir la creación de una cámara ventilada detrás de los paneles. En el caso de que la pared no esté perfectamente aplomada, se pueden usar pies reguladores de aplomado para regular la altura de colocación de los rastreles.

Distance between fasteners __Distancias entre fijaciones

Thickness __Espesor

Maximum distance __Distancia máxima

6 mm

400 mm

8 mm

600 mm

10 mm

700 mm

≥12 mm

1.000 mm

Distance from the edges __Distancia de los bordes The distance between the centre point of the screw/rivet and the panel edge must be between 20mm and 40mm. __La distancia de los tornillos o remaches a los bordes del panel tiene que ser de 20 a 40 mm.

20 - 40

20 - 40

27

20 - 40

Fixed point and floating point __Punto fijo y punto flotante

Centering the screw / rivet __Centrado del tornillo / remache

All mounting points for Facade panels must be floating (with a diameter of at least 3mm larger than that of the screw or rivet; see the next chapter.), except for one, which must be fixed. This is the point around which the panel will expand and contract.

This fixed point must be as close as possible to the center of the panel. __Todos los puntos de fijación de los paneles de fachada Facade tienen que ser flotantes (de diámetro superior al del tornillo o remache, ver capítulo siguiente), excepto uno de ellos, que tiene que ser fijo. Este punto fijo deberá estar lo más cerca posible del centro del panel.

The screw / rivet must be centered in the holes to permit dimensional variations. __El tornillo / remache debe estar centrado en las perforaciones para permitir las variaciones dimensionales.

OK

NO

Panel Fixings __Elementos de fijación Facade may be installed using visible mechanical fasteners, such as screws or rivets lacquered in a shade similar to the panel veneer, offered by Parklex. __Parklex ofrece tornillos y remaches lacados del mismo color de los acabados de los paneles para la instalación de Facade.

- TWD-S-D12: Screw for fixing to timber battens. __Tornillo para fijación en rastrel de madera.

D = 4.8 mm

D = 12

L = 38 mm

- SX3-L12: Screw for fixing to metal profiles. A special screwdriver tip supplied by Parklex must be used to insert this type of screw. Max. drilling capacity: 2,5mm. __Tornillo para fijación en rastrel metálico. Es necesario usar una punta de atornillador especial para fijar este tornillo. Capacidad máxima de taladrado: 2,5 mm.

Fixed Points __Puntos fijos Floating Points __Puntos flotantes

D = 12

L = 32 mm

- AP16: Rivet for fixing to aluminum profiles. Assembly capacity: 16mm: 8-12 mm / 21mm: 12,5-16mm __Remache para la fijación en rastrel de aluminio. Capacidad de ensamblaje: 16 mm: 8-12 mm / 21 mm: 12,5-16 mm.

D = 16

28

- Screw __Tornillo Timber batten __Rastrel madera TWS D12 (4.8mm x L)

- Screw __Tornillo Metal profile __Rastrel metálico (SX3-L12 (5.5 x 32)

- Rivet __Remache Aluminum profile __Rastrel de aluminio (AP16 5x16, 21)

[ Fixed point __Punto fijo ]

[ Fixed point __Punto fijo ]

[ Fixed point __Punto fijo ]

[ Floating point __Punto flotante ]

[ Floating point __Punto flotante ]

[ Floating point __Punto flotante ]

D1. Screw diameter __Diámetro tornillo D2. Screw diameter + 3mm __Diámetro tornillo + 3 mm

D3. Screw diameter __Diámetro tornillo D4. Screw diameter + 3mm __Diámetro tornillo + 3 mm

D5. Rivet diameter __Diámetro remache D6. Rivet diameter + 3.5mm __Diámetro remache + 3.5 mm

Drilling __Perforado de los agujeros The Facade panels undergo dimensional variations due to temperature and humidity. These dimensional and structural variations must be taken into account when drilling holes. If using screws, the diameter of the hole must be 2-3mm larger than the diameter of the screw shank, except at one point per panel, where the diameters will be equal (fixed point). This fixed point must be as close as possible to the center of the panel. If using rivets, the diameter of the hole must be 3.5mm larger than the diameter of the rivet shank, except at one point per panel, where the diameters will be equal (fixed point). As in the case of screws, the fixed point must be as close as possible to the center of the panel. Countersunk screws must never be used, as they prevent panel movement due to dimensional variations. __Los paneles Facade sufren variaciones dimensionales debido a la temperatura y a la humedad. En el perforado de los agujeros se deben tener en cuenta estas variaciones dimensionales y de estructura. En el caso de usar tornillo, el diámetro de perforado debe ser 2-3 mm superior al diámetro del alma del tornillo, excepto en un punto por panel donde los diámetros deberán ser iguales (punto fijo). Este punto fijo deberá estar lo más cerca posible del centro del panel. En el caso de usar remache, el diámetro de perforado debe ser 3,5 mm superior al diámetro del alma del remache, excepto en un punto por panel donde los diámetros deberán ser iguales (punto fijo). Igual que en el caso del tornillo, el punto fijo deberá estar lo más cerca posible del centro del panel. En ningún caso se deben usar tornillos avellanados, porque obstaculizan el movimiento debido a la variación dimensional de los paneles.

29

3.3.2. Fixing with plugs __Fijación oculta con tapones

Fixed point and floating point __Punto fijo y punto flotante The same specifications must be followed for the fixed point and floating point as indicated in 3.3.1. Exposed screw or rivet fixing (p.27). __Es necesario seguir las mismas especificaciones que en el apartado 3.3.1. Fijación vista con tornillo o remache (p.27) para punto fijo y punto flotante.

Parklex offers plugs in the same finish as the Facade panels, for hidden fastening using caps measuring 14.25mm* in diameter. This system may only be used with panels that are 10 or 12mm thick, and must be inserted with great care. __Parklex ofrece tapones con el mismo acabado que los paneles Facade para realizar la fijación oculta con tapones de 14,25 mm* de diámetro. Este sistema sólo puede usarse con tableros de 10 y 12 mm de espesor.

14,25 6

* For Ø10.75mm plugs consult the Parklex technical department. __* Para tapo-

screw diameter

nes de Ø10,75 mm consultar con el departamento técnico de Parklex.

Fixed point __Punto fijo

Installation __Instalación To install the substructure (distance between fixings and screw distance from edges), follow the instructions in section 3.3.1.

Exposed screw or rivet fixing (p. 27). __Es necesario seguir las mismas instrucciones que en el apartado 3.3.1. Fijación vista con tornillo o remache (p. 27) para la colocación de la subestructura (distancia entre fijaciones y distancia del tornillo a los bordes).

14,25 6

screw diameter + 3 mm

Floating point __Punto flotante

Panel Fixings __Elementos de fijación Plug installation __Colocación de tapones The choice of screw will depend on the kind of profile. __La elección del tornillo dependerá del tipo de rastrel.

Once the panels have been fixed in place, the remaining cavity is filled with silicone sealant, leaving sufficient space to fit the 2mm plug. The screw must have a smaller head (2mm) than the hole diameter to allow for panel movement. __Una vez fijados los paneles, se rellena la cavidad existente con sellante de silicona, dejando espacio suficiente para acoplar el tapón de 2 mm de espesor. El tornillo debe tener una cabeza menor (2 mm) que el diámetro del agujero para permitir el movimiento del panel.

Profile type __Tipo de rastrel

Ø Screw __Ø Tornillo Ø Head __Ø Cabeza Length __Longitud

DIN 7504N

DIN 7505

cylinder head, self-tapping cabeza cilíndrica, autorroscante

cylinder head cabeza cilíndrica

5,5 mm

5 mm

10,8 mm 10 mm 32 mm 30 mm

A 6

Charact. _Caract.

Wood __Madera

B

C

D

E

A. Plug __Tapón B. Silicone sealant __Sellante de silicona C. Facade Panel __Panel Facade D. Timber batten __Rastrel madera vertical E. Screw __Tornillo

30

10/12 mm

Screw_Tornillo

Metal __Metálico

2

3.3.3. Hidden fixing with bracket hanging system __Fijación oculta con sistema de cuelgue

Installation with back fixed brackets and horizontal carrier rails __Fijación de las uñas de cuelgue

The bracket hanging system introduces the fixing bracket as the hidden mounting mechanical element. This system can only be used with panels 10 and 12mm thick. __El sistema de cuelgue introduce la uña de cuelgue como elemento mecánico de fijación oculta. Este sistema sólo puede usarse con tableros de 10 y 12 mm de espesor.

Panel fixing brackets are screwed to the rear of the panel using stainless steel milling screws (Ø6 and 11.5mm in length).

These panel fixing brackets are machined with an M8 metric hole at the top, which is used to adjust the height (using a bolt) or to lock them in place. To fasten the milling screws to the panel, drill a hole 5mm in diameter, slightly smaller than that of the screw, so that it will cut its own thread as it is screwed in place. This hole must be deeper than the insertion length of the screw to permit accumulation of the shaving created when carving. However, a margin of at least 2mm must be left with respect to the exposed side of the panel. __En el panel se fijan uñas de cuelgue atornilladas en la parte posterior del tablero mediante tornillos fresadores en acero inoxidable (Ø6 y 11,5 mm de longitud). Estas uñas tienen un agujero mecanizado de métrica M8 en la parte superior, que sirve para la regulación de altura (usando un bulón) o para bloqueo. Para atornillar el tornillo fresador al panel, se debe realizar previamente un agujero de Ø5mm, ligeramente inferior al diámetro del tornillo, con el fin de que éste talle la rosca a medida que se atornilla. Este agujero deberá tener más profundidad que el largo de inserción del tornillo para permitir la acumulación de la viruta que se crea al tallar. Sin embargo, se deberán dejar como mínimo 2 mm de margen respecto a la cara vista del tablero.

Distance between vertical profiles __Distancias entre rastreles verticales In this type of installation, there is a primary substructure of vertical profiles that create the necessary air chamber. __En este tipo de instalación hay una subestructura primaria de rastreles verticales que crean la cámara de aire necesaria.

Thickness __Espesor

Maximum distance __Distancia máxima

10 mm

800 mm

12 mm

1.000 mm

A

B ≥2 mm

C

Distances between horizontal carrier rails __Distancias entre rastreles guía horizontales

D

Carrier rails are installed horizontally to the front of the vertical profiles, using fixing screws. The distance between the horizontal profiles must be ≤600mm, with a minimum of three horizontal profiles for each panel. __Sobre estos rastreles verticales se instalan rastreles guía especiales colocados en posición horizontal y atornillados a los montantes verticales. La distancia entre rastreles horizontales tiene que ser ≤600 mm. Siempre tienen que haber, como mínimo, tres rastreles horizontales en cada panel.

A. Machined M8 hole __Agujero mecanizado M8 B. Fixing bracket __Uña de cuelgue C. Milling screw __Tornillo fresador D. Facade Panel __Panel Facade

31

Distances between brackets __Distancias entre puntos de fijación A

Thickness __Espesor

Maximum distance __Distancia máxima

10 mm

≤600 mm

12 mm

≤800 mm

D

B

C

There must always be at least 3 panel fixing brackets in each direction for every panel. __Siempre tienen que haber, como mínimo, 3 uñas en cada sentido por panel.

Keep in mind the importance of a good layout. Parklex sells all of the parts required for hidden mounting with fixing brackets, such as special panel fixing profiles, brackets, milling screws, etc. __Se debe tener en cuenta la importancia de un buen replanteo. Parklex comercializa todas las piezas necesarias para la fijación oculta con sistema de cuelgue, tales como los perfiles especiales de cuelgue, las uñas, el tornillo fresador, etc.

A. Height adjustment screw __Tornillo de regulación de altura B. Panel fixing bracket __Uña de cuelgue C. Horizontal carrier rail __Perfil guía horizontal D. Fixing screw __Tornillo fijador

Fixing screw __Tornillo fijador Bracket distance from the panel edge __Distancia de la uña al borde del tablero

B = 45 mm

C = 58 mm

Once the panels have been aligned in their final position with the help of the height adjustment screw, a stainless steel selftapping screw fixes the bracket to the horizontal rail to prevent it from moving sideways along said rail. The central bracket of the top line of the panel must be screwed in place, as shown in the drawing. __Una vez alineados los tableros en posición definitiva con la ayuda del tornillo regulador de altura, un tornillo autorroscante de acero inoxidable fija la uña a la guía horizontal para evitar el desplazamiento lateral de las uñas a través de la guía horizontal. Se deberá atornillar la uña central de la fila superior del panel, tal y como muestra el dibujo.

A = 24 mm

A. Lateral edge distance __Distancia al borde lateral B. Bottom edge distance __Distancia al borde inferior C. Upper edge distance __Distancia al borde superior

Height adjustment screw __Tornillo de regulación de altura For good alignment between the Facade panels, the first thing to use is the height adjustment screw. This screw enables you to correct small deviations in the horizontal installation line, in the fixing brackets and in the carrier rails. Usually, only one screw per panel is required, which is fixed to one of the side brackets of the top line. __Para conseguir una buena alineación entre los paneles Facade se utiliza primero el tornillo regulador de altura.

Este tornillo permite corregir las desviaciones en la línea horizontal de instalación en las uñas de cuelgue y en los perfiles guía. Se usa normalmente sólo 1 tornillo de regulación por tablero, que se coloca en una de las uñas laterales de la fila superior.

Fixing screw __Tornillo fijador Height adjustment screw (on one of the two sides) __Tornillo regulador de altura (en uno de los dos lados)

32

3.3.4. Hidden fixing with an adhesive system __Fijación oculta con adhesivo

screws or rivets, in order to ensure good adhesive polymerization. __En la instalación con adhesivo se deben reducir las distancias entre rastreles, en comparación con la fijación con tornillo o remache, para asegurar una buena polimerización del adhesivo.

Currently, Parklex has several certified processes for mounting Facade panels using structural adhesive systems. Due to the continuous variations that occur in adhesive system designs, as well as in their application procedures, we recommend that you contact Parklex for the application procedures currently in use. This system may only be used with panels that are 8, 10 or 12mm thick*. __Actualmente, Parklex tiene certificados diversos procedimientos de fijación de tableros Facade con adhesivos estructurales. Debido a las continuas variaciones que se realizan en el diseño de los adhesivos así como en los procedimientos de aplicación de los mismos, recomendamos que en el caso de estar interesados en utilizar este sistema de fijación soliciten a Parklex los procedimientos de aplicación. Este sistema sólo puede usarse con tableros de 8, 10 ó 12 mm de espesor*.

Thickness __Espesor

Maximum distance __Distancia máxima

8 mm

400 mm

10 / 12 mm

600 mm

There must always be at least 3 fastening points in each direction for every panel. __Siempre tienen que haber, como mínimo, 3 puntos de fijación en cada sentido por panel.

Clamps __Bridas de fijación Once Facade is installed using this system and until the adhesive polymerizes, clamps must be placed around the perimeter of the pieces (every 200-300mm, especially at the corners). It is essential that applying pressure beyond the thickness of the double-sided tape is avoided. __Es indispensable que una vez instalados los paneles Facade mediante este sistema y hasta que el adhesivo polimerice, se coloquen bridas de sujeción en el perímetro de las piezas (cada 200-300 mm, sujetando especialmente las esquinas), procurando que éstas no presionen más allá del espesor de la cinta de doble cara.

*It is not permitted to use 6 mm-thick panels in this fixing system. __*No está

permitido el uso de tableros de 6mm en este sistema de fijación.

Distance between vertical profiles __Distancias entre rastreles In installations using adhesive systems, the distances between profiles must be reduced when compared to those using

33

3.3.5. Hidden fixing with overlapping slats __Fijación oculta con lama solapada

Thickness __Espesor

Maximum distance __Distancia máxima

8 mm

600 mm

There must always be at least 3 fixing points in the longitudinal direction of the slat. __Siempre tienen que haber, como mínimo, 3 puntos de fijación en el sentido longitudinal de la lama.

Parklex has developed a Facade fixing system in overlapping slat format. __Parklex ha desarrollado un sistema de fijación de Facade a modo de lama solapada.

Two different widths of slat are supplied, 190 and 290mm*, both in a maximum length of 2440mm. This hidden fixing system is only valid for 8 mm thicknesses. __Se suministran dos anchuras distintas de lama, de 190 y 290 mm*, ambas en una longitud máxima de 2440 mm. Este sistema de fijación oculto es solamente válido para espesores de 8 mm.

Anchoring pieces installation __Instalación de piezas de amarre The anchoring pieces, made in black-lacquered stainless steel, are fixed to the lower part of the vertical profiles. __En la parte inferior de los perfiles verticales se fijan las piezas de amarre, realizadas en acero inoxidable y lacadas en color negro

The slats are supplied squared and with its longitudinal edge grooved. __Las lamas se suministran con el canto longitudinal mecanizado.

Alignment between the anchoring pieces is important, since the panels will rest on these pieces. __La alineación entre las piezas de amarre es importante, ya que los tableros se apoyarán sobre estas piezas.

* For other widths, contact the Parklex technical department. __*Para otras

anchuras, contactar con el departamento técnico de Parklex.

The correct screw choice will depend on the type of profile. For metal profiles, use screw DIN 7504N (zinc-plated). For wooden profiles, use 7505N (zinc-plated). __La elección del tornillo idóneo dependerá del tipo de rastrel. Para rastrel de metal, utilizar tornillo DIN 7504N (Zincado). Para rastrel de madera, utilizar 7505N (Zincado).

It is advisable to place a stud behind the anchoring pieces in the first row to act as a stop. __Se recomienda introducir un taco de 8mm en la parte trasera de las piezas de amarre de la primera hilera para hacer de tope.

Distance between vertical profiles __Distancias entre rastreles

A

B

C

D

The vertical substructure must be fitted in accordance with the specifications of section 3.2. Substructure (p. 26). You must start from a standard vertical substructure: __La colocación de la subestructura vertical se hará cumpliendo con las especificaciones del apartado 3.2. Subestructura (p.26). Se debe partir de una subestructura vertical estándar: A. Vertical batten __Rastrel vertical B. Clamp __Pieza de amarre C. Screw __Tornillo D. Stud __Taco de madera

34

Slat installation __Instalación de la lama

The second row of anchoring pieces is fixed to the top of the first panel, and the second row of slats fitted into them, and so on. __Se fijará la segunda hilera de piezas de amarre sobre el primer tablero, se encajará la siguiente hilera de lamas en ellas, y así sucesivamente.

Once the first row of anchoring pieces has been installed, add the first row of machined slats. The groove in the slats fits into the clamp. __Una vez colocada la primera hilera de piezas de amarre, se introduce la primera hilera de lama mecanizada, cuya ranura encaja con la pieza de amarre.

The panels are joined with the same clamp, since thanks to its surface it can support two panels, leaving the necessary joint between them. __La unión de tableros se resuelve con la misma pieza de amarre, ya que su superficie permite apoyar dos tableros y dejar la junta necesaria entre ellos.

A1

To finish off, fix the last row of slats in place using Parklex lacquered screws. See section 3.3.1. Exposed screw or rivet fixing (p. 27) for Distances between fixings, Distance from the edges, Fixed Point and Floating Point and Panel fixings. __Para terminar, la última hilera de lamas se fijará con los tornillos lacados de Parklex. Veáse apartado 3.3.1. Fijación vista con tornillo o remache (p. 27) para Distancias entre fijaciones, Distancia de los bordes, Punto fijo y punto flotante y Elementos de fijación.

B

C

A2

B

C

A1. Facade Panel 1 __Panel Facade 1 A2. Facade Panel 2 __Panel Facade 2 B. Clamp __Pieza de amarre C. Vertical batten __Rastrel vertical

Top fixations with typical Parklex screws __Fijación superior con tornillos Parklex

35

3.4. Installation details __Detalles de instalación 3.4.1 Window details __Detalles de ventana Hidden fixing with bracket hanging system __Fijación oculta con sistema de cuelgue

Exposed screw or rivet fixing __Fijación vista con tornillo o remache

A

A

D

C

B1

B1

E

G

B2

A

A

C

B1

B1

C

E

G B2

A A

C

E

B1

C

G

B1

B2

A. Facade panel __Panel Facade B1. Aluminum profile __Rastrel metálico B2. Horizontal carrier rail __Perfil guía horizontal C. Fixing bracket __Pie regulador de aplomado D. Isolation __Aislante E. Screw __Tornillo G. Panel fixing bracket __Uña de cuelgue

36

3.4.2. Corner details __Detalles de esquina Pilaster edges __Canto pilastra

Overlapping edges __Canto superpuesto

20 - 40 mm

4 mm

3 mm

20 - 40 mm

Pilaster edges with reinforced corners __Canto pilastra con รกngulo de refuerzo

Overlapping edges with reinforced corners __Canto superpuesto con รกngulo de refuerzo

20 - 40 mm

20 - 40 mm

3 mm 4 mm

Mitered corner __Esquina a inglete

Pre-curved corner __Esquina con tablero pre-curvado

20 - 40 mm 6 mm

m m

20 - 40 mm

3

R 50 mm 6 mm 20 - 40 mm

37

4. Louvre installation system __Sistema de instalaciĂłn en celosĂ­as

4.1. Static louvres __Celosía fija This system permits the installation of ≥10 mm thick Facade panel slats as static louvres, at 0º and 60º in both the horizontal and vertical directions. __Este sistema permite la instalación de lamas de tablero Facade de ≥10 mm de espesor a modo de celosía fija, a 0º y 60º en sentido tanto horizontal como vertical.

For projects with solar and energy incidence control requirements, Parklex has developed two different kinds of louvres: Static louvres and Mobile louvres. __Para proyectos con necesidades de control en la incidencia solar y energética, Parklex ha desarrollado dos sistemas diferentes de celosías: Celosía fija y Celosía móvil.

Parklex supplies the slats in 3 different widths: 86, 94 and 114 mm*, with a maximum slat length of 2440 mm. __Parklex suministra las lamas en 3 anchuras diferentes: 86, 94 y 114 mm*, con una longitud de lama máxima de 2440 mm. *For other widths, contact the Parklex technical department. __*Para otras anchuras, contactar con el departamento técnico de Parklex.

40

4.1.1. Substructure __Subestructura

4.1.2. Substructure installation __Instalación de la subestructura

The first step is to install the profiles with trim to which the louvres will be fitted. To fix these profiles to the wall, Parklex supplies brackets for absorbing irregularities in the façade. __Primero se instalan los perfiles con paso sobre los cuales se instalarán las celosías. Para la fijación de estos perfiles al muro, Parklex suministra pies reguladores de aplomado que permitirán absorber las irregularidades de la fachada.

The profiles with trim are perforated every 20 mm, making it possible to adjust the louvre design to the needs of each project. __Los perfiles con paso están perforados cada 20 mm*, permitiendo ajustar el diseño de las celosías a las necesidades de cada proyecto.

The direction of the substructure installation (vertical or horizontal) will determine the kind of louvre to be installed. Vertical profiles for horizontal louvres and horizontal profiles for vertical louvres (provided that ventilation is guaranteed). __El sentido de colocación de la subestructura (vertical u horizontal) marcará el tipo de celosía que se instalará. Perfiles verticales para celosías horizontales y perfiles horizontales para celosías verticales (siempre que se garantice la ventilación).

Once the profiles have been installed, each base piece is held in place at the desired profile level using two stainless steel self-tapping screws (one on each side). __Una vez instalados los perfiles, cada pieza base se amarra con dos tornillos autrorroscantes de acero inoxidable (uno por cada lado) al nivel deseado del perfil.

The substructure alignment is particularly important, given that any imperfection or unevenness would be transferred to the louvre. __La alineación de la subestructura es especialmente importante, ya que cualquier imperfección o desnivel se verían trasladados a la celosía.

Thickness __Espesor

Maximum distance __Distancia máxima

10 mm

1220 mm Installation of 0º Louvre base piece __Instalación pieza base Celosía 0º

There must always be at least 3 fixing points in the longitudinal direction of the slat. __Siempre tienen que haber, como mínimo, 3 puntos de fijación en el sentido longitudinal de la lama.

Installation of 60º Louvre base piece __Instalación pieza base Celosía 60º

To join the panels, larger-sized bases should be used. __Para la unión entre tableros, se utilizan bases de mayor dimensión.

41

4.1.3. Supporting clip installation __Instalación del clip soporte

Fixing the clip __Fijación del clip The clips are fixed to the rear of the panel using stainless steel milling screws (Ø6 and 9.5 mm in length). To do this, first of all drill a hole 5 mm in diameter, slightly smaller than that of the screw, so that it will cut its own thread as it is screwed in place. This hole must be deeper than the insertion length of the screw to permit accumulation of the shaving created when carving. However, a margin of at least 2 mm must be left with respect to the exposed side of the panel. __Los clips se fijan en la parte posterior del tablero mediante tornillos fresadores en acero inoxidable (Ø6 y 9,5 mm de longitud). Para ello, se debe realizar previamente un agujero de Ø5mm, ligeramente inferior al diámetro del tornillo, con el fin de que éste talle la rosca a medida que se atornilla. Este agujero deberá tener más profundidad que el largo de inserción del tornillo para permitir la acumulación de la viruta que se crea al tallar. Sin embargo, se deberán dejar como mínimo 2 mm de margen respecto a la cara vista del tablero.

Clip selection __Elección del clip Parklex supplies fixed and floating clips. All clips screwed to the rear part of the Facade slats must be floating, except for one per slat, which must be fixed. This fixed point must be as close as possible to the center of the slat. __Parklex suministra clips fijos y flotantes. Todos los clips atornillados en la parte posterior de las lamas Facade han de ser flotantes, excepto uno por lama que tiene que ser fijo. Este punto fijo deberá estar lo más cerca posible del centro de la lama.

Fixed clip __Clip fijo

Floating clip __Clip flotante

Fixed clip __Clip fijo Floating clip __Clip flotante

Distance from the edges __Distancias a los bordes ≥2 mm

The distance between the edge of the slat and the screws (screwed to the rear of the slat) must be 15 ± 2 mm. __La distancia entre el borde de la lama y los tornillos (atornillados a la parte posterior de la lama) debe ser de 15 ± 2 mm.

15 ± 2 mm

42

4.2. Mobile louvres __Celosía móvil 4.1.4. Louvre installation __Instalación de la celosía

Parklex has developed a system of mobile vertical louvres. For their installation, each case will be studied individually, adapting the size of each louvre to the project requirements. __Parklex ha desarrollado un sistema de celosías móviles verticales. Para su instalación, cada caso se estudiará de forma individualizada, adaptando el tamaño de cada celosía a los requisitos del proyecto.

Once the profiles and fastenings have been installed, simply fit the louvre onto the substructure installed. __Una vez instalados los perfiles y las fijaciones, tan sólo es necesario encajar la celosía sobre la subestructura instalada.

0º Louvre __Celosía 0º Step 1 __Paso 1

Step 2 __Paso 2

Step 3 __Paso 3

Parklex designs an aluminium frame for the development of each louvre. The pieces of Facade panel are installed on the sides, by means of an exposed or hidden installation depending on the project needs. __Parklex diseña un bastidor de aluminio para el desarrollo de cada celosía. Se instalan las piezas de panel Facade a los lados, mediante instalación vista u oculta en función de las necesidades del proyecto.

60º Louvre __ Celosía 60º Step 1 __Paso 1

Step 2 __Paso 2

Step 3 __Paso 3

For the coupling between slats, the clips at the ends of each one are fitted onto the special base for couplings, leaving a joint of ≥6 mm. __Para la unión entre lamas, se encajan los clips de los extremos de cada una sobre la base especial para uniones, dejando una junta ≥6 mm.

This frame, together with all of the accessories, is supplied in different finishes. In addition, the louvre movement can be manual or motorized (synchronized or individual). __Este bastidor, junto con todos los accesorios, se suministra en diferentes acabados.

Además, el movimiento de las celosías se puede realizar de forma manual o motorizada (sincronizada o individual).

43

5. Dropped ceiling installation system __Sistema de instalaciรณn en falsos techos

5.1. Fixing the dropped ceiling __Fijación del falso techo 5.1.1. Screw or rivet fixing __Fijación con tornillo o remache The Facade panels can be installed on dropped ceilings. __Los tableros Facade permiten su instalación en falsos techos.

To install Facade panels in dropped ceiling mode with exposed fixings, you must pay attention to the instructions described in section 3.3.1. Exposed screw or rivet fixing (p. 27). This fixing system can only be used with 8 and 10 mm panels. __Para la instalación de tableros Facade a modo de falso techo con fijación vista, es necesario tener en consideración las instrucciones descritas en el apartado 3.3.1. Fijación vista con tornillo o remache (p. 27) Este sistema de fijación se puede usar sólo con tableros de 8 y 10 mm.

For safety purposes, Parklex recommends exposed screw or rivet fixing for dropped ceiling installations. __Por motivos de seguridad, Parklex recomienda la fijación vista mediante tornillo o remache para la instalación de falsos techos. *In the event of wanting to install the dropped ceiling with a hidden fixing system, consult the Parklex technical department. __*En caso de querer instalar el falso techo con un sistema de fijación oculta, consultar al departamento técnico de Parklex.

Distance between profiles __Distancia entre rastreles The distance between profiles must be ≤600 mm. __La distancia entre rastreles tiene que ser ≤600 mm.

Thickness __Espesor

8 mm

Maximum distance __Distancia máxima 600 mm

10 mm

600 mm

There must always be at least 3 fastening points in each direction for every panel. __Siempre tienen que haber, como mínimo, 3 puntos de fijación en cada sentido por panel.

46

6. Installation system in curves __Sistema de instalaciรณn en curvas

6.1. Panel curving __Curvado de paneles The Facade panels are flat and rigid; however, they can be curved to achieve certain curvature radii. The curvature radius will depend on the thickness of the material. The thinner the material, the tighter the curves, in other words, the smaller the radius. __Los paneles Facade son paneles planos y rígidos, sin embargo, se pueden curvar hasta conseguir ciertos radios de curvatura. El radio de curvatura dependerá del espesor del material; a menor espesor, se pueden conseguir curvas más cerradas, es decir, de menor radio.

Thanks to the flexibility of wood fibers, we can adapt the Facade panels to certain curvature radii, whether they are concave or convex. __Gracias a la flexibilidad de las fibras de la madera, podemos adaptar los paneles Facade a ciertos radios de curvatura, ya sean estos cóncavos o convexos.

As seen in the table, when installing the panels on a curved structure, the distance between vertical profiles must be reduced. The distance between the fixing point to the edge must also be decreased. This distance must be between 20 and 25mm. Contact Parklex Technical Department for advice.

This table is valid only for curving in the grain direction, and for standard 2440 x 1220 mm panels. Panels may only be curved in the grain direction and only an exposed mechanical system using screws or rivets may be used for installation. __Tal y como se puede ver en la tabla, al instalar los paneles en una estructura curvada, se debe reducir la distancia entre rastreles. La distancia entre centro de fijación y el canto también se debe reducir. Esta distancia debe estar entre 20 y 25 mm. Esta tabla es válida únicamente para un panel estándar de 2440x1220 mm.

El curvado del panel se debe realizar en el sentido de la veta y el único sistema de fijación permitido es la fijación mecánica vista mediante tornillos o remaches.

Parklex offers two different solutions for projects requiring the installation of Facade as curved façade cladding; by means of standard panels if the intention is to achieve radii greater than 3 m, or by means of pre-curved panels if the intention is to achieve smaller radii. __Parklex ofrece dos soluciones distintas para proyectos que requieran instalar Facade a modo de recubrimiento de fachada curvo; mediante paneles estándar si lo que se quiere es alcanzar radios superiores a 3m, o mediante paneles pre-curvados si se quieren alcanzar radios más pequeños. *Each radius requires a specific panel thickness. In the event of wanting to use thicknesses other than those detailed below, consult the Parklex technical department. __*Cada radio requiere un espesor de tablero concreto. En caso de querer usar espesores diferentes a los que se detallan a continuación, consultar al departamento técnico de Parklex.

Curvature radius Thickness to use Radio de curvatura Espesor a utilizar 6 mm

Distance between carrier rails Distancia entre rastreles

≥ 3 m

≤ 300 mm

≥ 10 m

≤ 8 mm

≤ 400 mm

≥ 20m

≤ 10 mm

≤ 450 mm

A

B

C

A. 6mm thick: radius from 3m to 10m __Espesor 6 mm: radio 3 m a 10 m B. 8mm thick: radius from 10m to 20m __Espesor 8 mm: radio 10 m a 20 m C. 10mm thick: radius ≥ 20m __Espesor 10 mm: radio ≥ 20 m

50

6.2. Pre-curved panels __Paneles pre-curvados

6.3. Installation of pre-curved panels __Instalación de los paneles pre-curvados

Parklex has developed pre-curved Facade panels supplied curved in different radii depending on the project requirements.

The pre-curved Facade panels are supplied in a thickness of 6 mm and their dimensions vary according to the chosen grain direction. The available radii are 0.5, 1, 2 and 4 m and they can be adapted to suit specific curvatures on site at a later date. __Parklex ha desarrollado los paneles pre-curvados Facade, que se suministran curvados a diferentes radios en función de las necesidades del proyecto. Los paneles pre-curvados Facade se suministran en un espesor de 6 mm y sus dimensiones varian en función de la dirección de veta escogida. Siendo los radios disponibles de 0,5, 1, 2 y 4 m, pueden ser posteriormente adaptados en obra a requisitos de curvatura específicos.

6.3.1. Exposed screw or rivet fixing __Fijación vista con tornillo o remache

40 24

The pre-curved Facade panels can only be installed using exposed lacquered screws or rivets in the same colour as the panel. __Los tableros pre-curvados Facade se pueden instalar únicamente mediante fijación vista con tornillos o remaches lacados en el mismo tono del panel.

For their installation, you must pay attention to the instructions described in section 3.3.1. Exposed screw or rivet fixing (p.

27). __Para su instalación, es necesario tener en consideración las instrucciones descritas en el apartado 3.3.1. Fijación vista con tornillo o remache (p. 27).

mm

595 mm

10 12

mm

595 mm

51

6.4. Technical datasheet __Ficha técnica

Tests

Standard

Property or attribute

Measurement unit

Result Parklex Facade Curved Ref: FTFACADEC

1. Inspection requirements

Rev: 03 (04.2015)

Colour, pattern and surface finish

EN 438-8 Part 5.2.2.3

Due to the fact that wood is a natural product, each veneer may be considered as unique. Colour and structure differences are considered as normal. Singularities such as knots and resin inclusions are not considered as defects, but as a part of the décor. There are differences in light fastness performances depending on the wood species and the source of the wood.

2. Dimensional tolerances

40 24

mm 20 12

mm

595 mm 595 mm

Thickness: 6 mm Curvature radius: 500, 1000, 2000, 4000 mm Dimensional Tolerances: 10% 3. Physical properties Resistance to impact with large diameter ball

EN 438-2 Part 21

Maximum height for which no visible surface cracking or imprint greater than 10mm

Determination of graffiti resistance

ASTM D 6578:2000

Cleanability level

mm

≥ 1800

Permanent blue marker

4

Spray red paint

4

Wax black crayon

1

Water based black marker

2

4. Weather resistance requirements Resistance to UV light

Resistance to artificial weathering (including light fastness)

EN 438-2 Part 28 Rating according to EN 20105 – A02 EN 438-2 Part 29 Rating according to EN 20105 – A02

Contrast

Grey scale rating

≥3

Appearance

Rating

≥4

Contrast

Grey scale rating

≥3

Appearance

Rating

≥4

Wet cup method

µ

110

N

> 2000 ≥ 1,35

5. Safety requirements Water vapour permeability

EN 438-7 Part 4.4

Dry cup method Resistance to fixings

EN 438-7 Part 4.5

Screw holding value

250

Density

EN ISO 1.183

Density

g/cm3

Resistance to wet conditions

EN 438-2 Part 15

Moisture absorbed

%

≤5

Appearance

Rating

≥4

Euroclass

Classification

6. Reaction to fire Reaction to fire

EN 13.501-1

(1) CWFT: Classified Without Further Testing according to EN 438 Part 7, 4.2.3.

Screw or rivet fixing is recommended. Other fixing systems must be consulted with technical department.

52

D-s2,d0 (1)

Ensayos

Norma

Propiedad o atributo

Unidad de medida

Resultado Parklex Facade Curvado Ref: FTFACADEC

1. Inspección

Rev: 03 (04.2015)

Color, diseño y acabado de la superficie

EN 438-8 Apto.5.2.2.3

Debido al hecho de que la madera es un producto natural, cada chapa puede considerarse única. La presencia de ligeras diferencias en el color y en la estructura se considera normal. Particularidades tales como nudos e inclusiones de resinas no se consideran defectos, sino como una parte de la decoración. Dependiendo de la especie y del origen de la madera hay diferencias en el comportamiento respecto a la solidez del color a la luz.

2. Tolerancias dimensionales

40 24

mm 20 12

mm

595 mm 595 mm

Espesor: 6 mm Radio de curvatura: 500, 1.000, 2.000, 4.000 mm Tolerancias dimensionales: 10% 3. Propiedades físicas Resistencia al impacto con bola de diámetro grande

EN 438-2 Apto.21

Altura de caída sin huella superior a 10 mm

Resistencia al graffiti

ASTM D 6578:2000

Nivel de limpieza

mm

≥ 1800

Rotulador azul permanente

4

Spray rojo

4

Cera negra

1

Rotulador negro en base agua

2

4. Resistencia a la intemperie Resistencia a la luz UV

Resistencia a la intemperie artificial

EN 438-2 Apto. 28 Valoración según EN 20105 – A02 EN 438-2 Apto. 29 Valoración según EN 20105 – A02

Contraste

Clasif. en escala de grises

≥3

Aspecto

Grado

≥4

Contraste

Clasif. en escala de grises

≥3

Aspecto

Grado

≥4

Método plato húmedo

µ

110

N

> 2000 ≥ 1,35

5. Requisitos de seguridad Permeabilidad al vapor de agua

EN 438-7 Apto.4.4

Método plato seco Resistencia a las fijaciones

EN 438-7 Apto.4.5

Fuerza

250

Densidad

EN ISO 1.183

Densidad

g/cm3

Resistencia a la humedad

EN 438-2 Apto.15

Aumento de masa

%

≤5

Aspecto

Grado

≥4

Euroclase

Clasificación

6. Reacción al fuego Reacción al fuego

EN 13.501-1

(1) CWFT (Classified Without Further Testing): Clasificado Sin Ensayos Adicionales conforme EN 438-7 Apto. 4.2.3.

Se recomienda la instalación mediante tornillo o remache. Para otros sistemas de fijación, consultar con el Departamento Técnico de Parklex.

D-s2,d0 (1)

Catalogue printed in Pamplona __Catรกlogo impreso en Pamplona June 2015 __Junio 2015 Printed by __Imprime Grรกficas Ulzama Paper __Papel: Fedrigoni Arcoprint 1 E.W. 90 grs.

Parklex COMPOSITES GUREA, S.A. Zalain auzoa, 13 - 31780 Bera - Navarra - Spain Tel. +34 948 625 045 - Fax. +34 948 625 015 parklex@parklex.com - www.parklex.com

Parklex 2015

Facade technical guide __Facade guía técnica

Timber in architecture __Madera y arquitectura

Application Aplicación

Façades Fachadas

Product Producto

Surface characteristics Características superficiales

Facade

Smooth The traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple and natural richness of the veneer, with variations in tone and grain to be expected with differing species.

Liso Acabado tradicional de Parklex. Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera, así como las variaciones de tonalidad y veteado que pueden esperarse entre diferentes especies.

Smooth The traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple and natural richness of the veneer, with variations in tone and grain to be expected with differing species.

Liso Acabado tradicional de Parklex. Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera, así como las variaciones de tonalidad y veteado que pueden esperarse entre diferentes especies.

Woodskin® A surface characteristic that expresses the feel, nuances and highlights of natural wood.

Woodskin® Acabado que permite percibir con el tacto los matices y relieves de la madera natural.

Products and finishes guide __Guía de productos y acabados

Facade / Natural wood for exteriors __Madera natural para exterior / Walls and ceilings __Paredes y techos / Natural wood for internal cladding __Madera natural para revestimiento de interior / Floors __Suelos / Natural wood composite floors __Suelos de composite de madera natural / Skin / Natural wood skin for exteriors and interiors __Piel de madera natural para exterior e interior

Skin

Skin External

Skin Internal

Special finishes Acabados especiales

Ambar

Antra

Gold

Copper

Onix

Silver

These finishes are identical for Facade and Skin External; these are the only finishes that both products can offer. These are also available throughout the whole Walls and ceilings range, in Hy Tek (excluding Gold and Copper finishes) and in Skin Internal / Floor (excluding Copper), although in these cases there is a noticeable color variation from the same finish between different products.

Black

Skin Floor

Walls and ceilings Paredes y techos

Dry Internal Dry zones Zonas secas

Wet Internal Wet zones Zonas húmedas

Acoustic Special sonority Sonoridad especial

Smooth The traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple and natural richness of the veneer, with variations in tone and grain to be expected with differing species.

Liso Acabado tradicional de Parklex. Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera, así como las variaciones de tonalidad y veteado que pueden esperarse entre diferentes especies.

Woodskin® A surface characteristic that expresses the feel, nuances and highlights of natural wood.

Woodskin® Acabado que permite percibir con el tacto los matices y relieves de la madera natural.

Woodskin® A surface characteristic that expresses the feel, nuances and highlights of natural wood.

Woodskin® Acabado que permite percibir con el tacto los matices y relieves de la madera natural.

Smooth The traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple and natural richness of the veneer, with variations in tone and grain to be expected with differing species.

Liso Acabado tradicional de Parklex. Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera, así como las variaciones de tonalidad y veteado que pueden esperarse entre diferentes especies.

Woodskin® A surface characteristic that expresses the feel, nuances and highlights of natural wood.

Woodskin® Acabado que permite percibir con el tacto los matices y relieves de la madera natural.

Maple

Natural Oak Roble Natural

Products and finishes guide __Guía de productos y acabados Parklex 2014

Hy Tek

Smooth The traditional Parklex finish. Reveals the simple and natural richness of the veneer, with variations in tone and grain to be expected with differing species.

Liso Acabado tradicional de Parklex. Revela la riqueza sencilla y natural de la madera, así como las variaciones de tonalidad y veteado que pueden esperarse entre diferentes especies.

Naturtek

Woodskin® A surface characteristic that expresses the feel, nuances and highlights of natural wood.

Woodskin® Acabado que permite percibir con el tacto los matices y relieves de la madera natural.

Caramel Bamboo

Quartz

Rubi

Estos acabados son idénticos en Facade y Skin External; son los únicos acabados de los que ambos productos disponen. Asimismo, están disponibles en la gama entera de Paredes y techos, en Hy Tek (excepto los acabados Gold y Copper) y en Skin Internal / Floor (excepto Copper), aunque en estos casos se presentan variaciones notables de color de un mismo acabado entre productos distintos.

Cherry Cerezo

Eucalyptus

Museum Ash Fresno Museo

Natural Ayous

Natural Bamboo

Natural Zebrano

Reconstituted Oak Roble Reconstituido

From origin to destination, from natural wood to architectural application, we develop sustainable, innovative production aimed at changing requirements. The result of the process is a wide range of products and finishes for façades and indoor panelling.

Its outstanding features are quality materials, easy installation, resistance to moisture and to intensive use, optimal maintenance and an aesthetic appeal appreciated by architects from around the world.

Nowadays, Parklex products constitute renowned and admired solutions for all types of buildings. On their exteriors, surfaces, walls, floors and ceilings. In the Guggenheim Museum Bilbao, Liverpool Airport, the Congress Centre and Auditorium of Navarra and the Air France Lounge at Tokyo Airport. In wine cellars, hotels, swimming pools and cultural centres. In official institutions, business parks and private homes. In any building where wood is architecture.

Graphite

Un conocimiento profundo de nuestro trabajo desde su base, la madera, y un compromiso activo con los intereses y las aspiraciones de los profesionales del diseño y la construcción. Son los dos valores esenciales que apoyan una experiencia de más de 40 años y que hoy impulsan decisivamente la actividad de Parklex.

Sapelli

Natural Beech Haya Natural

Teak Teka

Walnut Nogal

Wengue

Golden Ayous

French Oak Roble Francés

Reconstituted Grey Oak __Roble Gris Reconstituido

Olivier Ash Fresno Olivier

Bordeaux Ash Fresno Burdeos

Sand Ash Fresno Arena

Carrera y Carrera Ash__Fresno Carrera y Carrera

Reconstituted Zebrano __Zebrano Reconstituido

Chequerplate Estriada

Slots Ranurado

Floors Suelos

Thorough knowledge of our work from its foundation, the wood, along with an active commitment to the interests and aspirations of design and construction professionals. These are the two core values that support over 40 years’ experience and now decidedly boost Parklex’s activity.

Finish range Acabados

Entre el origen y el destino, entre la madera natural y la aplicación arquitectónica, se desarrolla una producción sostenible, innovadora, orientada a requisitos cambiantes. El resultado del proceso es un conjunto muy amplio de productos y acabados para revestir fachadas e interiores. Sus rasgos destacados son la calidad material, una fácil instalación, resistencia a la humedad y al uso intensivo, un mantenimiento óptimo y un sentido estético apreciado por arquitectos de todo el mundo.

Hoy los productos Parklex conforman soluciones reconocibles y admiradas en todo tipo de edificios. En su exterior, sobre sus superficies, en sus paredes, suelos y techos. En el Museo Guggenheim de Bilbao y en el aeropuerto de Liverpool, en el Palacio de Congresos de Navarra y en la Sala Vip de Air France en el aeropuerto de Tokyo. En bodegas y hoteles, en piscinas y centros culturales. En sedes de instituciones, en complejos de oficinas y en viviendas particulares. En cualquier edificación donde la madera sea arquitectura.

Perforated Perforado

Naturtek only displays these finishes, which are manufactured exclusively for this product.

Naturtek sólo dispone de éstos acabados, que se fabrican únicamente para este producto.

ER-0370/2003

Panels manufactured from joined timber veneers.

Tableros formados por chapas de madera juntada.

GA-2011/0535

&DQDGD ,QF

BREATHABLE MEMBRANES For Sloped Roofs & Rain Screen Wall Systems

$LU2XWVKLHOG 522)

$LU2XWVKLHOG :$//

$LU2XWVKLHOG 89

7KH 1HHG 7KH PRVW VLJQLÃ&#x20AC;FDQW IDFWRU LQ EXLOGLQJ GXUDELOLW\ LV WKH FRQWURO RI PRLVWXUH DFFXPXODWLRQ LQ WKH ZDOO DQG URRI DVVHPEO\ (DFK \HDU WKH 1RUWK $PHULFDQ EXLOGLQJ LQGXVWU\ VSHQGV ELOOLRQV RI GROODUV LQ OLWLJDWLRQ DQG UHSDLU UHODWHG WR PRLVWXUH LQWUXVLRQ LQ EXLOGLQJV 0RLVWXUH LQWUXVLRQ FDQ UHVXOW LQ UHGXFHG LQVXODWLRQ SHUIRUPDQFH LQWHULRU GHWHULRUDWLRQ PRXOG DQG VWUXFWXUDO GDPDJH

)XQFWLRQ 653 EUHDWKDEOH PHPEUDQHV DUH PXOWL OD\HU VSXQ ERQGHG PDWHULDOV WKDW FRQWURO PRLVWXUH LQWUXVLRQ DQG DFFXPXODWLRQ LQ WKH DVVHPEO\ E\ NHHSLQJ H[WHUQDO ZDWHU RXW ZKLOH DOORZLQJ ZDWHU YDSRXU WR HVFDSH

0LFURVFRSLF FURVV VHFWLRQ VKRZLQJ GLVWLQFW OD\HUV

:K\ FKRRVH 653 0HPEUDQHV" Â&#x2021; 6XSHULRU 0RLVWXUH 9DSRXU 7UDQVPLVVLRQ 5DWH 0975

:LWK D 0975 RI WR QJ 3D V Pò RU WR SHUPV

653 PHPEUDQHV HQDEOH VXEVWUDWHV DQG DVVHPEOLHV WR GU\ VLJQLÃ&#x20AC;FDQWO\ IDVWHU WKDQ ORZHU SHUP ´EUHDWKHUµ PHPEUDQHV DQG UHGXFH SRWHQWLDO IRU GHWHULRUDWLRQ DQG PRXOG

Â&#x2021; :DWHU 5HVLVWDQFH :DWHU WKDW SHQHWUDWHV WKH SULPDU\ FODGGLQJ RU

URRÃ&#x20AC;QJ FRQWDFWV WKH 653 PHPEUDQH DQG LV GLUHFWHG DZD\ IURP WKH DVVHPEO\

Â&#x2021; $LU %DUULHU 653 &DQDGD $LU2XWVKLHOG PHPEUDQHV FRPSO\ ZLWK WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI WKH 1DWLRQDO %XLOGLQJ &RGH RI &DQDGD 1%&&

UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU ´$LU %DUULHU 0DWHULDOV µ 6HH LQVWDOODWLRQ JXLGH IRU GHWDLOV Â&#x2021; 'XUDEOH 7HDU DQG SXQFWXUH UHVLVWDQFH UHGXFHV UHSDLUV DQG ODERXU FRVWV ZKHQ H[SRVHG WR ZLQG RU IRRW WUDIÃ&#x20AC;F

Â&#x2021; 6HOI &LQFKLQJ 6HDOV DURXQG IDVWHQHUV PLQLPL]LQJ WKH QHHG IRU VHDODQWV Â&#x2021; +LJK 7HPSHUDWXUH 5HVLVWDQFH 3RO\SURS\OHQH 33 FRPSRVLWLRQ SURYLGHV VXSHULRU UHVLVWDQFH WR KLJK WHPSHUDWXUHV Â&#x2021; 89 5HVLVWDQW 653 PHPEUDQHV FDQ EH OHIW LQ SODFH DQG H[SRVHG WR 89 ORQJHU WKDQ RWKHU PHPEUDQHV DQG DUH DYDLODEOH LQ D YHUVLRQ ZLWK ORQJ WHUP 89 UHVLVWDQFH IRU RSHQ MRLQWHG V\VWHPV Â&#x2021; /LJKWZHLJKW 653 SURGXFWV DUH VXEVWDQWLDOO\ OLJKWHU DQG HDVLHU WR KDQGOH WKDQ DVSKDOW EDVHG PHPEUDQHV Â&#x2021; 6OLS 5HVLVWDQW 7KH WH[WXUHG Ã&#x20AC;QLVK RQ RXU URRÃ&#x20AC;QJ SURGXFWV LV PRUH VOLS UHVLVWDQW WKDQ RWKHU PHPEUDQHV

653 PHPEUDQHV UHVLVW ZDWHU DQG DOORZ PRLVWXUH ODGHQ DLU WR SDVV

Â&#x2021; 9HUVDWLOH 653 EUHDWKDEOH PHPEUDQHV FDQ EH LQVWDOOHG EHKLQG DOO W\SHV RI ZDOO FODGGLQJ V\VWHPV DQG VORSHG URRIV Â&#x2021; 6\VWHPV $SSURDFK 653 PHPEUDQHV DUH SDUW RI D FRPSOHWH V\VWHP LQFOXGLQJ FRPSDWLEOH WDSHV DQG DFFHVVRULHV

653 $LU2XWVKLHOG :$// $ VHFRQGDU\ GUDLQDJH SODQH DQG DLU EDUULHU EHKLQG UDLQVFUHHQ ZDOO FODGGLQJ V\VWHPV EULFN VLGLQJ ZRRG Ã&#x20AC;EUH FHPHQW PHWDO VKLQJOHV PHWDO FRSSHU ]LQF FHGDU

,QVWDOOHG LQ RSHQ MRLQW FODGGLQJ V\VWHPV LQFOXGLQJ (WHUQLW 6XSHUSDQHO 7UHVSD 0HWHRQ 3URGHPD

653 $LU2XWVKLHOG 522) $ VHFRQGDU\ GUDLQDJH SODQH DQG DLU EDUULHU XQGHU URRÃ&#x20AC;QJ V\VWHPV LQFOXGLQJ PHWDO FRSSHU ]LQF VODWH FHGDU FOD\ WLOH DQG RWKHU V\VWHPV WKDW UHTXLUH DQ XQGHUOD\PHQW

653 $LU2XWVKLHOG 89 7KLV ZHDWKHU UHVLVWDQW EDUULHU SURYLGHV D KLJK OHYHO RI EUHDWKDELOLW\ DQG ORQJ WHUP 89 UHVLVWDQFH ,W LV GHVLJQHG VSHFLÃ&#x20AC;FDOO\ IRU XVH ZLWK RSHQ MRLQWHG UDLQ VFUHHQ FODGGLQJ V\VWHPV LQFOXGLQJ VORWWHG ZRRG VLGLQJ SDQHO V\VWHPV DQG RWKHU ´RSHQ MRLQWµ V\VWHPV ZKHUH UHVLVWDQFH WR 89 H[SRVXUH LV QHHGHG

6(/(&7,21 &+$57 653 $LU2XWVKLHOG 522)

653 $LU2XWVKLHOG :$//

653 $LU2XWVKLHOG 89

3URGXFW )XQFWLRQ

6ORSHG 5RRÃ&#x20AC;QJ :DOOV 'UDLQDJH 3ODQH $LU %DUULHU 89 5HVLVWDQW )RU /RQJ 7HUP &RORXU 5ROO 6L]H

%ODFN

2UDQJH

%ODFN

P [ P LQ [ IW

P [ P LQ [ IW

P [ P LQ [ IW

6/23(' 522) $33/,&$7,216

Â&#x2021; 6WHHO =LQF RU &RSSHU 5RRÃ&#x20AC;QJ Â&#x2021; 9HQWLODWLRQ 0DW 2SWLRQDO

Â&#x2021; 653 $LU2XWVKLHOG 522) Â&#x2021; ,QVXODWLRQ Â&#x2021; 9DSRXU %DUULHU Â&#x2021; 0HWDO RU 3O\ZRRG 'HFN

Â&#x2021; 6ODWH 5RRI Â&#x2021; 9HQWLODWLRQ 0DW 2SWLRQDO

Â&#x2021; 653 $LU2XWVKLHOG 522) Â&#x2021; 6KHDWKLQJ Â&#x2021; ,QVXODWLRQ Â&#x2021; 9DSRXU %DUULHU

Â&#x2021; &OD\ RU &RQFUHWH 7LOH Â&#x2021; 9HQWLODWLRQ 0DW 2SWLRQDO

Â&#x2021; 653 $LU2XWVKLHOG 522) Â&#x2021; 6KHDWKLQJ Â&#x2021; ,QVXODWLRQ Â&#x2021; 9DSRXU %DUULHU

Â&#x2021; &HGDU 5RRÃ&#x20AC;QJ Â&#x2021; 9HQWLODWLRQ 0DW Â&#x2021; 653 $LU2XWVKLHOG 522) Â&#x2021; 6KHDWKLQJ Â&#x2021; ,QVXODWLRQ Â&#x2021; 9DSRXU %DUULHU

:$// $33/,&$7,216

Â&#x2021; 6LGLQJ &HPHQW %RDUG 9LQ\O $OXPLQXP :RRG &RPSRVLWH Â&#x2021; 9HQWLODWLRQ 0DW 2SWLRQDO

Â&#x2021; 653 $LU2XWVKLHOG :$// Â&#x2021; ([WHULRU 6KHDWKLQJ DQG RU ,QVXODWLRQ Â&#x2021; 9DSRXU %DUULHU

Â&#x2021; 0HWDO &ODGGLQJ =LQF $&0 $OXPLQXP &RPSRVLWH 0DWHULDO

&RSSHU 6WHHO Â&#x2021; 9HQWLODWLRQ 0DW 2SWLRQDO

Â&#x2021; 653 $LU2XWVKLHOG :$// Â&#x2021; ([WHULRU 6KHDWKLQJ DQG RU ,QVXODWLRQ Â&#x2021; 9DSRXU %DUULHU

Â&#x2021; 0DVRQU\ %ULFN 6WRQH RU 0DVRQU\ 9HQHHU Â&#x2021; 9HQWLODWLRQ 0DW RU $LU 6SDFH Â&#x2021; 653 $LU2XWVKLHOG :$// Â&#x2021; ([WHULRU 6KHDWKLQJ DQG RU ,QVXODWLRQ Â&#x2021; 9DSRXU %DUULHU

Â&#x2021; 2SHQ -RLQWHG 9HQWLODWHG 5DLQ 6FUHHQ FODGGLQJ 6\VWHPV Â&#x2021; &HPHQW %RDUG +3/ 3DQHOV :RRG 6ODWV DQG RWKHU 2SHQ -RLQWHG 6\VWHPV Â&#x2021; 9HQWLODWLRQ 0DW RU $LU 6SDFH Â&#x2021; 653 $LU2XWVKLHOG 89 %ODFN

Â&#x2021; ([WHULRU 6KHDWKLQJ DQG RU ,QVXODWLRQ Â&#x2021; 9DSRXU %DUULHU

$&&(6625,(6

653 89 6HDPVHDO 7DSH 89 5(6,67$17

5ROO 6L]H PP [ P µ [ ·

&RORXU %ODFN

653 89 6HDPVHDO WDSH 89 5HVLVWDQW 6SOLW /LQHU

5ROO 6L]H PP [ P µ [ ·

&RORXU %ODFN

653 ' 6 7$3(

5ROO 6L]H PP [ P µ [ ·

&RORXU *UD\

'28%/( 6,'(' 7$3(

:R R G ) U D P H

& RQ

VWU XF WL R

Q

Z

6ORSHG 0HWDO 5RRÀQJ

2SH Q RLQ W 5 D

WHP HO 6\V Q D Q 3 H H U VF LQ

LW K

%

ULF

N 9 HQH H

U & OD G GL Q J

&RSSHU 5RRÀQJ

&HGDU 6KLQJOHV ZLWK 9HQWLODWLRQ 0DW

5(6285&(6

7KH IROORZLQJ LWHPV FDQ EH VRXUFHG IURP RXU ZHEVLWH

ZZZ VUSFDQDGD FD 7HFKQLFDO 'DWD 6KHHWV ,QVWDOODWLRQ *XLGHV *XLGH 6SHFLÀFDWLRQV 'HWDLO 'UDZLQJV

The Wave, Denmark, Henning Larsen Architects

cladding clay tiles TonalityÂŽ

1

Natural clay sets the tone Tonality tiles Natural fired clay tiles, made from the finest Westerwald clay will give your commercial, public and even residential building a natural terracotta cladding look!

With an easy and user friendly installation, different joint options and a wide variety of surfaces and colours, Tonality clay tiles will be an inspiration for everybody!

Easy installation, lift and lock solution We offer a comprehensive terracotta rainscreen system featuring lift and lock technology with aluminum vertical profiles, horizontal sub-grits, wall brackets and trim pieces.

It is a genius single-skin cladding solution, proven to be stronger than the most traditional systems.

Maggieâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Cancer Caring Centers, United Kingdom â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Architect Piers Gough

2

Barham Park, United Kingdom â&#x20AC;&#x201C; PRP Architects

Fine surface

Solid

Long lasting

3

Contents Product Overview

Preface Ventilated Façade Advantages Colour Chart TONALITY® Adaptive Fixing System Sun Protection Product Overview TONALITY® Classic TONALITY® Baguettes, Lamelle Tiles & Square-shaped Quadrats

5 6 10 12 15 17 19 21 23

System Construction & Standard Details

TONALITY® System Sub-Construction Adaptive 25 System on Metal Sub-Construction ® TONALITY System Sub-Construction Adaptive System on Wooden Sub-Construction 31 ® ® 32 TONALITY Adaptive System T-Line ® ® 34 TONALITY Adaptive System Siding

Planning Basics & Installation

General & Technical Information on TONALITY® Cladding Tiles Round Walls with Standard Cladding Tiles Special Designs

36 41 42

References

Engineered Assemblies brilliant buildings

43

Technical status 02/2014 All notes, technical and graphic information correspond to the current state of the art and to our experience based on this. The installers described are examples and do not take into consideration the conditions specific to individual cases.

The information given and the suitability of the materials for their proposed use must be checked by the purchaser in all cases. We (companies of Etex group) accept no liability. This also applies in respect to misprints and subsequent change of a technical nature.

4

Preface CLAY TILE FACADE TONALITY® The clay tile facade TONALITY® extends The following pages are intended to evoke design ideas, and as a practical guide to the product range for suspended back construction and realization. Whether it is vented facades with an appealing natural an office complex, a commercial building or material. TONALITY® cladding tiles have school – the illustrated buildings will convince represented highest quality, frost resistance you with regard to their aesthetic appeal and durability for decades now. The and their economic efficiency. A nd e ven i n range comprises through colored burntbuilding renovations, the suspended clay tiles with natural surface texture, facade of TONALITY® cladding tiles with matt and glossy back-vented surface finish and durable graffiti cladding tiles proves to be a reliable system protection, as well as color-glazed tiles with favorable building characteristics. in a large variety of colors. The sun and privacy protection elements “Lamelle” and “Baguette” are completed by the new square-shaped tile “Quadrat”.

Components of the Classic range are also available with smooth, pilaster strip and grooved surfaces. The compatibility of the system consisting of the TONALITY® cladding tile and of the system sub construction allows for fast, time-saving installation.

Our qualified facade experts stand ready to give you custom and project-related advice either by phone or on location. We are pleased to assure you of our strong support during the course of all building stages, particularly pertaining to detail planning, invitations of tenders or economical optimization. Take advantage of our knowledge and expertise of future-oriented facade systems. We are open to your ideas.

All cladding tiles of the TONALITY® range are non-combustible (Fire resistance acc. to Building Material Class A1). With formats from 150 x 300 mm up to 400 x 1,600 mm, the range opens up broad possibilities of design and material combinations with fiber cement panels of large format.

5

Ventilated facade Originated in Scandinavia centuries ago, the ventilated facade (rainscreen) technique is now very prominent in areas with demanding climatic conditions.

In the terracotta rainscreen system, the outer tile deflects rain and sun heat away from the building. The ventilation space allows air to freely circulate behind the tile, creating a well ventilated and comfortable inner building.

Versatility The ventilated facade construction principle combines the scalability of curtain wall construction with the creative versatility and adaptability offered by traditional building techniques.

Less is more A ventilated facade system has minimal thickness and weight, yet it offers maximum performance.

Healthy The ventilated facade construction principle avoids cold bridges, eliminating condensation and mould growth.

6

Outer layer

Ventilation space

Fixing system

Terracotta rainscreen 7

TonalityÂŽ

8

9

Advantages Creative Available in an endless range of colours and sizes Possibility to play with tile formats from 150x300mm up to 600x2000mm Produced in different surfaces: smooth, grooved, pilaster strip & waved version Economical One layer means less weight & less use of substructure High wind pressure resistance due to rear strengthening hanging system The time saving “lift & lock” system ensures a fast and precise installation Maintenance free Fine & smooth surface which ensures no contamination Permanent “Graffiti Protection” is included in all finishes except for natural Brick Red finish Ecological Environmental Product Declaration Environmental Managing System DIN EN ISO 14000

Fortinos, Stoney Creek ON – Turner Fleischer Architects

10

Kinderhaus Pertinsel, Austria â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Architect Lothar Huber

St. George Island, United Kingdom

Design possibilities

11

Colour Chart Tonality速 Available surface options |

GRAFFITI PROTECTION

smooth

Tonality速 Siena

70100 Anthracite

Available surface options |

70102 Red

smooth

70103 Beige

grooved

70101 White

one pilaster stripe

Tonality速 Natur

70017 Toscana

70002 Beige

70024 Cream light

70015 Pearl grey

70010 Flint grey

70021 Umbra grey

*70019 Brick red (natural)

70020 Brick red (finished surface)

70006 Dark red

70011 Copper red

70009 Bright red

70016 Sand

70004 Cream

70018 White matt

70022 White glossy

70007 Eggshell

70013 Light grey

70008 Bright grey

70014 Middle grey

70005 Dark grey

70001 Anthracite

70025 Black matt

70023 Black glossy

Tonality速 Nuance

Please note that actual colours may slightly vary in appearance from those shown on the colour chart. *Graffiti Protection is offered on all colours except Tonality Brick Red (Natural)

12

Colour Chart Tonality® Available surface options |

smooth

grooved

GRAFFITI PROTECTION

one pilaster stripe

Tonality® Noblesse Color

70355 – BL1

70356 – BL2

70357 – BL3

70358 – BL4

70380 – GR1

70381 – GR2

70382 – GR3

70383 – GR4

70370 – TU1

70371 – TU2

70372 – TU3

70390 – VI1

70391 – VI2

70392 – VI3

70365 – GE1

70366 – GE2

70375 – OK1

70376 – OK2

70350 – CR1

70351 – CR2

70360 – OR1

70361 – OR2

70385 – RO1

70386 – RO2

70340 – BR1

70341 – BR2

70352 – CR3

Please note that actual colours may slightly vary in appearance from those shown on the colour chart. * Graffiti Protection is offered on all colours.

13

Cladding tile tonality® TONALITY®

cladding

tiles

have

represented highest quality, frost resistance and durability for decades now.

The unique variety of colors with select surfaces, the outstandingly attractive joint design, and the consumer oriented installation constitute the distinguishing features of the high

TONALITY® Classic Natural

TONALITY® Color

TONALITY® Classic Finished Surface

TONALITY® Color Natural Red FR3

TONALITY® Classic Special Series

TONALITY® Sun Protection

quality cladding tiles TONALITY®.

The

suspended

back

vented

façade of TONALITY cladding tiles ®

proved to be a reliable system with desirable building characteristics for new building projects as well as for renovations of existing buildings.

All notes and information, technical and graphic instructions, correspond to the current codes and standards of technology, as well as to our experiences based on this technology. The described applications represent examples and do not take into consideration custom designs and circumstances of individual cases. The information and the suitability of the material for the intended purposes must be examined with regard to the respective building project at any rate. Liability is excluded. This shall also apply to misprints and later changes of technical data.

14

Tonality® ADS Fixing System Applications The Tonality Adaptive System (ADS) can be fastened on a horizontal or vertical primary substructure. This system is the preferred option for large surfaces and complex facades.

The primary substructure is subject to structural analysis suited to the respective building project and does not constitute a component of the Tonality® system range.

Open joint profile

1 Tonality® Cladding tile 2 Tonality® Adaptive vertical profile aluminium 3 Tonality® Adaptive joint profile aluminium 4 Tonality® Protection against dismantling 5 Primary substructure aluminium L -profile 6 Primary substructure aluminium wall fastening

Closed joint profile

15

16

TonalityÂŽ Sun Protection Tonality sun protection systems are an enchanting accent to any building facade.

Essentially, the addition of long linear elements to the building surface is a clever way to achieve artistic shading and to create depth.

More importantly, they also provide an effective means of protection from the intense ultraviolet rays of the sun. In summer months, heat gain through an unprotected glass can drive energy costs.

Sunscreens can not only combat this phenomenon but, enhance the aesthetic appeal of the exterior elevation.

The Tonality sun protections are offered in three distinct shapes: lamella, baguette and squares.

Each design creates a unique look and is offered in a variety of natural colours.

Lamella Tile Tile height : 260 mm / 150 mm Tile

Baguette Tile Tile height : 150 mm

Square-shaped Quadrat Tile height : 40 mm / 50 mm / 70 mm

17

PRODUCT OVERVIEW

MaRS, Toronto ON â&#x20AC;&#x201C; B+H Architects

18

Product Overview ECONOMICAL ADVANTAGES • Short construction periods as a result of a high degree of prefabrication • Installation carried out irrespective of weather conditions • Scaffolding required to be in place only for short periods • Simple compensation of the building tolerances possible • Time-saving installation resulting from standardized fastening systems • Simple exchange of individual tiles • Durable material POSSIBILITIES OF DESIGN • Individual planning as a result of tile formats from 150 x 300 mm up to 400 x 1,600 mm • Individual planning as a result of color variety and wide product range • Color and material combinations are possible • Colored accentuation of the joint is possible • Surfaces: smooth, grooved, pilaster strip • Custom tiles are available ECOLOGICAL ADVANTAGES • High-quality reuse • Environmental Managing System DIN EN ISO 14000 • Dismantling with sorted separation of materials possible • Material recycling in the course of the production process ADAPTIVE SYSTEM (ADS) 1 TONALITY® Cladding tile 2 TONALITY® Adaptive vertical profile aluminum 3 TONALITY® Adaptive joint profile aluminum 4 TONALITY® Protection against dismantling 5 Primary sub-construction aluminum T-profile 6 Primary sub-construction aluminum wall fastening

Closed joint profile, joint 8 mm

Open joint profile, joint 8 mm

Closed, “not visible” joint profile joint 2 mm

End profile for border, no dismantling protection

The primary sub-construction is subject to structural analysis suited to the respective building project and does not constitute a component of the TONALITY® system range.

Details: page 25

19

TONALITY® CLASSIC SERIES

The Data Centre, Toronto ON – WZMH & Urbacon

20

Product Overview TONALITY® CLASSIC NATURAL AND CLASSIC FINISHED SURFACE WITH GRAFFITI PROTECTION* Material: high-quality kinds of clay, burnt at over 1,200°C, Keralis procedure *Graffiti protection not available on all colours Colors: page 10 & 11 Classification of fire resistance: A1 (DIN EN 13501-1) Application: Suspended back-vented façade for all kinds of buildings and building heights, as well as for interior design.

Fastening: system-specific for the Adaptive System (ADS) The TONALITY® Classic Finished Surface range includes a lasting graffiti protection. The protection is effective as of the first day, i.e. already in the building phase. The freshening up or renewal of the protection required for conventional systems is not necessary here.

DELIVERY RANGE TONALITY® Max. module size (mm)

Module height (mm)

Tile height (mm)

Tolerance (mm)

Module width (mm)

150 x 900

150

158

± 2.0

900

± 1.0

175 x 900

175

183

± 2.0

900

± 1.0

200 x 1,600

200

208

± 2.0

1,600

225 x 1,600

225

233

± 2.0

1,600

250 x 1,600

250

258

± 2.0

1,600

300 x 1,600

300

308

± 2.0

1,600

± 1.0

400 x 1,600

400

408

± 2.0

1,600

± 1.0

SURFACE Execution smooth

Execution pilaster strip

Tile width (mm)

Module width – joint width

Tolerance (mm)

± 1.0 ± 1.0 ± 1.0

Execution grooved

21

TONALITY® LAMELLE TILES

Kreiskrankenhaus in Buchen, Germany (foto Dietmar Strau SS, Besigheim )

22

Product Overview TONALITY® BAGUETTE AND LAMELLE TILES, SQUARE-SHAPED QUADRAT Material: high-quality kinds of clay, burnt at 1,200°C, Keralis procedure Surface: natural, without coating Colors: brick red (natural) Application: Privacy and sun protection Fastening: Due to the extremely different requirements, the fastening must be designed specifically

DELIVERY RANGE LAMELLE Lamelle Trimmed size (mm) d x b

Tile height (mm)

Lamelle 1: 60 x 450

260

Lamelle 2: 50 x 450

150

Lamelle 1

Lamelle 2 2 (special color)

DELIVERY RANGE BAGUETTE Baguette Trimmed size (mm) d x b

Tile height (mm)

Baguette 65 x 450

150

DELIVERY RANGE SQUARE-SHAPED QUADRAT Quadrat Trimmed size (mm) d x b

Tile height (mm)

Quadrat 1: 40 x 450

40

Quadrat 2: 50 x 450

50

Quadrat 3: 70 x 450

70

23

TONALITY® CLASSIC SERIES

Fortinos, Stoney Creek ON – Turner Fleischer Architects

24

SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS TONALITY® SYSTEM SUB-CONSTRUCTION ADAPTIVE SYSTEM ON METAL SUB-CONSTRUCTION The TONALITY® Adaptive System (ADS) can be fastened on a horizontal or vertical primary sub-construction. The vertical profiles of the TONALITY® Adaptive System can take joint profiles with closed, fine or open end profiles without joint. Miter cut corners require the use of the external corner profiles available for the left and right side, in the 3 system depths of 46, 56 and 66 mm. In the event of open corners with profiles and a system depth of 56 and 66 mm, the installation requires the use of the TONALITY® external corner profile of 30 x 30 mm. The TONALITY® supporting profile prevents the generation of noise in the agraffe retainers. Reveal/lintel profiles are available for the fastening in the area of windows and doors. Bias-cut tiles are fixed using TONALITY® gable clamps with special glue.

Choice of profile

Tile height (mm)

Profile length (mm)

150

2,694

175

2,794

200

2,794

225

2,694

250

2,744

300

2,694

400

2,794

The agraffe retainers produce different profiles and profile lengths of the sub-construction as a result of the respective tile height

DELIVERY RANGE Illustration

Description

Color / Material

TONALITY® Adaptive Vertical Profile 46 35 x 60 x 35 mm for system depth 46 mm

Description

Color / Material

Semimachined Aluminum

Semimachined Aluminum

TONALITY® Adaptive Vertical Profile 56 45 x 60 x 45 mm for system depth 56 mm

TONALITY® Vertical profile external corner 46, 74 / 35 mm, usable on both sides for system depth 46 mm

Semimachined Aluminum

Semimachined Aluminum

TONALITY® Adaptive Vertical Profile 66 55 x 60 x 55 mm for system depth 66 mm

TONALITY® Vertical profile external corner 56, 74 / 35 mm, usable on both sides for system depth 56 mm

Semimachined Aluminium

Semimachined Aluminium

TONALITY Joint profile closed (8 mm) 56 x 23 mm for all system depths

RAL 7021 (blackgray) Aluminium

TONALITY® Vertical profile external corner 66, 74 / 45 mm, usable on both sides for system depth 66 mm

TONALITY® Joint profile closed (8 mm) 56 x 30 mm, flush for all system depths

RAL 7021 (blackgray) Aluminium

TONALITY® End profile for border 56 x 5 mm for all system depths

RAL 7021 (blackgray) Aluminium

TONALITY® Supporting profile 60 mm For all system depths and modules

TONALITY® Joint profile open 56 x 31mm for all system depths

RAL 7021 (blackgray) Aluminium

RAL 7021 (blackgray) Aluminium

TONALITY® Joint profile “Fine Joint” (2 mm) 56 x 23 mm for all system depths

RAL 7021 (blackgray) Aluminium

TONALITY® External corner profile 30 x 30 mm, For all modules with system depth 56 / 66 mm

RAL 7021 (blackgray) Aluminium

TONALITY® Gable clamps For all system depths and modules

TONALITY® Joint profile “Fine Joint” (2 mm) 56 x 30 mm, flush for all system depths

RAL 7021 (blackgray) Aluminium

RAL 7021 (blackgray) Aluminium

TONALITY® Reveal/lintel profile narrow, profile width 40 mm for all system depths

Glue for gable clamps Consumption: 1 cartridge for 30 clamps

RAL 7021 (blackgray) Aluminium

Semimachined Aluminium

Sealing gasket profile for wind barrier 27 x 64 mm

Semimachined Aluminium

TONALITY Reveal/lintel profile wide, profile width 100 mm for all system depths

Semimachined Aluminium

Joint profile (wind barrier) 8 / 17 mm

Semimachined Aluminium

®

®

Illustration

Aluminium quality EN AW 5754 according to DIN EN 755-2

25

SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS ADAPTIVE SYSTEM ON HORIZONTAL SUB-CONSTRUCTION Adaptive system (ADS)

1 TONALITY® Cladding tile 2 TONALITY® Adaptive vertical profile aluminum 3 TONALITY® Adaptive joint profile aluminum 4 TONALITY® Protection against dismantling 5 Primary sub-construction aluminum L-profile 6 Primary sub-construction aluminum wall fastening The primary sub-construction is subject to structural analysis suited to the respective building project and does not constitute a component of the TONALITY® system range.

ADAPTIVE SYSTEM ON VERTICAL SUB-CONSTRUCTION Adaptive system (ADS)

1 TONALITY® Cladding tile 2 TONALITY® Adaptive vertical profile aluminum 3 TONALITY® Adaptive joint profile aluminum 4 TONALITY® Protection against dismantling 5 Primary sub-construction aluminum T-profile 6 Primary sub-construction aluminum wall fastening The primary sub-construction is subject to structural analysis suited to the respective building project and does not constitute a component of the TONALITY® system range.

Primary sub-construction

Distances, kinds of brackets and plugs, as well as rivets resp. drilling screws are subject to structural calculation for the respective building project!

TONALITY® Adaptive System

26

18 Cladding tile tonality SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009

18

04.08.2009

Cladding tile tonality®

8:01 Uhr

04.08.2009 ®

8:01 Uhr

Seite 18

Seite 18

Tonal

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonali

CALCULATION VALUES SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

SYSTEM CONSTR UCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

Profile depth/ 17 mm / 46 mm 27 mm / 56 mm 37 mm / 66 mm Calculation values system depth SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS Profile depth/system depth 17 mm / 46 mm 37 mm / 66 mm Cross-sectional 1.72 cm2 2.12DETAILS cm2 27 mm / 56 mm2.52 cm2 SYSTEM CONSTR UCTION AND STANDARD Cross-sectional area 1.72 cm 2.12 cm 2.52 cm area 2

Moment of inertia Calculation values Profile depth/system depth

2

of inertia lly 0.28 cm cm4 l y = 1.22 ly cm = 3.13 lcm4 3.13 cm ly = Moment 0.28 cm4 1.22 y == y = l z ==7.97 cm cm4 l z = 11.34lz cm= 14.71l zcm4 = 14.71 cm lz = 7.97 cm4 lz 11.34 17 mm / 46 mm 27 mm / 56 mm 37 mm / 66 mm Moment of resistance

4

4

4

4

4

4

W yo = 0.66 cm

W yo = 1.26 cm

W yo = 0.24 cm

3

3

1.72 cm cm W yu = 1.90 Wyo Wyo = 0.24 cm3 2.12 cm Wyo = 0.66 cm3 W yu = 0.86 cm 2.52 cm = 1.26 W yucm3 = 3.08 cm W yz = 2.66 cm cm3 W yz = 3.78 cm = 3.08 W yzcm3 = 4.90 cm Wyu = 0.86 cm3 Wyu = 1.90 Wyu l y = 0.28 cm l y = 1.22 cm l y = 3.13 cm Wyz = 2.66 cm3 Wyz = 3.78 cm3 Wyz = 4.90 cm3

Cross-sectional area Moment of

2

resistance

2

3

2

3

Moment of inertia

4

l z = 7.97 cm

Moment of resistance

4

l z = 11.34 cm

4

W yo = 0.24 cm 3 W yu = 0.86 cm 3 W yz = 2.66 cm 3

l z = 14.71 cm

W yo = 0.66 cm 3 W yu = 1.90 cm 3 W yz = 3.78 cm 3

3

3

3

3

4

W yo = 1.26 cm 3 W yu = 3.08 cm 3 W yz = 4.90 cm 3

Detail External Corner

3

4

4

SYSTEM CONSTR UC

2

E-module = 70,000 N/mm2, acc. to DIN 4113-1

E-module = 70,000 N/mm2, acc. to DIN 4113-1

Detail Roof Parapet Edge, Detail Base Joint - Adaptive System Adaptive E-module = 70,000 N/mm2, acc. to DIN 4113-1System (ADS)

Vertical section roof parapet DETAIL ROOF PARAPET EDGE, DETAIL BASE JOINT - ADAPTIVE SYSTEM Requirements acc. to pitched roof regulations

Detail Roof Parapet Edge, Detail Base Joint - Adaptive System H1

H2 T

H1

H 1 The external vertical side of coverings or edge profiles should overlap the upper Adaptive System (ADS)H 2 A edge of the plaster or claddings.

Vertical section roof parapet Building height: Requirements acc. to pitched roof regulations up to 8 m: min. 50 mm overor8 up to 20 m: min. 80 mm H 1 The external vertical side of coverings min. 100 mm edge profiles should overlap the over upper20 m:

edge of the plaster or (ADS) claddings.

Adaptive System

Detail External Corner

H 2 The height of roof edge borders should be

Building height: Vertical section roof parapet up to 8 m: min. 50 mm approx. 100 mm with roof pitches of up to 5° 50 mmregulations with roof pitches > 5° Requirements acc. to over 8 up to 20 m: min. 80 pitched mm approx.roof above the covering surface resp. gravel layer.

H1 Roofbeedge borders must have an inclinaH 2 The height of roof edge borders should towards the roof side. approx. 100 mm with roof pitches of uption to 5° approx. 50 mm with roof pitches >T 5°The projection of coverings or edge profiles must maintain a drip edge of at least above the covering surface resp. gravel 20 mm distance from the building compolayer. nents to be protected.

Roof edge borders must have an inclinaover 20 m:

T

Profile depth System depth

T

min. 100 mm

The external vertical side of coverings or edge profiles should overlap the upper edge of the plaster or claddings.

Building height: up to 8 m: min. 50 mm tion towards the roof side. over 8 up to 20 m: min.

The projection of coverings or edge pro- 80 mm C files must 20 maintain a drip edge of at least 100 mm over m: min.

20 mm distance from the building components to be protected.

H2

Profile depth System depth

T

External corner 90° - TONALITY ® o

The height of roof edge borders shouldprimary be sub-construction.

C) External corner: TONALITY with approx. 100 mm with roof pitches of up – Vertical profile external corner to 5° approx. 50 mm with roof pitches –>Supporting profile 5° above the covering surface resp. gravel layer.

Roof edge borders must have an Detail Internal Corner o inclination towards the roof side. ®

The projection of coverings or edge profiles must maintain a drip edge of at least 20 mm distance from the building components to be protected.

Maßstab ca. 1:10 18

Planning & Application 2009

Cladding tiles TONALITY ®

Maßstab ca. 1:10 Planning & Application 2009

Planning & Application 2009

18

Cladding tiles TONALITY ®

27

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009

04.08.2009

8:01 Uhr

Seite 19

Cladding tile tonality®

19

SYSTEM CONSTRUCTIONCladding AND STANDARD DETAILS Cladding Cladding tiletile tonality tonality 19 19 tile tonality 19

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009 TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009 04.08.2009 04.08.2009 Uhr 8:01 Uhr Seite 19 19 TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009 04.08.2009 8:01 Uhr8:01 Seite 19Seite

®

®

®

SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

SYSTEM CONSTR UCTION AND STANDARD 04.08.2009 8:01 Uhr DETAILS Seite 19

tile tonality 19 DETAIL EXTERNAL CORNER OF BUILDING Cladding – ADAPTIVE SYSTEM ON VERTICAL SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS Detail External Corner of Building – Adaptive System on Vertical Sub-Construction SUBCONSTRUCTION SYSTEM SYSTEM CONSTR CONSTR UCTION UCTION AND AND STANDARD STANDARD DETAILS DETAILS SYSTEM CONSTR UCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009

®

® ® External corner 90° - TONALITY on90° vertical priExternal corner - TONALITY on vertical primary mary sub-construction. construction. ® A) External corner: TONALITY with miter cut A) External corner: TONALITY® with miter cut – Vertical profile external corner 45 x 74 ® ® 90° – External Vertical profile external corner 45prix 74 External corner 90° corner -® TONALITY - TONALITY on on privertical External corner - TONALITY on90° vertical pri-vertical – Supporting profile mary sub-construction. mary sub-construction. mary sub-construction.

– Supporting profile In case of miter cut, the edges must ®have a ® ® with miter with cutmiter A)TONALITY External corner: TONALITY corner: TONALITY with miter cut edges A) ExternalA)corner: InExternal case of miter the mustcuthave a bevel of 4 mm.

The fixation of the cut, vertical pro– Vertical – Vertical profilecorner external profile corner x 74 45 x 74 – Vertical profile external 45 external xcorner 74 45 file is effectedbevel on an of aluminum bracket.

4 mm.

The fixation of the vertical profile – Supporting profile profile – Supporting profile– Supporting ® with corner proB) External corner: TONALITY ®an aluminum bracket. iscase effected onmiter External 90° - TONALITY on vertical Inof case miter ofcut, the cut, edges theprimust edges have musta have a In case corner of Inmiter cut, the edges must have a file ® B) External TONALITY with corner profile mary sub-construction. of bevel 4fixation mm.ofThe 4corner: fixation fixation of the vertical of the vertical proprobevel of 4 bevel mm.

The ofmm. the The vertical pro– Vertical profile external corner 45 x 74 ® with cut A) External corner: TONALITY

Vertical profile file ison–effected file is effected on an aluminum onmiter anexternal aluminum bracket.corner bracket. 45 x 74 file is effected an aluminum bracket.

– Supporting profile ® ® – Vertical external 45TONALITY x® 74 with withprocorner proB)corner: External External corner:corner TONALITY corner: with corner pro-corner B) External TONALITY profile – B) Supporting – Visible external corner profile profile – Supporting profilefile file– file corner Visibleprofile external The fixation of the vertical is effected on profile In case of miter cut, edges must external have – Vertical –the Vertical profile profile corner x 74 45 x 74 – Vertical profile external corner xcorner 74 a45 an aluminum The bracket. fixation ofexternal the45vertical profile is effected on bevel of 4 mm.– The fixation of the vertical Supporting – Supporting profile profile pro– Supporting profile an aluminum bracket. file –isVisible effected on an aluminum bracket.

– Visiblecorner –external Visible external corner profile corner profile external profile ® with B) External corner: TONALITY fixation The fixation of the vertical of the vertical profileproison profile effected is effected on on The fixationThe of the vertical profile is corner effected file an bracket. aluminum an aluminum bracket.bracket. an aluminum – Vertical profile external corner 45 x 74 – Supporting profile – Visible external corner profile The fixation of the vertical profile is effected on an aluminum bracket.

DetailDetail External External Corner Corner of Building Building – Adaptive – Adaptive System System on Vertical on Vertical Sub-Construction Sub-Construction Detail External Corner of Building –ofAdaptive System on Vertical Sub-Construction

SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

SYSTEM CONSTR UCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

Detail External Corner of Building – Adaptive System on Vertical Sub-Construction

A

A

B

A

A

B

B

B

Detail External Corner of Building – Adaptive System on Horizontal Sub-Construction

DETAIL EXTERNAL CORNER OF BUILDING – ADAPTIVE SYSTEM ON HORIZONTAL DetailDetail External External Corner Corner of Building Building – Adaptive – Adaptive System System on Horizontal onSub-Construction Horizontal Sub-Construction Sub-Construction Detail External Corner of Building –ofAdaptive System on Horizontal SUBCONSTRUCTION A B Detail External Corner of Building – Adaptive System on Horizontal Sub-Construction

C

D

E

External corner 90° - TONALITY on horizontal In case of miter cut, the edges must have a E) External corner: TONALITY ® with vertical bevel of 4 mm. primary sub-construction. wind barrier for reduced wind pressure ® ® C C D D E accordingE to DIN E1055-4:2005-03 with miter cut D)D External corner: TONALITY with corner profile C)C External corner: TONALITY – Vertical profile external corner 45 x 74® – Vertical profile external corner 45 x 74 ® ® ® on horizontal External corner corner -® TONALITY 90°horizontal - TONALITY Inmiter casecut, Inofof case miter ofcut, miter the cut, edges the must edges have must a have E) corner: External a E) E) TONALITY External corner: ®corner: TONALITY TONALITY on horizontal with ®vertical with ® vertical External corner 90°External -90° TONALITY case ofIn the edges must have a E) External on with vertical External corner -90° TONALITY case miter cut, the edges must have External corner: TONALITY on In with – Supporting profile – Supporting profile bevel of bevel 4 mm. of 4 mm. primary primary sub-construction. sub-construction. wind barrier wind barrier for reduced for reduced wind pressure wind pressurewind bevel of 4 mm. primary sub-construction. wind barrier for reduced wind pressure a bevel of 4 mm. horizontal primary sub-construction. vertical wind barrier for reduced – Visible external corner profile (anodized ® ® ® ® with miter cut D) External D) External corner:® TONALITY corner: TONALITY with corner with corner profileto C)TONALITY External corner:® TONALITY corner: TONALITY according according to DIN 1055-4:2005-03 to DIN 1055-4:2005-03 with miter cut miter D)cut External corner: TONALITY with corner profile C) ExternalC)corner: according DIN 1055-4:2005-03 ® with ®profile E6EV1 / External semimachined) D) C) ExternalExternal corner: TONALITY with miter corner: TONALITY with pressure according to DIN 1055– Vertical – Vertical profilecorner external profile corner x 74 x 74 profile – Vertical – Vertical profilecorner external profile corner x 74 external 45 external xcorner 74 45 Vertical external 45 external xcorner 74 45 C – Vertical profile D –45 E 45 x 74 cut corner profile 4:2005-03 – Supporting profile profile – Supporting profile profile – Supporting profile– Supporting – Supporting profile– Supporting ® – Vertical external –– Vertical profile external In case of miter cut, –corner the edges must have acorner E) External corner: TONALITY ® with vertical External corner profile 90° - TONALITY oncorner horizontal Visible external Visible external corner profile corner (anodized profile (anodized – Visible external profile (anodized bevel E6EV1 of 4 mm. primary wind barrier for reduced wind pressure 45 xsub-construction.

74 x 74/ E6EV1 E6EV1 semimachined) / semimachined) / 45 semimachined) ® D) External corner: TONALITY® with corner profile C) – External corner: TONALITY according to DIN 1055-4:2005-03 Supporting profile with miter cut – Supporting profile – Vertical profile external corner 45 x 74 – Vertical profile external corner 45 x 74 – Visible external corner profile – Supporting profile – Supporting profile (anodized E6EV1 / semimachined) – Visible external corner profile (anodized E6EV1 / semimachined) ®

Detail Internal Corner of Building – Adaptive System

DetailDetail Internal Internal Corner Corner of Building Building – Adaptive – Adaptive System System Detail Internal Corner of Building –ofAdaptive System

Detail Internal Corner of Building – Adaptive System DETAIL INTERNAL CORNER OF BUILDING – ADAPTIVE SYSTEM

Internal corner 90° with adaptive system end profile

Planning & Application 2009

Planning & Application 2009 2009 Planning & Planning Application 2009& Application

Internal corner 90° corner with90° adaptive with adaptive Internal corner 90°Internal with19adaptive system profile end profile system endsystem profile end 19

19

19

Internal corner 90° with adaptive

Cladding tiles TONALITY ®

® ® Cladding Cladding tiles® TONALITY tiles TONALITY Cladding tiles TONALITY

Internal corner 90° with adaptive system system end profile end profile

Planning & Application 2009

28

19

Cladding tiles TONALITY ®

sub-

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009

20

04.08.2009

Cladding tile tonality®

8:01 Uhr

Seite 20

SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

SYSTEM CONSTR UCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

DETAIL WINDOW – ADAPTIVE SYSTEM Detail Window – Adaptive System

B

C Vertical section Vertical section Window, lintel andand parapet Window, lintel parapet A) without sun protection A) without sun protection B) with integrated sun protection

B) with integrated sun protection C) parapet of cladding tiles

C) parapet of cladding tiles

A Horizontal section Horizontal section Window reveal with vertical primary sub-conWindow reveal with vertical primary sub-construction. struction.

Horizontal section Horizontal section Window reveal with horizontal primary sub-construction.

Window reveal with horizontal primary sub-construction.

Horizontal section Horizontal section Window reveal tilestiles withwith reveal Window revealof ofcladding cladding reveal clamp. clamp.

Tile length up to max. 150 mm.

Tile length up to max. 150 mm.

Horizontal section

Horizontal section Window reveal of cladding tiles with reveal / Window reveal of cladding tiles with reveal / lintel profile on vertical primary sub-construclintel tion. profile on vertical primary sub-construction

Maßstab ca. 1:5

Planning & Application 2009

20

Cladding tiles TONALITY ®

29

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009

04.08.2009

8:01 Uhr

Seite 21

Cladding tile tonality®

21

SYSTEM CONSTRUCTIONCladding AND STANDARD DETAILS tile tonality 21

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009

04.08.2009

8:01 Uhr

Seite 21

®

SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

SYSTEM CONSTR UCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS Adaptive PiecePIECE Additional Support ADAPTIVE ADDITIONAL SUPPORT SYSTEM CONSTR UCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

Adaptive Piece Additional Support

The adaptive piece is used in connection with horizontally slit fitting tile. A second mounting possibility must be given on the profile of the adaptive system. Fastening pinned from the back onto the profile of the adaptive system.

The adaptive piece is used in connection with horizontally slit fitting tile. A second mounting possibility must be given on the profile of the adaptive system. Fastening pinned from the back onto the profile of the adaptive system.

Detail – Window Tilewithwith Adapter Piece Gable Clamp for must Adaptive System The adaptive piece is usedFitting in connection horizontally slit fitting tile. Aor second mounting possibility be given on the profile of the adaptive system. Fastening pinned from the back onto the profile of the adaptive system.

A) Vertical section Adapter piece for tile segments with at least two mounting agraffes

DETAIL – WINDOW FITTING TILE WITH ADAPTER PIECE OR GABLE CLAMP FOR

Detail – Window Fitting Tile with Adapter Piece or Gable Clamp for Adaptive System ADAPTIVE SYSTEM

B) Vertical section A) Verticalsection section A) Vertical Pediment clamp for tile segments with only one Adapter piece for for tile tile segments with atwith leastat least Adapter piece segments mounting agraffes two mounting agraffes two mounting agraffes B) Vertical section B) Vertical section Pediment clamp for tile segments with only one Pediment clamp for tile segments with only one mounting agraffes mounting agraffes

sub-con-

A

B

sub-consub-con-

A

C) Vertical section Adapter piece for tile segments with at least two mounting agraffes

B

sub-conD) Vertical section C) Verticalsection section C) Vertical Pediment clamp for tiletile segments with only one Adapter piece segments Adapter piece for for tile segments with atwith leastat least mounting agraffes two mounting agraffes two mounting agraffes

th reveal

D) Vertical D) Verticalsection section Pediment clamp for tile with only with one only one Pediment clamp forsegments tile segments mounting agraffes mounting agraffes

th reveal reveal / construc-

reveal / construc-

C

D

C

D

ONALITY ®

Planning & Application 2009

21

Cladding tiles TONALITY ®

ONALITY ®

Planning & Application 2009

21

Cladding tiles TONALITY ®

30

Cladding tile tonality®

afu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009 04.08.2009 8:02 Uhr Seite 32 TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009 04.08.2009

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009

32

Cladding tile tonality 04.08.2009

®

04.08.2009

8:02 Uhr

Seite 33

8:02 Uhr

Seite 33

Cladding tile tonality® Cladding tile tonality®

SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009

8:02 Uhr

33 33

Seite 32

YSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

YSTEM CONSTR UCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

SYSTEM CONSTR UCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS Sub-Construction of Adaptive, Base Clinch Rail and Classic Profile Systems ONALITY® System SYSTEM CONSTR UCTION ANDSUB-CONSTRUCTION STANDARD DETAILS TONALITY SYSTEM OF ADAPTIVE SYSTEM ON WOODEN SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS Wooden Primary Sub-Construction SYSTEM CONSTR UCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS System Sub-Construction ofof Adaptive, Base Clinch Rail and Classic Profile Systemsthe Adaptive System TONALITY Detail External Corner Building – Wooden Primary System structure ofSub-Construction SUB-CONSTRUCTION on Wooden Primary Sub-Construction ®

System structure of the Adaptive System

1

Detail External Corner of Building – Wooden Primary Sub-Construction 2 1 2

wooden substructure 80x60 insolation 60 mm

3

3

wooden wooden substructure substructure 80x60 80x60 insolation 60 mm

4

TONALITY cladding element

5

wooden substructure 80x60 vertical profil for external corner

4

1 Wooden sub-construction 2 Vertical profile of the TONALITY ® Adaptive System 3 Rivet / drilling screw / woodscrew 4 Joint profile of TONALITY ® Adaptive System 5 TONALITY ® Cladding tile

TONALITY cladding element

5

Horizontal section Horizontal section vertical profil for external corner External with miter cut External corner with external corner profile Adaptive Systemcorner on horizontal wooden sub-construction System structure of the Adaptive System Adaptive System on horizontal wooden sub-construction 1 Wooden sub-construction 1 sub-construction 2 Wooden Vertical profile of the TONALITY ® Adaptive Horizontal section Horizontal section System structure of the Base Clinch Rail System 2 Vertical profile of the TONALITY® Adaptive System System External corner with miter cut External corner 3 with external corner 1 profile Rivet / drilling screw woodscrew 3 Rivet / drilling screw / /woodscrew ® 4 Joint profile of TONALITY Adaptive System ® Adaptive System 4 Joint profile® of TONALITY 2 5 TONALITY Cladding tile ®

Detail Internal Corner of Building – Wooden Primary Sub-Construction 5 TONALITY Cladding tile

ptive System on horizontal wooden sub-construction

3 DetailInternal InternalCorner Corner Building – Wooden Primary Sub-Construction Detail of of Building – Wooden Primary Sub-Construction

System structure of the Base Clinch Rail System 4

1 1 Wooden sub-construction 2 Profile of the TONALITY ® Base Clinch Rail System 3 Rivet / drilling screw / woodscrew 4 TONALITY ® Cladding tile

2

Base Clinch Rail Profile on vertical wooden sub-construction

3

The installation of the Classic Profile System on a wooden subconstruction is possible as well.

System structure of the Classic Profile System 1

1 Wooden sub-construction 2 Profile of the TONALITY ® Classic Profile System 3 Rivet / drilling screw / woodscrew 4 TONALITY ® Cladding tile 5 Joint profile of the Classic Profile System

Horizontal section Internal corner

2

Horizontal section Internal corner

Horizontal section Internal corner

4 3

1 Wooden sub-construction 5 2 Profile of the TONALITY ® Base Clinch Rail Sub-Construction 4 System 3 Rivet / drilling screw / woodscrew 4 TONALITY ® Cladding tile

DetailWindow Window– –Wooden WoodenPrimary Primary Sub-Construction Detail Detail Window – Wooden Primary Sub-Construction 32

Planning & Application 2009

30

e Clinch Rail Profile on vertical wooden sub-construction

installation of the Classic Profile System on a wooden substruction is possible as well.

30

Cladding tiles TONALITY ®

System structure of the Classic Profile System

done by installer

Wooden sub-construction rofile of the TONALITY ® Classic Profile ystem done by Rivet / drilling screw / woodscrew installer ® ONALITY Cladding tile oint profile of the Classic Profile System

1 not restriced ventilation

2

not restriced ventilation

Horizontal section Window reveal with metal frame on wooden sub-construction Horizontal section Window reveal with metal frame on wooden sub-construction Horizontal section Window reveal with metal frame on nning & Application 2009wooden sub-construction

3

32

Vertical section Window sill connection on wooden sub-construction Vertical section Window sill connection on wooden sub-construction Vertical section Window sill connection on wooden sub-construction

5 4

31 Cladding tiles TONALITY ®

qxp:Tonality_2009

04.08.2009

ng tile tonality

8:02 Uhr

Seite 34

®

SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

STRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS NSTR UCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

TONALITY® ADAPTIVE SYSTEM T-LINE®

daptive System T-Line ®

The TONALITY® System sub-construction T-Line allows to create the classic appearance of brickwork. It is suitable for all kinds of tiles and tile sizes. As an adaptive system, T-Line can be realized on vertical as well as on horizontal sub-constructions.

sub-construction T-Line classic appearance of for all kinds of tiles and e system, T-Line can be well as on horizontal

e System T-Line consists ofiles that are fastened mary sub-construction. profiles are available as ed joint of 8 mm.

The TONALITY® Adaptive System T-Line consists of type A and type B profiles that are fastened alternately on the primary sub-construction.

Type A and type B joint profiles are available as joint profile with a closed joint of 8 mm.

34

2009

32

Cladding tiles TONALITY ®

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009

04.08.2009

8:02 Uhr

Seite 35

Cladding tile tonality®

35

SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS SYSTEM CONSTR UCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

TONALITY® ADAPTIVE SYSTEM T-LINE® TONALITY® Adaptive System T-Line

Delivery range: Illustration

DELIVERY RANGE: TONALITY

Description

T-Line vertical profile type A 35 x 60 x 35 mm system depth 46 mm ®

Illustration

Description

TONALITY® T-Line vertical profile type A x 60 profile x 45 mm TONALITY® T-Line 45 vertical type A 35 x 60 x 35 depth mm 56 mm system system depth 46 mm TONALITY® T-Line vertical profile type A x 60 profile x 55 mm TONALITY® T-Line 55 vertical type A 45 x 60 x 45 depth mm 66 mm system system depth 56 mm TONALITY ® T-Line joint profile type A closedprofile 8 mmtype A TONALITY® T-Line vertical 55 x 60 x 55 56 xmm 23 mm system depth 66 mm

Illustration

Color / Material Semimachined Aluminium

Color / Material Semimachined Aluminium Semimachined Aluminum Semimachined Aluminium Semimachined Aluminum RAL 7021 (blackgray) Semimachined Aluminium Aluminium

Color / Material Semimachined Aluminium

IllustrationTONALITY

Description

® T-Line vertical profile type B Semimachined 45 x 60 x® 45 mm vertical profileAluminium TONALITY T-Line type B 3556 x 60 system depth mmx 35 mm system depth 46 mm TONALITY® T-Line vertical profile type B Semimachined 55 x 60 x® 55 mm vertical profileAluminium TONALITY T-Line type B 4566 x 60 system depth mmx 45 mm system depth 56 mm TONALITY® T-Line joint profile type B RAL 7021 closed ®8 T-Line mm vertical profile(blackgray) TONALITY type B x 60 x 55 mm 56 x 2355 mm Aluminium system depth 66 mm

Color / Material

TONALITY® T-Line joint profile type B closed 8 mm 56 x 23 mm

TONALITY® T-Line joint profile type A RAL 7021 closed 8 mm (blackgray) 56 x 23 mm Aluminium Aluminium quality = EN AW 5754 according to DIN EN 755-2

Planning & Application 2009

Description TONALITY® T-Line vertical profile type B 35 x 60 x 35 mm system depth 46 mm

35

Semimachined Aluminum Semimachined Aluminum Semimachined Aluminium

RAL 7021 (blackgray) Aluminium

Cladding tiles TONALITY ®

33

.qxp:Tonality_2009

04.08.2009

ng tile tonality®

8:02 Uhr

Seite 36

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009

04.08.2009

8:02 Uhr

Seite 36

SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS 36

Cladding tile tonality®

NSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

NSTR UCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS ® SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS TONALITY® ADAPTIVE SYSTEM SIDING SYSTEM CONSTR UCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS

tem TONALITY SIDING ® ®

sub-construction is perdesign of a TONALITY ® with the appearance of

The TONALITY ® Siding sub-construction is perfectly suitable for the design of a TONALITY ® cladding tile façade with the appearance of weatherboarding.

The realization of this TONALITY ® system subconstruction allows for the use of all kinds of tiles and tile sizes.

The inclined position and the overlapping of the TONALITY ® tiles result from the shape of the profiles of the TONALITY ® system sub-construction.

The continuous vertical joints can be designed as a closed joint of 8 mm or as a fine joint of 2 mm, as well as flush or set back with regard to the front edge of the tile.

TONALITY system subr the use of all kinds of ®

nd the overlapping of the t from the shape of the Y ® system sub-construc-

al joints can be designed mm or as a fine joint of 2 r set back with regard to le.

36

2009

The realization of this TONALITY® system subconstruction allows for the use of all kinds of tiles and tile sizes.

The inclined position and the overlapping of the TONALITY® tiles result from the shape of the profiles of the TONALITY® system sub-construction. The continuous vertical joints can be designed as a closed joint of 8 mm or as a fine joint of 2 mm, as well as flush or set back with regard to the front edge of the tile.

Cladding tiles TONALITY ® Planning & Application 2009

34

The TONALITY® Siding sub-construction is perfectly suitable for the design of a TONALITY® cladding tile façade with the appearance of weatherboarding.

Adaptive System TONALITY ® SIDING ®

36

Cladding tiles TONALITY ®

tonality 37 SYSTEM CONSTRUCTIONCladding AND tile STANDARD DETAILS

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009

04.08.2009

8:02 Uhr

Seite 37

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009

04.08.2009

8:02 Uhr

Seite 37

®

Cladding tile tonality®

37

TONALITY® ADAPTIVE SYSTEM SIDING® DELIVERY RANGE:

SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS SYSTEM CONSTR UCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS SYSTEM CONSTR UCTION AND STANDARD DETAILS ® Adaptive SIDING® IllustrationSystem TONALITY Description ® Siding®vertical profile Delivery Adaptiverange: SystemTONALITY TONALITY SIDING

Color / Material

Illustration

Machined 50 x 60 x 50 mm Aluminum for system depth 66 mm Color / Material Illustration Description

Delivery range: Illustration Illustration

Aluminium

® Siding® vertical profile profile Machined TONALITY TONALITY Siding vertical Color / Material Machined Illustration Aluminium 50 Description x 6060x x5060mm x 60 mm Aluminum ® Machined Siding vertical profile TONALITY for system depth 76 mm for system depth 66 mm Aluminium 50® xSiding 60 x 50 mm ® TONALITY TONALITYvertical Sidingprofile joint profile Machined RAL 7021 for 60 system 66 mm x 60 depth x860 mm closed mm, 56 x 36 mm Aluminium (blackgray) ® Machined Siding vertical profile TONALITY for depth all system depths Aluminium for system 76 mm Aluminium 60 x® 60 x 60 mm ® joint profile Siding TONALITY TONALITY Siding joint profile RAL 7021 RAL 7021 for system depth 76 (blackgray) closed 8 mm, 56 xflush, 36 mm mm Closed, 8 mm (blackgray) ® RAL 7021 Siding joint TONALITY 56 mm, for all profile system depthsAluminium Aluminium for xall48system depths (blackgray) closed 8® mm, 56joint x 36profile mm Siding RAL 7021 TONALITY quality =for EN AW 5754 according(blackgray) to DIN EN 755-2 Aluminium all system Closed, flush, depths 8 mm

® Siding joint profile RAL 7021 56TONALITY x 48 mm, for all system depths Aluminium Closed, flush, 8 mm (blackgray) Aluminium quality = EN AW 5754 according to DIN EN 755-2 56 x 48 mm, for all system depths Aluminium

Description

TONALITY® Siding joint profile “Fine joint”, 2 mm, 56 x 36 mm for all system Description Colordepths / Material

®

TONALITY ® Siding joint RAL 7021 profile ® Siding TONALITY joint profile Description / Material “Fine joint”, 2 mm, 56 x 36 mmjoint”,Color “Fine 2 (blackgray) mm, flush ® TONALITY RAL 7021 Siding joint 56 xprofile 48 mm for allAluminium profile depths for all system depths (blackgray) “Fine joint”, ® 2 mm, 56 x 36 mm ® RAL 7021 Siding joint profile TONALITY TONALITY Siding external corner profile Aluminium for all system depths (blackgray) “Fine joint”, 2 mm, 57flush x 57 mm for system depths ® RAL 7021 joint profile 66 mm andAluminium 76 mm 56TONALITY x 48 mm Siding for all profile depths (blackgray) “Fine joint”, 2 mm,corner flush profile ® ® Siding external TONALITY TONALITY SidingAluminium adapter piece Aluminium 56 profiledepths depths 57xx48 57mm mmfor forall system 50 x 45 mm ® Siding external cornerfor profile TONALITY66 all systemAluminium depths mm and 76 mm 57 x 57 mm for system ® Siding adapterdepths piece Semimachined TONALITY 66 mm 76 mm 50 xand 45 mm Aluminium ® Semimachined TONALITY for all Siding systemadapter depths piece 50 x 45 mm Aluminium for all system depths

Aluminium quality = EN AW 5754 according to DIN EN 755-2

Color / Material RAL 7021 (blackgray) Aluminium RAL 7021 (blackgray) Aluminium Aluminium

Semimachined Aluminium

e.g. system depth 66 19 46 e.g. system depth 66 46

36

12

unrestricted unrestricted ventilation ventilation

36

12

19

12 12

journal as part of the standard carrier system SID journal as part of the standard carrier system SID

intermediate inset fitting piece for tile sections intermediate with at leastinset two fitting piece restoring pins forsee tile sections ANo. dwg 746 with at least two restoring pins

lower hook may be turned around or cut hook off for lower convencience may be

see ANo. dwg 746

44

turned around or cut off for convencience

44

Horizontal section external corner of building - Siding

Horizontal section external corner of building - Siding Horizontal section external corner of building - Siding

"TONALITY ® "-

SIDING vertical profile

tile length

19

2 "TONALITY ® " cladding tile

2

"TONALITY ® "adaptive end lug 56x5

8

variabel

19

"TONALITY ® "® ""TONALITY SIDING vertical profile adaptive end 60 lug 56x5

vertical support alu metal sheet, by contractor

fitted tile

vertical support alu metal sheet, by contractor

fitted tile

8

intermediate inset fitting piece for tile sections intermediate with at leastinset two fitting piece restoring pins ANo. dwg 746 forsee tile sections with at least two restoring pins

variabel

44

axis

"TONALITY ® " cladding tile

44

axis

"TONALITY ® " cladding tile

"TONALITY ® " cladding tile

2

2

19

see ANo. dwg 746

unrestricted ventilation

tile length

19

unrestricted ventilation

system depth system 66 depth 66

60

lower hook may be turned around or cut off for lower hook convencience may be turned around or cut off for convencience journal as part of the standard carrier system SID journal as part of the standard carrier system SID

Horizontal section internal corner of building - Siding

Vertical section window, lintel and parapet - Siding

Horizontal section external building - Siding Horizontal section internal corner of corner building -ofSiding

Vertical section window, lintel and- Siding parapet - Siding Vertical section window, lintel and parapet

Planning & Application 2009

37

Planning & Application 2009

37

Cladding tiles TONALITY ® Cladding tiles TONALITY ®

35

PLANNING BASICS & INSTALLATION CLAY AS A RAW MATERIAL 04.08.2009 8:02 Uhr Seite 38 ® 38As a raw Cladding tonality material, clay hastile been well in the continental and maritime area.

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009

known since Antiquity. And ever since Their variety depends on the physical and chemical conditions prevailing at the time the discovery of clay ceramics about 10,000 - 8,000 BC, the popularity of clay of their formation. These conditions allow is based on the exceptional plasticity of for a broad spectrum of characteristics wet clays. Thus, clay represents one of and thus for the broad possibilities of PLANNING BASES AND PROCESSING PLANNING BASES the oldest natural raw materialsAND of our PROCESSING application of clays. The quality clays used to manufacture the TONALITY® products days. Clays are weathering and erosion products of the Earth’s crust. They occur quarried in the Westerwald area of

Germany. These clays are considered to be among the best kinds of clay worldwide and are known for their particular purity.

TONALITY® cladding tiles show a profile on the reverse and are attached onto vertical support frames made of aluminum by means of positive locking.

Clay as a raw material

As a raw material, clay has been well known

crust. They occur in the continental and maritime

clay ceramics ® about 10,000 - 8,000 BC, the popuTONALITY cladding tiles are larity of clay is based on the exceptional plasticity manufactured in ultra-modern production of wet clays. Thus, clay represents one of the oldplants using vacuum of extrusion est natural rawa materials our days.method, Clays are dried and burnt.

In theproducts course of of the the Earth’s weathering and erosion patented Keralis procedure, the raw Manufacturing material clay is dried, procedure processed into finest powdered clay andtiles completely dyed in in are manufactured TONALITY® cladding ultra-modern production using a vacuum finely graduated ratios plants of color mixtures.

chemical conditions prevailing at the time of their The products are subsequently burnt at formation. These conditions allow for a broad temperatures of approx. 1,200°C. spectrum of characteristics and thus for the broad A sinteringofprocess willoftake place the possibilities application clays.

The inquality ® the course baking the as TONALITY a result of products clays usedof to the manufacture

extrusion method, dried and burnt. In the course of the patented Keralis procedure, the raw material clay is dried, processed into finest powdered clay and completely dyed in finely graduated ratios of Non-combustible

A sintering process will take place in the course of the baking as a result of the processing of highquality raw materials and the high baking temperature.

This sintering allows for the impermeability Resistant to UV-light

(Building Material Class A1) Characteristics Weather and frost-resistant ■ Waterproof Non-combustible (Building Material Class A1) Rot-resistant

Shockproof Classic Finished Surface and optionally Color with permanent graffiti protection ■ Resistant to UV-light ■ Shockproof Low weight of the system of less than ■ Classic Finished Surface and optionally Color 35 kg/m2

since Antiquity. And ever since thePROCEDURE discovery of area. Their variety depends on the physical and MANUFACTURING

CHARACTERISTICS

■ Weather and frost-resistant ■ Waterproof ■ Rot-resistant

AREAS OF APPLICATION Suspended back-vented cladding.

Areas offorapplication Applicable external as well as Suspended back-vented Applicable internal walls of any kindcladding. of building or for external as well internalTechnical walls of any kind building height.

A as National of building or building height. A National Technical Approval recorded under No. Z-32.1Approval recorded under No. Z-32.1-567 in

processing of highquality raw materials and the high baking temperature. This sintering allows the impermeability color mixtures.

Thefor products are subsequently burnt temperatures of approx.The 1,200°C. and atthe smooth surface. production

with permanent graffiti protection

567 in accordance with DIN 18516 of the Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik, accordance DIN 18516 the Deutsches a Germanwith institute of the of Federal and Institut für Govern-ments Bautechnik, a German institute of Laender for a uniform the Federal and Laender Govern-ments for a fulfillment of technical tasks in the field

uniform fulfillment of technical tasks in the field

quarried in the Westerwald area of Germany. These clays are considered to be among the best kinds of clay worldwide and are®known for their particular of the TONALITY cladding tiles is purity. taking®place in the production plants TONALITY cladding tiles show a profile on the of the in frames reverse andmanufacturer are attached ontoCREATON vertical support accordance DIN EN ISO 9001 made of aluminumwith by means of positive locking.

Quality Management System and DIN EN ISO 14000 Environmental Management andSystem. the smooth surface. The production of the TONALITY® cladding tiles is taking place in the production plants of the manufacturer CREATON in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9001 Quality Management System and DIN EN ISO 14000 Environmental Management System.

Tight-fitting installation between tile and

system sub-construction Installation can be carried out weather conditions ■ Lowirrespective weight of theof system of less than 35 kg/m2 ■ Tight-fitting installation between tile and system sub-construction ■ Installation can be carried out irrespective of weather conditions

of public law, can be presented for the TONALITY® cladding system. In addition, ® be presented for the TONALITY® of public law, can TONALITY products allow for the design cladding system.

In addition, TONALITY ® prodof sun and privacy protections.

ucts allow for the design of sun and privacy protections.

System advantages of the suspended, back-vented façade SYSTEM ADVANTAGES OF THE SUSPENDED, BACKVENTED FAÇADE 1 Insulating material 2 Ventilation 3 Adjustable wall fastening with thermal separator 4 Supporting profile 5 System-specific sub-construction 6 Cladding tile

Wall structure with TONALITY ® cladding tiles

Diffusion-open construction, prevented moisture penetration to the walls and insulation

Protection of building components against weather effects

Each insulation thickness can be realized

Building periods can be estimate as installation is carried out irrespective of weather

Cladding system with the lowest susceptibility to damage (Rainer Oswald among others: Third Report on Damages to Buildings, Bonn 1998)

STORAGE AND TRANSPORT Disposal Cladding tiles and sub-construction are packed on pallets and wrapped with edge protection in shrink foil in order to prevent damage Cladding tiles can be disposed of as construction and demolition waste under the waste key number 17.01.03 (tiles, bricks and ceramics according to the European Waste Catalogue).

and soiling.

36

The separation of materials allows for their supply for high-quality recycling. The aluminum profiles can be disposed of as reusable material or as construction and demolition waste

under the waste key number 17.04.02 (Aluminum according to the European Waste Catalogue).

PLANNING BASICS & INSTALLATION STANDARDS, REGULATIONS, APPROVALS DIN 18516 DIN EN 1304 DIN EN 539-2 Action on structures DIN 1055, Part 1, 4 and 5 Metal works DIN 18800 DIN 4113, Part 1 Timber structures DIN 1052, Part 1 to 4 Masonry DIN 1053, Part1 DIN 1045 Thermal insulation DIN 4108, Part 1 to 4 Moisture protection subject to climate conditions DIN EN 13162 Fire protection DIN EN 13501 Sound insulation DIN 4109 DIN 18005 Tolerances DIN 18202 DIN 1960 DIN 1961 DIN 4420, Part 1, 2 und 4 DIN 18335 DIN 18360 DIN 18339 DIN 18338 DIN 18364 DIN 18384 DIN 18451 DIN 18800 DIN 18200 DIN 52253

Special Regulations of the Roofing Trade Cladding for external walls, back-vented Roofing tiles and fittings, product definitions and specifications Burnt-clay roofing tiles

Self-weight, wind loads, design loads

Steel structures, design and construction Aluminum construction under predominantly static loading

Timber structures

Masonry Concrete and reinforced and prestressed concrete structures

Thermal insulation in buildings, thermal protection energy economy

Thermal insulation products for buildings

Fire classification of building materials and building components, Fire protection Regulations (BTR) Sound insulation in building Noise abatement in town planning

Dimensional tolerances in building construction Contract procedures for building works, Part A Contract procedures for building works, Part B Service and working scaffolds Contract procedures for building works, steel construction works Contract procedures for building works, metal construction works Contract procedures for building works, sheet metal works Contract procedures for building works, roof covering and roof sealing works Contract procedures for building works, works for protection of steel structures Lightning protection systems Scaffolding works Steel structures Assessment of conformity, building materials, building components, design Frost resistance, Part 1

The above listing shows only an excerpt of the regulations and standards to be observed. It does not claim completeness.

TECHNICAL DATA TONALITYÂŽ Fire classification: Bulk density: Water absorption capacity: Frost resistance:

combustible, A1 (DIN EN 13501-1) 2.25 g/cm3 < 6% given according to DIN EN 539-2 DIN

37

PLANNING BASICS & INSTALLATION ADAPTIVE SYSTEM (ADS) Installation of vertical profiles: The TONALITYŽ vertical profiles must be screwed resp. riveted to the height and the façade grid of the already installed sub- construction. The distance between brackets and the kind of fastening must be effected according to the static requirements of the building. Fixing material admitted for use by the construction supervising authority must be used at any rate. As already described for the primary subconstruction, gaps for the linear expansion of profiles must be allowed for at the joints in the course of the profile installation. It must be paid attention to the fact that the required gap at the joint is executed observing the same height grid of the primary sub-construction (Tprofile) and of the agraffe profile. In case of formation of several bearing profiles one above the other, the lengths of the bearing profiles as well as the distance between the fixed points of two bearing profiles following each other must not exceed 2.80 m. The gap at the joint of the cladding tiles and bearing profiles must be at least 6 mm. Corresponding gaps at the joints must be allowed for in the event of site trimming. Joints of the bearing profiles may not be overlapped by cladding tiles.

Installation of joint profile: In order to fasten the joint profile, it is clamped into the vertical profile. At the same time, it rests on the beads executed in the webs of the joint profile on the reverse side. As a rule, it is secured against falling off through insertion of the tiles. At the same time, the tiles are pushed to the vertical profile by the joint profile in order to avoid the generation of noise of the tiles in case of load from wind pressure. Attention must be paid to the height locks of the system profiles when inserting the joint profile and to the fact that the joint profile is inserted in such way that the required clamping effect of the tiles is achieved. In case of soffits, we recommend to screw the joint profile onto the vertical profile in order to completely rule out a possible horizontal shifting of the joint profile and of the inserted tiles.

38

PLANNING BASICS & INSTALLATION EFFECTIVE SPANS Maximum bearing distances of the cladding tiles “TONALITY® Classic 26” in case of positive wind pressure for the “ADS”, “CLS” and “BAS” systems Positive wind load [kN/m2]

+0.50

+0.80

+1.00

+1.50

+2.00

+2.50

+3.00

Tile 150

1.20

1.20

1.20

1.20

1.10

0.98

0.89

Tile 175

1.20

1.20

1.20

1.20

1.10

0.98

0.89

Tile 200

1.60

1.60

1.60

1.28

1.10

0.99

0.90

Maximum bearing distances [m]

Tile 225

1.60

1.60

1.60

1.30

1.12

1.00

0.92

Tile 250

1.60

1.60

1.60

1.27

1.10

0.99

0.90

Tile 300

1.60

1.60

1.60

1.26

1.10

0.98

0.89

Tile 400

1.60

1.60

1.60

1.37

1.18

1.06

0.97

Maximum bearing distances of the cladding tiles “TONALITY® Classic 26” in case of negative wind pressure (wind suction) for the “ADS” and “CLS” systems Negative wind load [kN/m2]

–0.50

-0.80

-1.00

-1.50

-2.00

-2.50

-3.00

Tile 150

1.20

1.20

1.20

1.20

1.20

1.01

0.84

Tile 175

1.20

1.20

1.20

1.20

1.20

1.20

1.10

Maximum bearing distances [m]

Tile 200

1.60

1.60

1.60

1.60

1.35

1.08

0.90

Tile 225

1.60

1.60

1.60

1.35

1.11

0.89

0.74

Tile 250

1.60

1.60

1.60

1.60

1.20

0.96

0.80

Tile 300

1.60

1.60

1.60

1.27

0.95

0.76

0.63

Tile 400

1.60

1.60

1.28

0.85

0.64

0.51

0.43

Ordering and planning instructions Determine the distance of the façade to the carcass of the building taking into account the thickness of the insulation and the unrestricted ventilation (see DIN 18516). The established distance is important for your order of the primary sub-construction.

Plan the module sectioning (tile lengths) in agreement with the architect/building owner methodically. In this context, it will be necessary to verify details, connections, etc., by presentation of drawings.

Perform the site measuring and determine the quantities of tiles, profiles, wall brackets, joining plates, etc.

Determine the profiles, wall brackets, connection components and the plugs admitted for this use by the construction supervising authority. Perform static calculations for loadbearing profiles and anchorings and if necessary, have these calculations reviewed.

Perform the sectioning of profiles according to length Profile Tile height with max. length tile length of 2.694 mm = 18 x 150 mm x 900 mm 2.794 mm = 16 x 175 mm x 900 mm 2.794 mm = 14 x 200 mm x 1.600 mm 2.694 mm = 12 x 225 mm x 1.600 mm 2.744 mm = 11 x 250 mm x 1.600 mm 2.894 mm = 9 x 300 mm x 1.600 mm 2.794 mm = 7 x 400 mm x 1.600 mm ■

As a rule, the length of the T-profile must correspond to the length of the „TONALITY“- vertical profile in case of vertical sub-construction. The façade must be installed free of constraint forces through fixed and floating point connections.

Order the tiles indicating their dimensions for trimming to size. In case of special lengths of the profiles (only after consultation), the installer must draw up production plans.

In order to avoid interruptions of the installation due to breakage or clippings, it is recommended to add on approx. 5 % to the required amount (depending on the building project 5 –15%).

The clear and biding order is placed electronically using the respective order form, which will be submitted by our Sales Service.

39

TonalityWafu_GB_2009-2.qxp:Tonality_2009

04.08.2009

8:02 Uhr

Seite 45

Cladding tile tonality®

45

PLANNING BASICS & INSTALLATION PLANNING BASES AND PROCESSING PLANNING BASES AND PROCESSING ADAPTIVE SYSTEM (ADS)

Adaptive System (ADS)

Base Clinch Rail System (BAS)

joint profile

joint profile Neoprene Zo Zo

M

E

E

Zu Zo

Zu

Zu

Zo

Zo

Zu

Zu

Zo

Zo

Zu

Zu

Zo

Zo

Zo Zu

Classic vertical profile

Zu Zo

Zo Zu Zo

dimension L

Zu Zo Zu

26

Zo

Zu Zo

Zu Zo

Zo

Zu

grid height

Zu

A

Zu Zo Zu

6.

Zo Zu Zo Zu

Zo

Zo

Zu

Zu

Zo

4

6.

2,5

Zu

*

4

6.

* * Thermal linear expansion requir

* Thermal linear expansion

6 mm between both 2 adjacent (see NTA National Technical Ap

Zo: Tile fastening at the top Zu: Tile fastening at the bottom

Profile length = number of modules less 6 mm

Zo: Tile fastening at the top Zu: Tile fastening at the bottom

Profile length = number of modules less 6 mm

ADAPTIVE (ADS) AdaptiveSYSTEM System (ADS) Module

Module

150

175150

No. of modules 18

+0.50

Size L

18

2694

Size C

Size E

45

Size M

75

No. of modules

75 75

75

24 45

12

150 100

18

2794

45

100

75

24

12

16

2794

52

100

100

42

30

175 100

2694

45

150

75

24

12

14

225

12

12

250250

11

11 2744

300300

9

400400

7

14

2794 2694

52 45

52

2744 150

100

52 42

92694

102

150 2694

150

72794

102

200 2794

* For thermal expansion reasons, the joint distance of the tiles and profiles must be at least 6 mm (see Technical Approval).

Size C

Module

75 2794

200

least 6 mm between both (see NTA National Technic

Base Clinch Rail System (BAS)

Size B

45

175

225

Size B

Size A

2694 16

16

200

Size A

Size L

Zu

A

Zo

*

Pr gr

Zu Zo

Zu

26

Zo Zu

Zu Zo

grid height

L

Zo

grid height

Zu

L

Zo

grid height

dimension L

Zu

Base clinch rail profile

200

14

225

12

150

30

150 250

42 102

30

200

92 102

80

Size C

Size E

Size L

24

Size M Size C

12

Size E

75

75 12

100

75

100

2794

64

100

100

100

2694

57

150

75

150

11

100 2744

300 150

9

150 2694

400 200

7

200 2794

5724

Size B

57

2694

100 2794 75

Size E

Size A

42 24

6442

30 12

75

150

30 100

11442

150

150 30

150

11492

200

200 80

80

150

Classic Profile System (CLS)

40

Size B

Size M

No. of modules

Size L

Size A

150

18

2694

56.5

75

75

12.5

12

175

16

2794

56.5

100

75

12.5

12

200

14

2794

63.5

100

100

30.5

30

225

12

2694

56.5

150

75

12.5

12

250

11

2744

63.5

150

100

30.5

30

300

9

2694

113.5

150

150

30.5

30

400

7

2794

113.5

200

200

80.5

80

Module

Planning & Application 2009

45

Cladding tiles TONALITY ®

PLANNING BASES AND PROCESSING

PLANNING BASES AND PROCESSING Installation of cladding tiles In general, all tiles must be fitted in free of constraint forces between the vertical system profiles. Attention must be paid to the fact that the tile can easily be inserted into the system bearing. It should show a gap to the joint profile of

1 mm to the left as well as to the right. This does, however, presuppose that the installation of the vertical profiles has been executed carefully and accurately.

In the event of trimming on site, the tiles should be cut using a wet cutter. Attention must be paid here to the fact that the tiles are sufficiently rinsed resp. cleaned with clear water after the cutting process to remove the soiling.

PLANNING BASICS & INSTALLATION INSTALLATION OF CLADDING TILES

In general, all tiles must be fitted in free of constraint forces between the vertical system profiles. Attention

Installation ofthe trimmed with must be paid to fact thattiles the tile cangable easily clamps be inserted into the system bearing. It should show a gap to 1. Mark the tile to be trimmed.

5. Position gable clamps (2 pieces per trimmed

the joint profile of 1 mm to the left as welltile). as to the right. This does, however, presuppose that the installation 2. Trim using wet cutter and recommended xxxx of trimming on site, the tiles cutting disk. profiles has been executed 6. Fillcarefully the resulting jointaccurately. with glue for gamble of the vertical and In the event

3. Place the trimmed tile with the visible side

clamps, apply evenly and allow to set.

should bea cut using a wet cutter. Attention must be tile paid to the fact that the tiles are sufficiently rinsed down on smooth surface.

7. Install cladding withhere positioned trimmed 4. Determine the required tile distances tile in theprocess system sub-construction. resp. cleaned with clear water with aftera the cutting to remove the soiling. system sub-construction profile with modules for agraffes.

ROUND WALLS WITH STANDARD CLADDING TILES Round walls with standard cladding tiles

Structure radius: ≥ 4.0 m = standard joint profile

Structure radius: ≈ 2.0 to 4.0 m = open joint profile Planning & Application 2009

46

Cladding tiles TONALITY ®

41

42

REFERENCES

The Data Centre, Toronto ON – WZMH & Urbacon

Fortinos, Vaughan ON – Turner Fleischer Architects

MaRS, Toronto ON – B+H Architects

43

Engineered Assemblies Inc. 1.866.591.7021 info@engineeredassemblies.com EngineeredAssemblies.com brilliant buildings

44

be In your hands is the latest in lightweight, exterior surfacing by Formica Group.

The innovative, high quality, practical and durable solution for all your projects.

Be the architect who envisions with the heart and creates with the mind.

Unleash your imagination. Be fresh, authentic, demanding. Be creative. Be VIVIX.

1

KRISTIANSAND AIRPORT PROJECT: air traffic control tower LOCATION: Kjevik, Norway DESIGNER: Archus Architects and Wiig og Horgmo Architects MATERIAL: VIVIX® F7912 Storm APPLICATION: control tower cladding

“VIVIX panels are the ideal solution for this project. The panels are easily machined and can be cut into a variety of shapes and sizes.

The control towers are at least 30 metres above ground; the material we used for cladding had to be lightweight for ease of installation and safety as well as versatile and flexible to allow us to realize the design concept.”

Roald Bakke Architect

2

F7912 Storm

â&#x20AC;&#x153;VIVIX panels proved ideal thanks to the colour choice, versatility, durability and quality offered.â&#x20AC;?

Tor Henrik Somme Architect

Kristiansand Airport control tower. Archus Architects & Wiig og Horgmo Architects. Norway.

3

4

be INNOVATIVE VIVIX® architectural panels by Formica Group are solid, lightweight, compact exterior façade panels with a decorative surface on both sides.

An innovative solution composed of thermosetting resins, reinforced with cellulose fibre for its superior strength and durability, enabling the construction of any architectural envelope: · Office and commercial buildings · Hospitals and clinics · Schools and Universities · Transportation centres · Industrial buildings · Cultural, sports and leisure facilities · Residential buildings · Hotels

F0163 Fantasía Marrón

Espai Ridaura multi-purpose facility. Capella García Arquitectura. Spain.

5

6

ESPAI RIDAURA PROJECT: multi-purpose facility LOCATION: Girona, Spain DESIGNER: Capella García Arquitectura MATERIAL: VIVIX® F0163 Fantasía Marrón APPLICATION: building entrance canopy cladding

“The exceptional feature of this building is its unique entrance with a stunning overhang measuring almost 20 metres. In order to bring this element to life architecturally, we needed to select a material that would be ideal for both interior and exterior applications, being resistant as well as lightweight, given that a bulkier material would challenge the gracefulness of the structure. We decided easily that VIVIX panels met our needs perfectly.”

Juli Capella Architect

F0163 Fantasía Marrón

Espai Ridaura multi-purpose facility. Capella García Arquitectura. Spain.

7

be

FUNCTIONAL The exceptional characteristics of VIVIX® panels make this product a versatile solution, with simple installation and maintenance, improving the look, performance and durability of any building: · VIVIX panels are resistant to impact and abrasion. · VIVIX panels are UV and weather resistant and have been rigorously tested for severe use in accordance with EN 438-6&7. · Available in an array of colours and patterns attuned to contemporary architecture and design. · VIVIX panels are easily machined and can be cut into a variety of shapes and sizes to express virtually any design concept. · Panels can be field modified as needed. · VIVIX panels are easy to maintain and, in most cases, can simply be cleaned with mild detergent and water, in accordance with the Formica Group Use & Care Guide for VIVIX panels.

8

“The overall concept was to marry in the rigid form with natural materials using stone and timber. However, the challenge of using timber was the maintenance and durability of the material; we therefore chose VIVIX® panels as they not only exceeded our aesthetics and performance specifications; the maintenance costs have significantly been reduced for the end user.”

F5513 Redwood

Gavin Veeran Architect

SAINT JAMES’S HOSPITAL PROJECT: University teaching hospital LOCATION: Dublin, Ireland DESIGNER: Equator Architects Ireland Ltd. MATERIAL: VIVIX® F5513 Redwood APPLICATION: façade cladding

Saint James’s Hospital. Equator Architects Ireland Limited. Ireland.

9

be

FRESH VIVIX® panels offer different types of solutions for façade cladding with a variety of fixing systems: · simple fixing systems of timber battens · proprietary metal or aluminum fixing systems with visible face-fixing or by concealed fixing arrangements The VENTILATED FAÇADE is based on an air chamber between the inner structure and the outer cladding skin, allowing continuous ventilation in the interior of the cavity, improving thermal protection and stability.

The building is protected from the effects of atmospheric conditions. During the summer a constant renewal of fresh air prevents overheating of the external walls of the building, preventing rising temperatures inside. In winter, the trend is reversed, avoiding heat loss from the building.

10

K1238 Carnaval

Another key advantage is the RAINSCREEN PRINCIPLE. The outer cladding acts as a protective screen against rain and snow. In addition, air that runs through the chamber evaporates moisture, keeping the building dry and insulated, avoiding the adverse effects of moisture on building finishes and structural components.

Lakua-Arriaga health clinic. Gerardo Zarrabeitia. Spain.

11

12

K1238 Carnaval

LAKUA-ARRIAGA HEALTH CLINIC PROJECT: health services building LOCATION: Vitoria-Gasteiz, Spain DESIGNER: Gerardo Zarrabeitia MATERIAL: VIVIX® K1238 Carnaval APPLICATION: façade cladding

“The health services building consists of two adjoining buildings with a façade of more than 1,000 square metres in total.

We chose VIVIX exterior panels for the project because, in addition to being aesthetically attractive, VIVIX panels offered us a number of practical advantages: maximum resistance to impact, moisture, weather and ultraviolet rays, along with carefree maintenance.”

Gerardo Zarrabeitia Architect

Lakua-Arriaga health clinic. Gerardo Zarrabeitia. Spain.

13

be

DEMANDING VIVIXÂŽ panels, complying with EN438:2005, provide quality solutions for any architectural cladding need.

When conditions are demanding VIVIX responds with its 10-year guarantee.

14

F2253 Diamond Black

F7851 Spectrum Blue

Keilaranta office building. Arkton Arkkitehdit Oy. Finland.

15

KEILARANTA 1 PROJECT: eco-efficient office building LOCATION: Espoo, Finland DESIGNER: Arkton Arkkitehdit Oy MATERIAL: VIVIX® F7851 Spectrum Blue

VIVIX® F2253 Diamond Black APPLICATION: façade cladding

“An important starting point in the design of the new Keilaranta 1 building was efficient use of space, offering versatile opportunities.

In the implementation of the project, environmental friendliness also played a significant role. Our aim was for the property to reach the LEED® Platinum certification level, which it did. We chose VIVIX for the façade with it being environmentally friendly and reliable as the certifications show.”

Matti Karjanoja Architect

16

F2253 Diamond Black

F7851 Spectrum Blue

Keilaranta office building. Arkton Arkkitehdit Oy. Finland.

17

be

ECO-FRIENDLY VIVIX® panels incorporate Formica Group’s commitment to sustainable principles and practices. VIVIX panels are manufactured in Europe to ISO 9001 standards with minimal environmental impact as determined by Formica Group’s product Life Cycle Assessment (LCA), which tracks the ecological effects of a product throughout its lifespan from raw material procurement, manufacture and transport, to its use, reuse and disposal.

VIVIX, AN ENVIRONMENTALLY RESPONSIBLE SOLUTION

· Contains 3% of pre-consumer recycled wood fibre content (ISO 14021).

· Certified low-emitting by GreenGuard Environmental Institute. · Wood fibres used in the manufacturing process come from responsibly managed forests. · All colour pigments are free from heavy metals and solvents. · Multiple panel sizes optimize yield and minimize fabrication waste. · When used in rainscreen construction, VIVIX panels can contribute to a building’s thermal efficiency. · May contribute toward optimized building energy performance and moisture regulation. · Manufacturing plants in Europe are accredited to ISO 14001 environmental management system. · Formica Group are FSC® certified and comply with the requirements of FSC. Network of participating European Formica Group sites is shown on certificate number TT-COC-003588. · FSC® certified laminates and compact panels are manufactured in Formica Group’s European plants,

including VIVIX exterior façade panels.

18

F3007 Pale Olive

Prim-Dolaretxe residential buildings. Lรกzaro, Grijelmo & Asociados. Spain.

19

F2510 Golden Morning Oak

Kiddicare. Paul Allan. United Kingdom.

F7967 Hunter Green

20

Etone College Nuneaton. Allex Collins. United Kingdom.

K2005 Paprika

“Apart from the design element VIVIX® provides, it is also an easy to install, competitively priced, high quality product; this made it an ideal choice for the Harthill House project.”

Richard Peterkin Architect

F7912 Storm

Asha house - Harthill House Project. BM3 Architecture. United Kingdom.

21

K1040 Alpino

Single family dwelling. Kent Johansson. Sweden.

F7940 Spectrum Yellow

22

Oriamendi residential buildings. Tanco & Asociados Arquitectura y Urbanismo. Spain.

K1040 Alpino

F7912 Storm

Amara residential buildings. Manu Atristain. Spain.

23

F5513 Redwood

Oosterbeek-Verpakkinge. Heijneman Bouw. Netherlands.

K2005 Paprika

24

Hytry Derrington residence. Lynn Bichler Architects. Manitowoc, WI.

F2726 Natural Beech

Social services building. J. Gonzรกlez Aristondo & V. Fernรกndez Amezua. Spain.

25

be Create something unique.

An individualised building, reaching as far as the imagination of the architect who created it…

Younique by Formica Group brings you a one-of-a-kind service, offering you the full integration of patterns, logos, photographs, or any kind of image into the design and build of your projects.

Endless possibilities giving architects the peace of mind that with Younique, customised projects are built to last.

26

Recreational & Adventure Park. Jesús Díaz Jubete.

Transformer Substation Beniferri-Valencia. Tomรกs Llavador Arquitectos+Ingenieros.

Miribilla residential buildings. IMB Arquitectura.

27

28

Celulosas Vascas. Bilbao Arquitectos.

Younique® by Formica Group utilises the latest in print technologies to deliver optimum visual replication of your designs and original artworks.

Access to both digital and silk-screen prints is another advantage provided by Formica Group, allowing for high quality optimisation and the most economical solution on a project-by-project basis.

DIGITAL PRINTING is ideal for photographic, detailed or multi-coloured projects or for small run production with no set-up costs and ease of translation from file to print. File transfer is made easy via multiple options for receiving images.

SILK-SCREEN PRINTING is ideal for bold, vibrant patterns where specific solid colour references are key (RAL®, Pantone® Matching System or NCS®). Silk-screen printing is cost-effective when the fixed set-up costs are factored out over larger volume production.

All Younique projects are priced on volume and complexity.

For further information on sizes, pricing quotes, lead-time, file transfer options, etc. go to www.formica.com or contact your local Formica Group sales office or representative.

Formica Group exhibition stand at Construmat. Juli Capella & Ramón Cortés.

29

30

FOR ALL TYPES OF

APPLICATIONS Faรงades Balconies Soffits

Fencing Shelters Decorative screening

31

32

be

CREATIVE Plain colours, neutrals or bright tones, abstract designs inspired by nature.

New, TRUE SCALE decors celebrate the natural beauty of wood in its true form and scale.

The VIVIXÂŽ panels range is developed in collaboration with architects and chromatography consultants to offer the most extensive range of decorative possibilities.

All colours in the VIVIX range have undergone rigorous testing to ensure UV stability in accordance with EN 438-2 test methods 28 & 29 for colour fastness and weather resistance. Panels are tested for severe use compliance.

33

34

F0949 White

Matte 58 NEW

K2010 Malibu

Matte 58

K2001 Baikal

Matte 58 NEW

F7927 Folkestone

Matte 58

K1040 Alpino

Matte 58

K1181 Irish Cream

Matte 58

F7858 Pumice

Matte 58

F2302 Doeskin

Matte 58

K1192 Porcelana

Matte 58 NEW

K1301 Gobi

Matte 58

K1902 Eldorado

Matte 58

K1903 CafĂŠ

Matte 58

F2833 Sandstone

Matte 58

F8751 Mojave

Matte 58 NEW

K1834 Kashmir

Matte 58

F2200 Dark Chocolate

Matte 58

K2020 Tornado

Matte 58

F7912 Storm

Matte 58

F2297 Terril

Matte 58 NEW

F2253 Diamond Black

Colors

F5493 Arctic Blue

Matte 58

F7884 China Blue

Matte 58

F4168 Campanula

Matte 58 NEW

F7851 Spectrum Blue

F5494 Aquamarine

Matte 58 NEW

F5347 Maui

Matte 58 NEW

K1998 Oslo

Matte 58

F7969 Navy Blue

F2966 Opal

Matte 58

F3007 Pale Olive

Matte 58

F7853 Ocean Grey

Matte 58

F7846 Grotto

Matte 58 NEW

F2288 Peach

Matte 58

F7940 Spectrum Yellow

Matte 58

F6901 Vibrant Green

Matte 58

F7967 Hunter Green

Matte 58

F4161 Terracotta

Matte 58

K1238 Carnaval

Matte 58

K2005 Paprika

Matte 58

35

36

K3735 Krypton

Matte 58

F6074 Millsawn Slate

Matte 58 NEW

K3734 Radon

Matte 58

F6068 Shadow StriĂŠ

Matte 58 NEW

F6067 Steel Materia

Matte 58 NEW

F6064 Oxide Materia

Matte 58 NEW Printed samples are shown at approximately 1:2 scale.

Patterns

F6071 Millsawn Stone

Matte 58 NEW

F1155 Marrón

Matte 58

F6069 Delta Strié

Matte 58 NEW

F0163 Fantasía Marrón

Matte 58

F6063 Rust Materia

Matte 58 NEW

F6065 Bronze Materia

Matte 58 NEW

Printed samples are shown at approximately 1:2 scale.

37

F3855 Clear Maple

Matte 58

F5530 Savoy Beech

Matte 58

F2510 Golden Morning Oak

Matte 58

F5532 Erable Whisky

Matte 58

F5511 Vosges Pear

Matte 58

F6060 Marron Cumaru

Matte 58 NEW TRUE SCALE

F6059 Sienna Cumaru

38

Matte 58 NEW

TRUE SCALE

F5513 Redwood

Matte 58

F0905 Mahogany

Matte 58

Printed samples are shown at approximately 1:2 scale.

Woods

F6053 Chalet Oak

F6050 Barn Oak

Matte 58 NEW

F6052 Cottage Oak

Matte 58 NEW

F5488 Smoky Brown Pear

TRUE SCALE

Matte 58 NEW

F6058 Bark Microplank

Matte 58

F6057 Ash Microplank

TRUE SCALE

TRUE SCALE

Matte 58 NEW

TRUE SCALE

Matte 58 NEW

TRUE SCALE

VIVIX® by Formica Group offers you TRUE SCALE, the next generation of woods reproductions represented in the real scale of natural timber, depicting the patterns, striking veining and rich color variations of real wood across the width of the VIVIX panel.

F6051 Mission Oak

Matte 58 NEW

TRUE SCALE

Printed samples are shown at approximately 1:2 scale.

F1614 Punga Punga Wood

Matte 58

In exterior, large-scale applications, TRUE SCALE gives you the effect of endless wood grain, avoiding the repetition of smaller patterns in more conventional decorative surfaces.

With TRUE SCALE enjoy all the practical advantages of robust architectural panels with the exclusive look and scale of real timber, without the associated expense and maintenance issues.

39

F3855 Clear Maple

F5530 Savoy Beech

F2510 Golden Morning Oak

F5532 Erable Whisky

F5511 Vosges Pear

Woodgrain structures are offered for visualization of panels in their full dimensions.

Full size sheets are available in 3050 x 1300 mm and are shown here at approximately 1:26 and 1:12 scales.

3050 mm

1300 mm

40

Woodgrain structures

F5513 Redwood

F6059 Sienna Cumaru

NEW TRUE SCALE

F0905 Mahogany

41

F6050 Barn Oak

NEW

F6053 Chalet Oak

TRUE SCALE

F6060 Marron Cumaru

NEW TRUE SCALE

42

NEW

F6052 Cottage Oak

TRUE SCALE

F6051 Mission Oak

NEW TRUE SCALE

NEW TRUE SCALE

F5488 Smoky Brown Pear

Woodgrain structures

F6057 Ash Microplank

NEW TRUE SCALE

F6058 Bark Microplank

NEW

F1614 Punga Punga Wood

TRUE SCALE

43

Numerical listing Code

44

Name

Range

NCS®

RAL®

Finish

F0163

Fantasía Marrón

Patterns

Matte 58

F0905

Mahogany

Woods

Matte 58

F0949

White

Colors

S 0502-R50B

Matte 58

K1040

Alpino

Colors

S 0502-G50Y

Matte 58

9010

F1155

Marrón

Patterns

Matte 58

K1181

Irish Cream

Colors

Matte 58

S 1005-Y50R

K1192

Porcelana

Colors

S 0505-Y20R

1013

Matte 58

K1238

Carnaval

Colors

S 1580-Y90R

3001

Matte 58

K1301

Gobi

Colors

S 1010-Y30R

Matte 58

F1614

Punga Punga Wood

Woods

Matte 58

K1834

Kashmir

Colors

S 5010-Y30R

Matte 58

K1902

Eldorado

Colors

S 1020-Y20R

Matte 58

1014

K1903

Café

Colors

S 3020-Y20R

Matte 58

K1998

Oslo

Colors

S 3020-B

Matte 58

K2001

Baikal

Colors

S 1502-Y

K2005

Paprika

Colors

S 4050-Y80R

9002

Matte 58 Matte 58

K2010

Malibu

Colors

S 1000-N

Matte 58

K2020

Tornado

Colors

S 4500-N

Matte 58

7036

F2200

Dark Chocolate

Colors

S 8005-Y80R

8017

Matte 58

F2253

Diamond Black

Colors

S 9000-N

9011

Matte 58

F2288

Peach

Colors

S 1515-Y40R

Matte 58

F2297

Terril

Colors

S 7502-B

Matte 58

7016

F2302

Doeskin

Colors

S 2010-Y

Matte 58

F2510

Golden Morning Oak

Woods

Matte 58

F2833

Sandstone

Colors

S 2010-Y30R

Matte 58

F2966

Opal

Colors

S 1010-G10Y

Matte 58

F3007

Pale Olive

Colors

S 3020-G60Y

Matte 58

K3734

Radon

Patterns

Matte 58

K3735

Krypton

Patterns

Matte 58

F3855

Clear Maple

Woods

Matte 58

F4161

Terracotta

Colors

S 3040-Y60R

Matte 58

F4168

Campanula

Colors

S 1550-R80B

Matte 58

F5347

Maui

Colors

S 2030-B30G

Matte 58

F5488

Smoky Brown Pear

Woods

Matte 58

F5493

Arctic Blue

Colors

S 0510-R90B

Matte 58

F5494

Aquamarine

Colors

S 0510-B90G

Matte 58

F5511

Vosges Pear

Woods

Matte 58

F5513

Redwood

Woods

Matte 58

F5530

Savoy Beech

Woods

Matte 58

F5532

Erable Whisky

Woods

Matte 58

F6050

Barn Oak

Woods

Matte 58

F6051

Mission Oak

Woods

Matte 58

F6052

Cottage Oak

Woods

Matte 58

F6053

Chalet Oak

Woods

Matte 58

F6057

Ash Microplank

Woods

Matte 58

F6058

Bark Microplank

Woods

Matte 58

F6059

Sienna Cumaru

Woods

Matte 58

F6060

Marron Cumaru

Woods

Matte 58

F6063

Rust Materia

Patterns

Matte 58

F6064

Oxide Materia

Patterns

Matte 58

F6065

Bronze Materia

Patterns

Matte 58

F6067

Steel Materia

Patterns

Matte 58

F6068

Shadow Strié

Patterns

Matte 58

F6069

Delta Strié

Patterns

Matte 58

F6071

Millsawn Stone

Patterns

Matte 58

F6074

Millsawn Slate

Patterns

Matte 58

F6901

Vibrant Green

Colors

Matte 58

S 2060-G30Y

6018

Certificates Code

Name

Range

NCS®

RAL®

F7846

Grotto

Colors

S 5030-B10G

Finish Matte 58

F7851

Spectrum Blue

Colors

S 3060-R80B

Matte 58

F7853

Ocean Grey

Colors

S 3010-G20Y

Matte 58

F7858

Pumice

Colors

S 2005-Y20R

Matte 58

F7884

China Blue

Colors

S 3020-R90B

Matte 58

F7912

Storm

Colors

S 6502-B

F7927

Folkestone

Colors

S 2500-N

7015

Matte 58 Matte 58

F7940

Spectrum Yellow

Colors

S 1070-Y10R

1023

Matte 58

F7967

Hunter Green

Colors

S 7020-G

6005

Matte 58

5013

F7969

Navy Blue

Colors

S 7020-R80B

F8751

Mojave

Colors

S 3010-Y30R

Matte 58 Matte 58

Panel Sizes (mm)

Grades (EN 438-6)

Thicknesses (mm)

3050 x 1300

Exterior grade, severe use, standard grade.

EDS

6.0 8.0 10.0

3660 x 1525

EDF

Exterior grade, severe use, flame-retardant grade B-s1,d0.

Please note that colour systems and their notations represent the closest colour available in the particular colour system and are provided for guidance only.

CERTIFICATES · Avis Technique (Technical Opinion) Nº 2/03-984-985, Centre Scientifique et Technique du Bâtiment (CSTB). · Document for Technical Suitability (DIT), Eduardo Torroja. · Euroclass B-s1,d0 Fire Retardant Certificate in accordance with European regulation EN 13501-1. · VIVIX panels are certified by the CE Mark to meet or exceed conformity with European consumer safety, health and environmental requirements. · Certificate Nº E203388 for Quality Management Systems, (ISO 9001:2000), Lloyd’s Register Quality Assurance Limited. · GreenGuard Air Quality Certification for Low Emitting Products, GreenGuard® Environmental Institute. · Formica Group are FSC® certified and comply with the requirements of FSC. Network of participating European Formica Group sites is shown on certificate number TT-COC-003588.

Please note, not all sizes of panel are available with all certifications.

Designs given in this publication have been matched as closely as printing conditions allow. We do recommend, however, that you order samples before final specification, fabrication or installation, as the colour samples in the brochure may differ in shade, hue, tone or brightness to the products purchased.

45

Product description VIVIX® solid phenolic, engineered exterior façade panels have a decorative surface on both sides. Robust and resilient, these rigid homogeneous panels are manufactured by Formica Group, using tough thermosetting resins reinforced with cellulose fibre for added strength and durability.

An acrylic overlay provides enhanced UV protection and VIVIX panels have been rigorously tested for severe use in accordance with EN 438-6, making them ideal for applications in ventilated rainscreen façades and other external building elements.

UV-protective film Decorative sheet

Multiple layers of specialty kraft papers

Decorative sheet UV-protective film

DIAGRAM OF VIVIX PANEL BUILD UP

VIVIX architectural panels for ventilated rainscreen façades and other external building elements Ventilated rainscreen façades with VIVIX panels are made up of the following elements:

· VIVIX panel in EDS or EDF grade · Air cavity · Thermal insulation

· Substructure, which transmits load to the structural wall · Elements that attach panels to the substructure

VIVIX panel features and benefits:

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

Broad range of decorative panels Optimal modulation using different sized panels UV resistant Durability Weather resistant Impact resistant VIVIX panels do not rot and are highly resilient against cracking Mechanical and chemical properties unchanged in testing at 180ºC Meets Fire Safety Standards. Does not melt or drip Easy to clean and maintain Dimensional stability and flatness Lightweight Low static electricity, does not attract dust Quick and easy to assemble Minimal maintenance No thermal bridge Limits heat loss in winter and the transmission of heat in summertime Overall lightweight substructure and façade

All features and benefits are subject to fair wear and tear and wilful damage, misuse or negligence by the buyer or user.

UV and weather resistance cannot be confirmed where the panels are located in places with climatic sunlight energy conditions exceeding those in EN 438-2, test methods 28 & 29.

These drawings indicate typical fixing arrangements on various supporting structures. Please contact your Formica Group representative for other possibilities. Any information or suggestions concerning applications, specification or compliance with regulations and standards is provided solely for your convenient reference and without any representation as to accuracy or suitability. The user must verify and test the suitability of any information or products for his or her particular purpose or specific application.

Technical drawings in this brochure should be considered as general examples of how VIVIX panels can be installed, there are other profiles and systems available in the market for ventilated façades which are not shown in this brochure. Consideration needs to be given to local circumstances, for example climate, wind load and local building regulations.

46

RAINSCREEN SYSTEM IN DETAIL WITH VISIBLE ATTACHMENTS j b l e f k h g i a VIVIX® panel thickness: 6, 8 or 10 mm b Air cavity: 20 mm (min.) c Hole diameter: 1.5 x screw / rivet diameter d Rivet e EPDM rubber strip f Vertical fixing profile g Stainless steel screw h Fixing bracket i Thermal insulation j Load bearing wall k Bridge bearing rubber pads l Weather resistive barrier m Anchor bolt / screw

d a m

c

¤ Fixed point: 1 x screw / rivet diameter (typically 5 mm)

Scale 1:40

Scale 1:10

a b c d e

VIVIX panel thickness: 6, 8 or 10 mm Typical edge distance: min 20 mm - max see table on right Hole diameter: 1.5 x screw / rivet diameter Spacing: 450 mm, 600 mm, 750 mm (2 fixings in one direction) Spacing: 600 mm, 750 mm, 900 mm (3 or more fixings in one direction)

Scale 1:2

b

d

e

VIVIX panel thickness: 6 mm

60 mm (max) 450 mm 600 mm

VIVIX panel thickness: 8 mm

80 mm (max) 600 mm 750 mm

VIVIX panel thickness: 10 mm 100 mm (max) 750 mm 900 mm

47

RAINSCREEN SYSTEM IN DETAIL WITH CONCEALED ATTACHMENTS

m b h e g

j n f i

a VIVIX® panel thickness: 8 or 10 mm b Air cavity: 20 mm (min.) c Primary profile d Secondary profile e Hook f Supporting bracket g Regulation screw h Fixing screw i Self-drilling screw j Anchor bolt k Fixing rivet l Thermal insulation m Load bearing wall n Bridge bearing rubber pads o Weather resistive barrier

l i a d c k o

Scale 1:40

Scale 1:10

a b c d e f

48

VIVIX panel thickness: 8 or 10 mm Min 75 mm - max see table on right Diameter to suit fixing screw Spacing: 600 mm, 750 mm (2 fixings in one direction) Spacing: 750 mm, 900 mm (3 or more fixings in one direction) Fixing screw depth: 6 mm

Scale 1:2

VIVIX panel thickness: 8 mm

b

d

e

80 mm (max) 600 mm 750 mm

VIVIX panel thickness: 10 mm 100 mm (max) 750 mm 900 mm

RAINSCREEN SYSTEM IN DETAIL WITH VISIBLE ATTACHMENTS ON WOODEN SUBSTRUCTURE

b e f g

h d a

a b c d e f g h

c

VIVIX® panel thickness: 6, 8 or 10 mm Air cavity: 20 mm (min.)

Hole diameter: 1.5 x screw / rivet diameter Stainless screw EPDM rubber strip Vertical timber batten Load bearing wall Weather resistive barrier

¤ Fixed point: 1 x screw / rivet diameter (typically 5 mm)

Scale 1:40

Scale 1:10

a b c d e

VIVIX panel thickness: 6, 8 or 10 mm Typical edge distance: min 20 mm - max see table on right Hole diameter: 1.5 x screw / rivet diameter Spacing: 450 mm, 600 mm, 750 mm (2 fixings in one direction) Spacing: 600 mm, 750 mm, 900 mm (3 or more fixings in one direction)

Scale 1:2

b

d

e

VIVIX panel thickness: 6 mm

60 mm (max) 450 mm 600 mm

VIVIX panel thickness: 8 mm

80 mm (max) 600 mm 750 mm

VIVIX panel thickness: 10 mm 100 mm (max) 750 mm 900 mm

49

Construction details Metal substructure Visible attachment Horizontal cross-section VIVIXÂŽ panels can be attached to a metal profile using rivets, screws and concealed attachments.

Figure 2

Figure 1

Figure 3

Figure 4

Scale 1:10

This drawing indicates a typical fixing arrangement on a metal supporting structure. Please contact your Formica Group representative for other possibilities.

Any information or suggestions concerning applications, specification or compliance with regulations and standards is provided solely for your convenient reference and without any representation as to accuracy or suitability. The user must verify and test the suitability of any information or products for his or her particular purpose or specific application.

Technical drawings in this brochure should be considered as general examples of how VIVIX panels can be installed, there are other profiles and systems available in the market for ventilated façades which are not shown in this brochure. Consideration needs to be given to local circumstances, for example climate, wind load and local building regulations.

50

Figure 2 Internal corner

Figure 1 Window detail

Figure 3 Vertical panel joint

Scale 1:5 Figure 4 External corner

a VIVIX® panel thickness: 6, 8 or 10 mm b Air cavity: 20 mm (min.) c Fixing rivet d EPDM rubber strip e Vertical fixing profile (L or T) f Fixing bracket g Thermal insulation h Stainless steel screw i Hole diameter: 1.5 x fixing rivet diameter j Min. joint dimension: 10 mm k Edge distance: min. 20 mm - max.

10 x panel thickness l Vertical profile “L” m Window n Load bearing wall o Aluminium plate (air cavity interruption) p Bridge bearing rubber pads q Weather resistive barrier r Anchor bolt / screw

51

Construction details Metal substructure Visible attachment Vertical cross-section Maintain gap for airflow

Figure 1

Figure 2 Maintain gap for airflow

Scale 1:10

Figure 3 Maintain gap for airflow

This drawing indicates a typical fixing arrangement on a metal supporting structure. Please contact your Formica Group representative for other possibilities. Any information or suggestions concerning applications, specification or compliance with regulations and standards is provided solely for your convenient reference and without any representation as to accuracy or suitability. The user must verify and test the suitability of any information or products for his or her particular purpose or specific application.

Technical drawings in this brochure should be considered as general examples of how VIVIXŽ panels can be installed, there are other profiles and systems available in the market for ventilated façades which are not shown in this brochure. Consideration needs to be given to local circumstances, for example climate, wind load and local building regulations.

52

Figure 4

Figure 5 Maintain gap for airflow

Maintain gap for airflow

Figure 4 Horizontal panel joint

Figure 5 Bottom of wall

Figure 1 Top of wall

Figure 2 Window head

Maintain gap for airflow

Maintain gap for airflow

Scale 1:5

Figure 3 Window sill

Maintain gap for airflow

a VIVIXÂŽ panel thickness: 6, 8 or 10 mm b Air cavity: 20 mm (min.) c Fixing rivet d EPDM rubber strip e Vertical fixing profile (L or T) f Fixing bracket g Thermal insulation h Stainless steel screw i Hole diameter: 1.5 x fixing rivet diameter j Min. joint dimension: 10 mm k Edge distance: min. 20 mm - max. 10 x panel thickness l Formed metal sheet m Ventilation grille n Ventilation area: 50 cm2/m (min.) o Window p Load bearing wall q Bridge bearing rubber pads r Weather resistive barrier s Anchor bolt / screw

53

Construction details Metal substructure Concealed metal attachment Horizontal cross-section

Figure 2

Figure 1

Figure 3

Figure 4

Scale 1:10

This drawing indicates a typical fixing arrangement on a metal supporting structure. Please contact your Formica Group representative for other possibilities.

Any information or suggestions concerning applications, specification or compliance with regulations and standards is provided solely for your convenient reference and without any representation as to accuracy or suitability. The user must verify and test the suitability of any information or products for his or her particular purpose or specific application.

Technical drawings in this brochure should be considered as general examples of how VIVIXŽ panels can be installed, there are other profiles and systems available in the market for ventilated façades which are not shown in this brochure. Consideration needs to be given to local circumstances, for example climate, wind load and local building regulations.

54

Figure 2 Internal corner

Figure 3 Vertical panel joint

Figure 1 Window detail

Scale 1:5 a VIVIXÂŽ panel thickness: 8 or 10 mm b Air cavity: 20 mm (min.) c Min. joint dimension: 10 mm d Primary profile e Secondary profile f Hook g Supporting bracket h Regulation screw i Fixing screw j Self-drilling screw k Anchor bolt l Fixing bracket m Thermal insulation n Load bearing wall o Aluminium plate (air cavity interruption) p Bridge bearing rubber pads q Window r Weather resistive barrier Figure 4 External corner 55

Construction details Metal substructure Concealed metal attachment Vertical cross-section Maintain gap for airflow

Figure 1

Figure 2 Maintain gap for airflow

Scale 1:10

Maintain gap for airflow

Figure 3

Figure 4

This drawing indicates a typical fixing arrangement on a metal supporting structure. Please contact your Formica Group representative for other possibilities. Any information or suggestions concerning applications, specification or compliance with regulations and standards is provided solely for your convenient reference and without any representation as to accuracy or suitability. The user must verify and test the suitability of any information or products for his or her particular purpose or specific application.

Technical drawings in this brochure should be considered as general examples of how VIVIXŽ panels can be installed, there are other profiles and systems available in the market for ventilated façades which are not shown in this brochure. Consideration needs to be given to local circumstances, for example climate, wind load and local building regulations.

56

Figure 5

Maintain gap for airflow

Maintain gap for airflow

Figure 4 Horizontal panel joint Figure 1 Top of wall Figure 2 Window head

Maintain gap for airflow Maintain gap for airflow

Figure 5 Bottom of wall

Scale 1:5 Figure 3 Window sill

Maintain gap for airflow

a VIVIXÂŽ panel thickness: 8 or 10 mm b Air cavity: 20 mm (min.) c Min. joint dimension: 10 mm d Primary profile e Secondary profile f Hook g Supporting bracket h Regulation screw i Fixing screw j Self-drilling screw k Anchor bolt l Fixing bracket m Thermal insulation n Load bearing wall o Ventilation area: 50 cm2/m (min.) p Window q Formed metal sheet r Formed metal sill flashing s Bridge bearing rubber pads t Weather resistive barrier

57

Construction details Wooden substructure Visible attachment Horizontal cross-section

Figure 2

Figure 1

Figure 3

Figure 4

Scale 1:10

This drawing indicates a typical fixing arrangement on a wooden supporting structure. Please contact your Formica Group representative for other possibilities.

Any information or suggestions concerning applications, specification or compliance with regulations and standards is provided solely for your convenient reference and without any representation as to accuracy or suitability. The user must verify and test the suitability of any information or products for his or her particular purpose or specific application.

Technical drawings in this brochure should be considered as general examples of how VIVIXŽ panels can be installed, there are other profiles and systems available in the market for ventilated façades which are not shown in this brochure. Consideration needs to be given to local circumstances, for example climate, wind load and local building regulations.

58

Figure 2 Internal corner

Figure 1 Window detail

Figure 3 Vertical panel joint

Figure 4 External corner

Scale 1:5 a b c d e f g h i j k

VIVIXÂŽ panel thickness: 6, 8 or 10 mm Air cavity: 20 mm (min.)

Stainless steel screw EPDM rubber strip Vertical timber batten Hole diameter: 1.5 x stainless screw diameter Min. joint dimension: 10 mm Edge distance: min. 20 mm - max. 10 x panel thickness Window Load bearing wall Weather resistive barrier

59

Construction details Wooden substructure Visible attachment Vertical cross-section

Figure 1 Maintain gap for airflow

Maintain gap for airflow

Figure 2

Scale 1:10

Figure 3 Maintain gap for airflow

Figure 4

This drawing indicates a typical fixing arrangement on a wooden supporting structure. Please contact your Formica Group representative for other possibilities. Any information or suggestions concerning applications, specification or compliance with regulations and standards is provided solely for your convenient reference and without any representation as to accuracy or suitability. The user must verify and test the suitability of any information or products for his or her particular purpose or specific application.

Technical drawings in this brochure should be considered as general examples of how VIVIXŽ panels can be installed, there are other profiles and systems available in the market for ventilated façades which are not shown in this brochure. Consideration needs to be given to local circumstances, for example climate, wind load and local building regulations.

60

Figure 5 Maintain gap for airflow

Figure 1 Top of wall

Figure 4 Horizontal panel joint

Maintain gap for airflow

Figure 5 Bottom of wall

Figure 2 Window head

Maintain gap for airflow Maintain gap for airflow

Figure 3 Window sill

Scale 1:5

Maintain gap for airflow

a VIVIXÂŽ panel thickness: 6, 8 or 10 mm b Air cavity: 20 mm (min.) c Stainless screw d EPDM rubber strip e Vertical timber batten f Hole diameter: 1.5 x stainless screw diameter g Min. joint dimension: 10 mm h Edge distance: min. 20 mm - max. 10 x panel thickness i Formed metal sheet j Ventilation grille k Ventilation area: 50 cm2/m (min.) l Window m Load bearing wall n Weather resistive barrier

61

The building envelope VIVIX® installations utilising the rainscreen system contribute

to seven areas of the LEED credits across several LEED rating systems. In order to be recognized by these rating systems, they must have various sustainable attributes. One of the most important is the system’s durability. Because of its long lifespan, there are no refurbishments required and very little maintenance. Using a ventilated insulated rainscreen cladding system means less material replacements and considerably lower maintenance costs over the lifetime of the building or structure.

The rainscreen cladding system is used in conjunction with VIVIX architectural panels for the exterior of the building enclosure. It is especially resistant to both mold and moisture build-up, which directly contributes to the quality of the living environment. It also helps insulate the exterior of a building, which helps to address any thermal bridging issues.

The biggest benefit of using rainscreen systems is the temperature regulation and its ability to accommodate for the use of exterior insulation. This will help buildings comply with ASHRAE 90.1 building codes (www.ashrae.org) which will require a continuous energy barrier, preventing thermal bridging which causes energy loss and building envelope inefficiency.

The ventilated rainscreen cladding system, on its own, also helps to cool the building as most of the sun’s rays are reflected away. Additionally, any heat that does in fact pass through the exterior wall dissipates because of the ventilating effect of the air space between the exterior cladding VIVIX panel and the structural wall itself. Ultimately, any residual heat that does penetrate the building is very minor.

Thickness 4.5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm Weight per m2 6.5 kg 8.7 kg 11.6 kg 14.5 kg Note: EN438 minimum density is 1.35 gr/cm3.

Wind load Wind load is transmitted through panels to the substructure and unloaded through the supporting wall.

Calculations are performed on a project basis by assigned engineers. Please contact your preferred system manufacturer or installer who will be able to provide the necessary values and calculations. Your Formica Group representative can provide contact information, if necessary.

Design The following recommendations need to be taken into consideration: · The minimum distance between a drilled hole and the

edge of the VIVIX panel should be 20 mm (or 75 mm

concealed) and the maximum distance should be the

panel thickness x 10. · The minimum space between VIVIX panels should be

no less than 10 mm. ·

The maximum distance between screws/rivets depends

on the thickness of the panel:

2 fixings in one direction

6 mm

8 mm

10 mm

450 mm 600 mm 750 mm

3 or more fixings in one direction 600 mm 750 mm 900 mm

The VIVIX architectural panels act as a rainscreen and keep the structural wall dry. This is because the air space that connects to the outside air evacuates both water and humidity that may have penetrated behind the panels through the joints. This water will in fact never reach the load bearing walls or any of the thermal insulation.

· VIVIX panels in 4.5 mm thickness can for example be

used in balcony panel applications. ·

The maximum distance between screws/rivets for

4.5 mm thick panels is 300 mm. · A minimum of 6 mm thickness is recommended for

façade cladding.

Components of the ventilated façade

Setting up the system

VIVIX® architectural panels - a variety of sizes The choice of panel formats provides flexibility to adapt the panels in the most cost effective and suitable combination for façades or building elements. Please refer to page 45 for specific panel sizes.

Substructure The substructure may be made up of: · Metallic brackets (L) · Vertical profile (T) · Timber battens

Elements used for attachment of VIVIX panels to the substructure Panels are attached to the substructure using screws, rivets or other hidden attaching devices.

Calculations for façade systems Loads to be taken into consideration The loading to be factored into calculating the façade system is worked out using the weight of the panels themselves and the wind load. The effects of variations in temperature or humidity do not need to be taken into account when the system has been calculated and executed properly.

The installer must take into account local wind load and national building regulations.

62

VIVIX panel weights

The system should be installed by skilled and experienced fitters using the appropriate tools and equipment.

The system profile should be perfectly level and flat, particularly when using panels of 6 mm thickness.

The system manufacturer’s instructions must be followed carefully especially with regard to the attachment of the parts of the profile to allow for its expansion differential for thermal loads.

VIVIX panels should be pre-conditioned, outdoors on site, for a period of 72 hours before installation.

Care should be taken to shield the protective film on the surface of the panels from solar radiation or other heat sources during pre-conditioning and storage.

The protective film should be removed from both sides of the panel simultaneously before installation.

VIVIX architectural panels, should be transported packed on the specially supplied pallets and should be stored on flat pallets and covered with a cap sheet. Care should be taken to shield the protective film on the surface of the panels from solar radiation or other heat sources during pre-conditioning and storage.

Lift the panels straight up, do not slide the panels against each other.

The protective film should be removed from both sides of the panel simultaneously before installation.

Physical properties Property

Standard & Clause

Standard Value EDF

EDS

Exterior grade, severe use, flame-retardant grade

Exterior grade, severe use, standard grade

Thickness Tolerance EN 438-2-5

6 mm +/-0.4 mm 8 mm +/-0.5 mm 10 mm +/-0.5 mm

Flatness Tolerance EN 438-2-9

6 mm 5 mm/m 8 mm 5 mm/m 10 mm 3 mm/m

Length Width Tolerance

EN 438-2-6

+10 mm/-0

Straightness of Edge Tolerance

EN 438-2-7

1.5 mm/m max deviation

Flexural Modulus

EN ISO 178

9000 MPa (min)

Flexural Strength

EN ISO 178

80 MPa (min)

Tensile Strength

EN ISO 572-2

60 MPa (min)

Density

EN ISO 1183

1.35 g/cm3 (min)

Impact Resistance

EN 438-2-21

height 1800 mm (D = 10 mm. max.)

EN 438-2-15 Resistance to Wet conditions

mass increase 8% (max) appearance grade 4 (min)

mass increase 5% (max) appearance grade 4 (min)

Dimensional Stability at EN 438-2-17 Elevated Temperature

L 0.3% (max) T 0.6% (max)

Resistance to UV Light EN 438-2-28

contrast min 3 after 1500 hrs appearance min 4 after 1500 hrs

Resistance to Artificial EN 438-2-29 Weathering

contrast min 3 after 650 MJ/m2 appearance min 4 after 650 MJ/m2

Resistance to Climatic Shock EN 438-2 - 19

flexural strength index (Ds) 0.95 (min) flexural modulus index (Dm) 0.95 (min) appearance grade 4 (min) B-s1,d0 (> 6 mm)

Fire Test (SBI)

EN 13501-1

Oxygen Index

ISO 4589-2

45% (min)

Thermal Conductivity

EN 12524

0.3 w/mk

D-s2,d0

Formica Group is committed to making sustainable principles and practices a part of everything we do. We strive to adhere to the highest ethical standards as we advance in our efforts to protect vital resources for future needs.

63

F5513 Redwood

64

Püskagänget residential development. Portal Arkitekter. Sweden.

Š 2014 The Diller Corporation.

Formica, the Formica Anvil Device, Younique and VIVIX are registered trademarks of The Diller Corporation.

MAS/ENG - 2/2014

Austria Tel: +49 (0) 180 367 64 22 austria@formica.com Belgium Tel: +32 2 705 18 18 contact.belgie@formica.com Denmark Tel: +45 43 58 82 00 info.danmark@formica.com Finland Tel: +358 3 5800 200 info.finland@formica.com France Tel: +33 (0) 3 87 29 10 13 service.echantillons@formica.com Germany Tel: +49 (0) 180 367 64 22 kontakt.deutschland@formica.com Holland Tel: +31 (0) 70 413 48 20 contact.nederland@formica.com Ireland Tel: +353 1 872 4322 samples.uk@formica.com Italy Tel: +39 011 9027092 italia@formica.com Middle East Tel: +971 4 3298280 middle.east@formica.com Morocco Tel: +212 (0) 522472047 administration.maroc@formica.com Norway Tel: +47 800 13 016 info.norge@formica.com Poland Tel: +48 22 516 20 84/85 info.polska@formica.com Russia Tel: +7 495 646 07 25 Samples tel: +8 800 333 11 63 russia@formica.com Spain Tel: +34 902 11 47 73 muestras@formica.com Sweden Tel: +46 42 38 48 00 info.sverige@formica.com Switzerland Tel: +41 44 818 88 18 schweiz@formica.com United Kingdom Tel: +44 191 259 3100 Samples tel: +44 191 259 3512 samples.uk@formica.com